Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Severn Trent

Severn Trent

svt · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker svt
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Severn Trent
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Severn Trent Plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2017

DELIVERING
A LASTING LEGACY

WELCOME TO THE SEVERN TRENT  
ANNUAL REPORT 2017

1

2

OUR VISION
Our vision is to be the most  
trusted water company 
by 2020, delivering an 
outstanding customer 
experience, best value service 
and environmental leadership. 

OUR PURPOSE
Our purpose is to serve our 
communities and build a lasting 
water legacy. 

Contents

Strategic report
2  What we do
4  Chairman’s statement 
8  Market and industry overview
14  Chief Executive’s review
20  How we are achieving our strategy
24  Regulated Water and Waste Water
36  Severn Trent Business Services
41  Chief Financial Officer’s review
47  Risk management
50  Principal risks
57  Corporate Responsibility report

Governance
70  Chairman’s introduction to governance
72  Board of Directors
74  Executive Committee
75  Governance report
81  Nominations Committee report
85  Audit Committee report
91  Corporate Responsibility  

Committee report
Investor relations

94 
96  Directors’ remuneration report
120  Directors’ report
124  Directors’ Responsibilities  

Statement

Group financial statements
125  Independent Auditor’s report to the members 

of Severn Trent Plc

130  Consolidated income statement
131  Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income 

132  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
133  Consolidated balance sheet
134  Consolidated cash flow statement
135  Notes to the group financial statements

Company financial statements
184  Company statement of  
comprehensive income
185  Company statement of  
changes in equity
186  Company balance sheet
187  Notes to the parent company  

financial statements

Other information
191  Five year summary
192  Information for shareholders

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

1

3

4

OUR STRATEGY
We aim to achieve these by 
meeting our strategic goals:

Embed customers at  
the heart of all we do

Drive operational excellence 
and continuous innovation

Invest responsibly for 
sustainable growth

Change the market  
for the better

Create an awesome  
place to work

OUR VALUES
While ensuring we live our 
values:

•  we put our customers first

•   we are passionate about what we do

•  we act with integrity

•  we protect our environment

•   we are inspired to create an  

awesome company

Throughout this report we show 
how our strategy, purpose and 
values are delivering our vision

Alternative performance measures are defined in Note 3 to the Group financial statements 
on page 140

Cautionary statement
This document contains statements that are, or may be deemed to be, ‘forward-looking statements’ 
with respect to Severn Trent’s financial condition, results of operations and business and certain 
of Severn Trent’s plans and objectives with respect to these items.
Forward-looking statements are sometimes, but not always, identified by their use of a date in the 
future or such words as ‘anticipates’, ‘aims’, ‘due’, ‘could’, ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, 
‘believes’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘projects’, ‘potential’, ‘reasonably possible’, ‘targets’, ‘goal’ or ‘estimates’ 
and, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. Any forward-looking 
statements in this document are based on Severn Trent’s current expectations and, by their very 
nature, forward-looking statements are inherently unpredictable, speculative and involve risk and 
uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur 
in the future.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and no assurances can be 
given that the forward-looking statements in this document will be realised. There are a number 
of factors, many of which are beyond Severn Trent’s control, that could cause actual results, 
performance and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these 
forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in the economies 
and markets in which the Group operates; changes in the regulatory and competition frameworks 
in which the Group operates; the impact of legal or other proceedings against or which affect the 
Group; and changes in interest and exchange rates.

All written or verbal forward-looking statements, made in this document or made subsequently, 
which are attributable to Severn Trent or any other member of the Group or persons acting on their 
behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors referred to above. Subject to compliance 
with applicable laws and regulations, Severn Trent does not intend to update these forward-looking 
statements and does not undertake any obligation to do so. 
Nothing in this document should be regarded as a profits forecast.
This document is not an offer to sell, exchange or transfer any securities of Severn Trent Plc or any 
of its subsidiaries and is not soliciting an offer to purchase, exchange or transfer such securities 
in any jurisdiction. Securities may not be offered, sold or transferred in the US absent registration 
or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the US Securities Act of 1933 
(as amended).

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther information2

What we do
Our purpose is to serve our communities and build a lasting water legacy. We do this by providing 
clean water and waste water services and developing renewable energy solutions through our 
businesses: Severn Trent Water and Dee Valley Water (together our ‘Regulated Water and Waste 
Water business’), and Severn Trent Business Services.

REGULATED WATER AND WASTE WATER

The primary markets we focus on
– Wholesale operations and engineering
– Household customer services

About us
One of the largest 10 regulated water and waste water 
businesses in England and Wales. We provide high quality 
services to more than 4.5 million households and businesses 
in the Midlands and Wales.

Where we operate
Our region stretches across 
the heart of the UK, from the 
Bristol Channel to the Humber, 
and from North and mid-Wales 
to the East Midlands.

For further details 
page 24

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Key facts
Turnover

£1,528.8m

Underlying profit before 
interest and tax 

£494.7m

Profit before interest 
and tax

£521.1m

Households and 
businesses served

4.5m

Litres of drinking water 
supplied each day

 1.85bn

Litres of waste water 
treated per day

2.6bn

Employees

5,827

average during 2016/17
(see page 146)

3

SEVERN TRENT BUSINESS SERVICES

The markets we focus on
– Operating Services
– Renewable Energy

There are three parts of Business Services:

UK Operating Services (including Ireland) 
UK Operating Services provides contract services to municipal 
and industrial clients in the UK and the UK Ministry of Defence 
(‘MOD’) for design, build and operation of water and waste water 
treatment facilities and networks. 

US Operating Services 
US Operating Services provides contract services to community, 
municipal and industrial clients in the USA for the operation 
and maintenance of water and waste water treatment facilities 
and networks.

Renewable Energy
Severn Trent Business Services generates renewable  
energy from anaerobic digestion, hydropower, wind turbines 
and solar technology.

For further details 
page 36

Where we operate
Severn Trent Business 
Services operates in the UK, 
the USA and Ireland.

Key facts
Turnover

£309.6m

Underlying profit before 
interest and tax

£37.2m

Profit before interest 
and tax

£39.8m

Employees

 1,795

average during 2016/17
(see page 146)

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther information4

Chairman’s statement
Andrew Duff

CONTINUED  
PROGRESS

Group turnover

£1,819.2m

2016: £1,753.7m

Group underlying profit  
before interest and tax

£525.1m

2016: £503.4m

Group profit before  
interest and tax

£543.7m

2016: £504.4m

Dividend per share

81.50p

2016: 80.66p

Underlying basic earnings 
per share

122.4p

2016: 102.1p

Financial performance:

Underlying EPS up 19.9%
year on year

Group underlying profit 
before interest and 
tax up 4.3%
year on year

Focus on operational 
improvement:
Net Reward £47.6m
In 2012/13 prices pre tax

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Fellow shareholders, this past year has 
been a successful one for Severn Trent. 
We are building on delivering a fast start 
to Asset Management Plan 6 (‘AMP6’) 
and have seen excellent operational and 
financial performance. These strong 
results are built on the hard work of your 
management team in striving to deliver 
the best possible service to our customers 
and consistent returns to shareholders.

Strength in times of turbulence 
The macro-economic environment 
of the past year has been turbulent, 
largely due to Brexit and the US election. 
Our Company has been relatively 
sheltered from the impact of these, 
and has continued to offer strength 
and stability. Our focus on delivering 
high quality service to customers and 
benefits to shareholders is showing 
significant results.

AMP6 has allowed a platform for there 
to be winners in a world of incentivisation 
and we have fully embraced this approach, 
driving operational performance higher, 
completing the year with excellent delivery 
of customer Outcome Delivery Incentives 
(‘ODIs’) of £47.6 million. Customer ODIs are 
making us think differently to ensure we 
continually improve the service we provide 
to our customers and this is helping us 
to achieve a step change in, for example, 
sewer flooding performance.

Our waste water business has been at 
the frontier of sector efficiency and we 
have made strides in aiming for upper 
quartile performance in water and 
retail. Whilst this is a multi-year journey 
our progress so far is encouraging. 
Achieving upper quartile in all three areas 
will improve the service and experience 
we offer to our customers and enhance 
the returns we can make in the next 
regulatory period.

We continue to review the suppliers 
we work with to support us in delivery 
efficiencies. This means we have stronger 
relationships with contractors who are 
now more aligned with the way we work. 

As regulation evolves we must continually 
look for ways to adopt and enhance 
our competitiveness and we have been 
successful in embracing new markets. 

5

Earlier this year we announced the 
completion of our acquisition of Dee Valley 
Water, a neighbouring water only company 
which operates in Wrexham, Chester and 
the surrounding areas. We welcome both 
Dee Valley Water’s customers and staff. 
The integration of Dee Valley’s operations 
is progressing well, and represents an 
exciting opportunity for us to deliver better 
service to all of our customers. Dee Valley’s 
and Severn Trent’s customers will benefit 
from sharing best practice from both 
businesses. The combined Severn Trent 
group will also benefit from a separate 
Welsh water licence and a stronger voice 
for our Welsh customers.

We have been successful in establishing 
Waterplus – our ground-breaking joint 
venture with United Utilities – in the non-
household retail market, which opened to 
competition in April 2017. 

Our regulator has signalled that further 
competition, for example in the opening up 
of the water resources and bio-resources 
markets, will be considered in the coming 
years and we believe we will be in a strong 
position to respond to these opportunities. 

This is an exciting time to be an engineer 
at Severn Trent; innovation in research 
and development is enabling further 
operational excellence, and we’ve reached 
major milestones in improving the 
resilience of our water network during the 
year. The first of two new reservoirs has 
been brought into service at Ambergate, 
where we are replacing and increasing 
the capacity of storage at the site. 
We have also seen the breakthrough of 
the 1.8 km Bleddfa tunnel boring element 
of the Birmingham Resilience Project. 
I personally visited the Elan Valley during 
the year to see the great work being carried 
out, which will secure the supply of water to 
Birmingham for the next 100 years. 

I know I speak for all our employees 
when I say that, at Severn Trent, we take 
pride in our environmental, societal and 
governance credentials. We are therefore 
proud to have once again achieved 
the FTSE4Good accreditation and to 
be making continued progress on our 
renewables agenda.

Self-generation of energy is the right thing 
to do for the environment and makes good 
financial sense for Severn Trent. We are 

now generating the equivalent of 34% of 
our energy needs and are on track for our 
target of 50% by end of AMP.

Delivering returns
We delivered strong financial performance 
this past year and I am pleased to announce 
that total Group turnover increased by 3.7% 
to £1,819.2 million, while underlying Group 
PBIT increased by 4.3% to £525.1 million 
and Group reported PBIT increased by 7.8% 
to £543.7million. This resulted in underlying 
basic earnings per share of 122.4 pence, up 
from 102.1 pence last year.

Your Board is therefore proposing a final 
dividend of 48.90 pence per share to be 
paid on 21 July 2017. This will take the total 
dividend for the year to 81.50 pence per 
share. Having seen strong outperformance 
in this current AMP we feel it is important 
to share this with our shareholders, and 
as a result we have enhanced our future 
dividend policy to growth of at least 
RPI +4%. 

Investing for the benefit of customers
We are committed to investing for the 
benefit of customers and are pleased to 
have made progress in our plans to invest 
the £120 million we announced last year 
in enhancing water quality, assistance to 
vulnerable customers, and security. 

Innovation in research and development 
is enabling further operational excellence 
and over the course of AMP6 we are 
investing over £3,000 million in our assets 
for the future of our network. We are 
also committed and on track to invest 
£190 million in our renewables business.

Our colleagues
The strong operational and financial 
performance delivered this year 
is the result of the hard work and 
dedication of my colleagues and reflects 
incentives being firmly aligned with 
Company objectives.

I am also proud to report our progress 
on diversity. We have been recognised 
by the Hampton-Alexander Review for 
leading performance in the FTSE 100 
for women’s representation at board 
level. Furthermore, our Board is now 
44% female and the executive team 60%. 

However, we recognise that there is more 
work to be done to ensure that our leaders 
and our workforce are representative of 
the customers we serve, so we remain 
focused on increasing the numbers of 
women in operational leadership positions; 
women and BAME (Black, Asian and 
Minority Ethnic) people in engineering 
positions; and BAME people in technical 
operator positions. 

Severn Trent has been voted as a Top 
100 Apprenticeship Employer 2016 and 
we have been ranked 24th globally in 
the Equileap Gender Equality Global 
Report and Ranking. We were also 
regional winners in the National 
Apprentice awards. 

During the year we bade farewell to two 
Board members and welcomed two more 
to the Board of Severn Trent. Martin Lamb 
and Gordon Fryett stepped down after 
many years of great service and we 
welcomed Kevin Beeston as our Senior 
Independent Director and Dominique 
Reiniche as a Non-Executive Director.

Looking forward
Being a part of the regulatory debate 
ensures Severn Trent is prepared for any 
changes on the horizon. We also believe 
that this helps ensure continuity and 
consistency in delivery. With two years of 
AMP6 now having passed we have started 
looking at the next regulatory period and 
driving to be in the right position now.

We begin our customer consultation 
shortly and want to continue to be shapers 
and changers of the regulatory world in 
which we operate. 

There is much more to do. However, 
we are both ambitious and confident 
of achieving all the expectations of 
our stakeholders.

Andrew Duff, Chairman

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20176

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose, 
through our strategy and values

SERVING
OUR COMMUNITIES

Strategic goals

Number of customers 
educated

167,024

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20177

This year we have completed just over 
700 educational visits to our customers 
talking about water efficiency and how to 
be sewer savvy. This equates to 125,705 
people in our communities. The visits 
consisted of 532 schools where we 
carried out assemblies and classroom 
workshops, and 76 visits to our education 
centres at Hayden in Cheltenham and 
Derby. Visitors are educated on our two 
key messages and then taken on a tour of 
the sewage treatment works. 

The remaining 95 visits were out in the 
community talking to groups such as the 
Women’s Institute or retired engineers, 
landlord associations and housing 
associations. We have created some great 
partnerships this year, in particular the 
independent living group in Gloucester. 
The group help young people get ready for 
living on their own. We have worked with 
the students to share our messages and 
then as part of a project they have been 
out into their local community to share 
the message.

“ Educating customers helps 
us perform better. Around 
75% of sewer blockages are 
a result of people disposing 
of the wrong things down 
their toilets and drains.”

Malcolm Smith, 
Community Relationship Adviser

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017“ Severn Trent wants to 
lead in digital, so we can 
serve customers 24 hours 
a day and make best use 
of channels such as social 
media and webchat.”

8

Market and industry overview

The water and waste water industry 
The water and waste water industry in 
England and Wales is made up of 17 
regional suppliers, who between them 
serve around 50 million household and 
non-household customers. Ten of these 
companies, including our regulated 
business Severn Trent Water Limited, 
provide both water and waste water 
services. The remaining seven, including 
our regulated business Dee Valley Water 
plc, provide water only. 

The challenges facing our industry
Since the industry was privatised in 1989, 
it has delivered real improvements for 
customers. The companies have invested 
hugely in their networks, found smart 
new ways of working and become more 
efficient. For example, since the mid 1990s 
industry-wide leakage is down by 35% and 
in the last 10 years sewer flooding is down 
by 75%, while 99.97% of drinking water 
and 98.6% of bathing waters now meet 
European Union (‘EU’) standards. 

However, the industry still needs to tackle 
some major challenges in the coming 
years. First, customers’ expectations are 
continuing to increase and we need to 
continue to improve the experience we 
deliver. People expect to be able to interact 
with their water companies at a time that’s 
convenient for them, using the channels 
they prefer. That’s why Severn Trent 
wants to lead in digital, so we can serve 
customers 24 hours a day and make best 
use of channels such as social media 
and webchat.

We also need to make sure our assets 
can withstand whatever the future may 
bring. Climate change is likely to cause 
more periods of drought and flooding, so 
the industry needs to ensure it can provide 
its services, no matter what the weather 
is like. Severn Trent’s plans commit us 
to making our network more resilient, 
to cope with greater extremes in our 
climate. For example, our £300 million 
Birmingham Resilience Project will 
protect the water supply for the UK’s 
second largest city. 

Although the industry has invested more 
than £108 billion since privatisation, it 
still needs to repair and replace sewers, 
pipes and other assets that in some cases 
are more than a century old. During our 
current five year plan, Severn Trent will 
invest over £3,000 million in our assets, so 
the next generation can benefit from even 
better services.

We also need to cope with a growing 
population. The Office for National 
Statistics estimates that the population of 
England and Wales will increase by over 
9 million people by 2040. At the same time, 
the government is looking to significantly 
increase house building over the next few 
years. All of this means that more homes 
and businesses will need our services. 
We have to invest carefully, to ensure we 
can meet those needs.

We are delighted to have received Utility 
of the Year from the Home Builders 
Federation in October 2016.

As we’re working to overcome these 
challenges, we also need to keep bills 
affordable for customers, especially for 
those on the lowest incomes, and ensure 
we have the money we need to fund our 
investment over the long term. This will 
allow us to deliver for customers and 
create value for investors.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20179

The industry’s regulatory framework
The Government’s approach to our 
industry is set by the Department for the 
Environment, Food and Rural Affairs 
(‘Defra’) in England and the Welsh 
Government in Wales.

Ofwat is the industry’s economic 
regulator. This means it sets limits on the 
prices we can charge our customers over 
five year AMP cycles. This financial year 
was the second of AMP6, which runs from 
April 2015 to March 2020. 

We also work closely with a variety of 
other regulators and public bodies:

• The Drinking Water Inspectorate 
(‘DWI’) independently checks that 
water supplies in England and Wales 
are safe and that drinking water 
quality is acceptable to consumers. 
Its work includes testing water quality, 
ensuring companies make the changes 
necessary to improve, developing new 
regulations to further improve water 
quality, and science and policy.
• The Consumer Council for Water 
(‘CCW’) speaks on behalf of water 
consumers in England and Wales. 
It advises consumers and takes up 
complaints on their behalf.

• The Environment Agency (‘EA’) allows 
us to collect water from reservoirs, 
rivers and aquifers and return it to the 
environment after it’s been used by our 
customers and treated by us.
• Natural Resources Wales is the 

environmental regulator in Wales. 
It oversees how the country’s natural 
resources are maintained, improved 
and used now and in the future.

• Natural England advises the 

Government on the natural environment 
in England and helps to protect nature 
and the landscape, especially for plant 
and animal life in fresh water and 
the sea.

• The Health and Safety Executive helps 
us to reduce the health and safety risks 
faced by our employees, customers 
and visitors.

Dee Valley Water’s Tyˆ Mawr Reservoir, Wrexham

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201710

Market and industry overview continued

“ The most significant change 
to the regulatory framework 
has been the introduction of 
retail competition for non-
household customers in 
England, from April 2017. 
This allows businesses 
and other non-household 
organisations to shop around 
for the best deal in water 
supply. Our preparations for 
this have included creating 
the Waterplus joint venture, 
as discussed on page 40, 
and making the necessary 
changes to our systems 
and processes to allow our 
wholesale water business to 
supply retail water providers 
(see page 32).”

The continuing evolution 
of regulation
Ofwat’s last review of the industry’s 
pricing was in 2014. That price review 
resulted in the most important changes in 
the industry’s economic regulation since 
privatisation. It gave customers a much 
stronger voice in determining companies’ 
plans and introduced Outcome Delivery 
Incentives (‘ODIs’), which encourage 
companies to deliver what customers 
want using performance-related rewards 
and penalties. Ofwat also encouraged 
companies to look at the whole life costs 
of their assets, rather than separately 
looking at how much to invest in them 
and how much they cost to run. This total 
cost is known as Totex. Companies also 
have stronger incentives to become even 
more efficient.

The next price review is in 2019 (‘PR19’) 
and Ofwat has already begun to shape 
its approach. In May 2016, it published 
its Water 2020 framework, which set out 
how it proposes to regulate the sector 
at PR19. This included increasing the 
number of price controls, to allow it to look 
at companies’ cost bases in more detail 
and promote competition in areas such 
as water resources and bio-resources, as 
well as using the Consumer Price Index to 
index prices rather than the higher Retail 
Price Index.

Much of the industry’s investment 
is funded by borrowing, so interest 
rates can have an important effect on 
companies’ costs. In September 2016, 
Ofwat published its proposals on the cost 
of debt. This would automatically adjust 
prices for customers if interest rates 
are different from those Ofwat assumed 
for new debt. In December 2016, Ofwat 
outlined how ODIs could be made better 
in PR19. The proposal could include larger 
rewards for companies that perform well, 
with larger penalties for companies who 
fall short. Ofwat is expected to publish a 
consultation on its approach to the next 
price review in the summer of 2017.

The most significant change to regulation 
in this AMP has been the introduction 
of retail competition for non-household 
customers in England, from April 2017. 
This allows businesses and other non-
household organisations to shop around 
for the best deal in water supply. We have 
responded by creating the Waterplus 
joint venture, as discussed on page 40, 
and making the necessary changes to 
our systems and processes to allow our 
wholesale water business to supply retail 
water providers (see page 32). 

In the longer term, the household 
retail market could also be opened 
to competition in England. The UK 
Government has said it first wants to see 
how retail competition works for non-
household customers before making 
any decisions. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201711

How our customers and the external 
environment influence our strategy
Our strategy for AMP6 is designed to meet 
the challenges posed by our changing 
environment and regulation:

• Our strategy embeds customers at 
the heart of all we do. This ensures 
we continue to meet their needs as 
they evolve.

• Operational excellence and continued 

innovation help us to deliver the service 
customers rely on, while ensuring we 
keep bills affordable for all, both now 
and in the future.

• It is essential that we have a resilient, 

well-maintained network, which 
can meet the demands of a growing 
population and a changing climate, 
which is why we’re investing responsibly 
for sustainable growth.

• Changing the market for the better 

means ensuring we help shape changes 
to regulations and are well prepared 
for the opportunities and challenges 
it brings.

• Delivering on all of the above requires 

us to have inspired, talented and 
engaged people, which is why we’re 
creating an awesome place to work.

Contributing to the regulatory debate
We believe it’s important that we put 
forward our views about how regulations 
should develop and we have a long track 
record of helping to shape the future of 
our industry.

We remain very supportive of the 
general direction of Ofwat’s proposals. 
We’ve embraced ODIs, so we’re well 
placed as Ofwat looks to refine how they 
work. In April, we released the latest 
in our series of Charting a Sustainable 
Course publications, which sets out 
how we believe incentives can be 
made to work better at the next price 
review for all stakeholders, including 
customers. This builds on Ofwat’s own 
consultation document.

We’re also in favour of moves towards 
trading in bio-resources (a by-product of 
the sewage treatment process) and water 
resources. We’re already exploring the 
potential for trading bio-resources with 
other water companies, and we see this 
area as an exciting opportunity for us and 
our customers. Trading water resources 
is a longer term prospect, which 
could provide a relatively low cost and 
environmentally friendly way of sharing 
water across regions. However, we also 
consider that any changes to how water 
is supplied need to form part of a wider 
package of measures including reducing 
demand for water. 

Ambergate reservoir where we have recently 
replaced and increased capacity

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201712

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose 
through our strategy and values

BUILDING
A LASTING  
WATER LEGACY

Ensuring a resilient water supply 
for Birmingham 
For more than a century, the Elan Valley 
Aqueduct has been Birmingham’s 
primary water source. It carries water all 
the way from the Elan Valley in Wales to 
Birmingham. It needs work to keep it fit 
for the future but we can only turn it off for 
three days at a time. That’s why in March 
2017, we started building a new 25 km pipe 
from Lickhill to our treatment works in 
Birmingham. When the new pipe is ready 
in 2019, we can turn off the aqueduct for 

50 days every other year and give it the 
care it needs.

We’ve identified work we need to do 
sooner, so we’re building three pipes 
to bypass parts of the aqueduct. 
The first completed in March, at Bleddfa. 
We’re working closely with local people, 
with regular drop-in sessions so we can 
work with the community and minimise 
disruption. We’ve also held focus 
groups and taste tests, to understand 
how changing the water supply affects 
customers, which will inform our 
future approach.

“ At a total investment of 
£300 million, this is our 
largest ever engineering 
project and a vital part of 
ensuring we build a lasting 
water legacy for our region.”

Jane Simpson, 
Head of Asset Creation,  
Non-Infra

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017A LASTING  

WATER LEGACY

13

Strategic goals

Litres of water carried 
each day

320 million

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201714

Chief Executive’s review
Liv Garfield

DELIVERING 
RESULTS

“ As a business we want to 
be the most trusted water 
company by 2020, and 
our customers have told 
us that means delivering 
an outstanding customer 
experience with the best 
value service and showing 
true environmental 
leadership.”

Two years into the current regulatory 
period I’m pleased that, with the superb 
help and support of all my Severn Trent 
colleagues, we are becoming a truly 
customer focused business that continues 
to invest in our future and deliver strong 
and sustainable financial performance.

As a business we want to be the most 
trusted water company by 2020, 
and our customers have told us that 
means delivering an outstanding 
customer experience with the best 
value service and showing true 
environmental leadership.

In the last year we have made progress 
in all three areas but of course there is 
always more to do.

On customer experience we have made 
great progress in delivering against our 
agreed Customer Outcome Delivery 
Incentives (ODIs). For example, this year 
on two measures that customers care 
about most we have reduced supply 
interruptions by 17% and cases of 
external sewer flooding by 23% against 
our regulatory targets. 

We have achieved this while making 
sure that we continue to offer the lowest 
average combined water and waste water 
bills in Britain, as well as increasing our 
commitment to support those customers 
most in need. 

To help us focus on continuing to deliver 
best value service in the future we have 
worked hard to identify further efficiencies 
and have increased the targeted Totex 
savings by £100 million to £770 million. 
Making these savings will help us towards 
our further ambitions to be upper quartile 
in performance and cost in retail, water 
and waste.

WATCH NOW

Watch a video of Liv on the  
investor area of our site: 
severntrent.com

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201715

Underlying Group PBIT

£525.1m

Group PBIT

£543.7m

Dividend increase

1.0%

Dividend for the year

81.50p

Turning to environmental leadership, 
we are proud of the fact that we have 
had sector leading performance for two 
of the last four years. Furthermore, on 
renewable energy we are now generating 
the equivalent of 34% of our energy needs 
and are on track to self-generate 50% 
by 2020. 

I would love to take this public opportunity 
to welcome our new customers and 
colleagues from Dee Valley Water. 
This strategic acquisition helps us grow 
our business and bring in new skills and 
expertise to the wider company. We look 
forward to continuing to integrate our two 
businesses over the coming months.

Consistency and progress 
To make sure that we make the right 
progress through this regulatory period 
to becoming the most trusted water 
company, we use our strategic framework 
as our route map to success.

This framework focuses on five strategic 
objectives that we believe can deliver 
all of our ambitions, the five are: embed 
customers at the heart of all we do; drive 
operational excellence and continued 
innovation; invest responsibly for 
sustainable growth; change the market for 
the better; and create an awesome place 
to work. 

Taking each of the five in turn, let me 
share some thoughts on how we are doing 
in each area.

Embed customers at the heart of all we do
We are proud of the fact that for the 
second year we have outperformed 
against the commitments (‘ODIs’) 
that our customers most care about. 
Our customer service and operational 
improvements have contributed to 
customer ODI rewards of £47.6 million. 
On top of the reduction in external sewer 
floodings and supply interruptions, 
we have also sustained our improved 
performance on category 3 pollutions and 
leakage against our regulatory targets.

Although we have seen tremendous 
progress across many aspects of the 
business this year, there is more we can 
do to improve customer experience. 
Whilst the number of customer complaints 
have declined since the start of the AMP 
there remains more scope for further 
improvements. As such we are taking 
a more active approach to reducing 
problems occurring in the first place. 
For example, we have worked with 
customers to come up with a re-designed 
bill which is easier to understand.

As we look to make contact easier and 
more efficient, we now have around a third 
of our customers using our 24/7 digital 
self-service, and we have also designed a 
new, easier to navigate customer website.

We are passionate about affordable 
bills for all and remain committed to 
supporting customers who most need 
our help. Through a range of schemes 
we have delivered our ‘Help When You 
Need It’ target that supported over 50,000 
customers who were struggling with 
their payments. 

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation
We are improving the productivity of 
our workforce, through better devices, 
connectivity and apps. We are using 
digital technology and innovation to 
reduce risks through real-time water 
quality measurement and insight, along 
with active network modelling that helps 
us act quickly and reduce the number 
of bursts and cases of premature asset 
deterioration. We have continued to refine 
our use of sensors and improved analytics 
to prevent flooding and pollutions, as 
well as diagnosing and resolving jobs 
more effectively.

We have embraced research and 
development as a key enabler for 
operational excellence, and a great 
example of our innovation leadership is 
our world-leading phosphorous removal 
trials. Being leaders in this field is helping 
us save £10 million in this AMP. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201716

Chief Executive’s review continued

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth
We promised to leave no stone unturned 
in the pursuit for Totex efficiencies during 
the year, and through the tremendous 
work of our colleagues to seek better ways 
to run the business, we have identified an 
additional £100m of efficiencies. This takes 
the total forecast efficiencies for this 
AMP to £770m (at 2012/13 prices). Of this 
£770m, we’ve been able to announce that 
a further £70 million of Totex efficiencies 
have been locked in over the last six 
months, building on the £540 million we’d 
previously announced, and taking the total 
amounts locked in to £610 million. We are 
adamant that the search does not stop 
here however. We will continue to seek 
opportunities throughout the business to 
drive further efficiencies for the benefit of 
our customers and our shareholders. 

To help deliver improved customer service 
and a more efficient and resilient network, 
Severn Trent will be spending around 
£1,400 for every property in our region 
over the course of AMP6. 

This year we have also taken steps to 
focus on to our core business with the 
acquisition of the Dee Valley Water Group, 
as well as selling our Italian business.

We have welcomed our colleagues from 
Dee Valley Water, which serves 125,000 
properties, into the Severn Trent family, 
and we will spend the summer working 
through the integration of our two 
businesses. This acquisition is a natural 
fit, and we are enjoying learning new skills 
from each other as we look to collectively 
improve the customer experience. 

Create an awesome place to work
When I first joined the company I was 
struck by the hard work ethic and helpful 
nature of our colleagues. Having this 
culture as our foundation has helped us 
bring to life a customer-centric approach 
to everything we do. 

As a team we are passionate about 
creating an awesome place to work 
and invest huge time and energy into 
our people plans. We were pleased to 
see our overall engagement score rise 
three percentage points, and continue 
to track above the global benchmark for 
employee engagement. 

We have been building the required skills 
and capabilities for the future through 
the recruitment of record levels of 
apprentices and graduates, nearly trebling 
our intake of apprentices and doubling our 
graduate intake in 2016. 

We are also focused on leadership and 
technical development across the whole 
organisation, and have delivered around a 
20% increase in training days this year. 

We continue to recognise our colleagues’ 
performance with a collective 
bonus scheme that encourages 
focus on key areas which benefit 
all of our stakeholders; health and 
safety, customer ODIs, and financial 
performance. Last year’s “Bonus 
reveal” was a wonderful employee 
engagement moment.

I am also pleased that we have brought 
greater certainty to our pension schemes 
with £122 million of further deficit 
recovery payments by the end of AMP6, 
including an additional £42 million over 
previous commitments.

Our role as custodians of our network 
for customers today and for future 
generations is right at the heart of our 
strategy. During the year we have seen 
great progress on the Birmingham 
Resilience Scheme, our largest 
ever asset-creation programme. 
Critical milestones such as the Bleddfa 
bypass have now been completed and 
we have also embarked on a large 
programme of customer engagement to 
support the next stage of the programme. 
We have also successfully met all DWI 
and EA obligation dates. 

We have delivered some important 
milestones in our renewables plan, 
including the completion of our second 
food waste anaerobic digestion plant 
at Roundhill, Staffordshire. 

We believe good businesses are socially 
responsible businesses and supporting 
our local community is central to our 
values. Highlights include the delivery of 
12,000 water efficiency home checks to 
help customers save money, educating 
167,024 people on sewer misuse and water 
efficiency and being recognised by the 
Drinking Water Inspectorate as industry 
leaders for our innovative approach to 
catchment management. 

Change the market for the better
At the start of April 2017, we saw the 
opening of the non-household retail 
market and I am pleased with the future 
prospects of Waterplus, our joint venture 
with United Utilities. 

We have engaged with all of our 
colleagues across the business to make 
sure they understand the new ways of 
working in this new world of competition, 
and our focus on being a fantastic 
wholesaler for all retailers operating in 
our region.  

I was also very pleased that we have 
been recognised by our regulators for 
providing information to our customers 
and stakeholders that they can trust. 
We are one of only three companies to 
receive ‘self-assured’ status in Ofwat’s 
annual review.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201717

Outlook
We remain committed to delivering high 
service levels to our customers in the 
year ahead, both as a sector leader on 
customer ODIs and also while improving 
customer experience. As an example, our 
2017/18 employee bonus has been adapted 
to help us drive down complaints as well 
as deliver against our safety, customer 
ODI and financial targets.

With draft determination submissions 
for AMP7 due in September 2018, we are 
working hard and collaboratively across 
all our teams to prepare the best possible 
plans which benefit all our stakeholders. 

We are actively engaging with our 
customers to co-create the future 
business plans which we put forward as 
we prepare for the next price review. 

Ofwat have also indicated that there will 
likely be further opening of the market 
to competition, in water resources and 
bio-resource trading. We firmly believe we 
have many strengths in these areas and 
are setting ourselves up for success.

So we have much to look forward to, 
and I relish working with my colleagues 
across the business as collectively we 
look to put customers at the heart of 
everything we do, and build trust with all 
of our stakeholders. Thank you for your 
ongoing support.

Liv Garfield, Chief Executive

As we look to serve our communities and 
build a lasting water legacy, we recognise 
the importance of the communities in 
which we operate and how central they 
are to local life. Our volunteering scheme 
Community Champions is proving super 
popular with over 100 events planned and 
over 1,000 of our people signed up to take 
part in making a real difference to the 
communities in which we operate. 

That completes my review of how we are 
doing against our Strategic Framework, 
after a busy but progressive year. I trust 
you have found it helpful.

Delivering returns
Before we take a look at the year ahead 
I am pleased to share that our hard 
work has resulted in strong levels of 
outperformance for customers and 
returns for our investors. In this past year 
we have performed well in all three areas 
which make up our allowed return on 
regulated equity (RoRE). I have mentioned 
our delivery of customer ODIs and Totex 
efficiencies, and James Bowling, our Chief 
Financial Officer, discusses our financial 
performance, which continues to improve, 
in more detail in his review.

We achieved RoRE of 11.0% this year, up 
from 8.4% last year. This is a very strong 
result which is the testament to the drive 
and focus of my colleagues, and it reflects 
the strong financial and operational health 
of our company. 

With a strong track record having been 
built in this AMP and all our stakeholders 
winning, together with the Board I am 
therefore delighted to announce an 
increase in the ordinary dividend to growth 
of RPI +4% from 2017/18. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201718

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose 
through our strategy and values

PUTTING
CUSTOMERS FIRST

Strategic goals

Customers signed up for 
web self service

930,551

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201719

Using technology to improve 
our customers’ experience 
For a great experience, it’s important that 
our customers can contact us how they 
want, when they want. Increasingly, that 
means they’re using new channels such 
as our website, web chat and social media. 
In fact, 930,551 customers have now 
signed up to web self service. And we’re 
the only water company who customers 
can reach 24/7, not just for emergencies.

For people who want to phone us, we’re 
improving service through a new portal 
for our customer advisers. It brings 
together all the information our advisers 
need about the service the customer has 
received and how they feel about it. ‘One 
click’ processes mean it’s faster and 
simpler to use, with less training needed. 
Since we introduced it, we’ve cut call times 
from eight minutes to five and reduced 
repeat calls by 15%, meaning happier 
customers and lower costs for us.

“ We’re using technology 
to better understand our 
customers and give them 
the control they want over 
the service they receive.”

Joanne Hollamby, 
Customer Contact Leader

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201720

How we are achieving our strategy
Our strategy has been in place for two years and we’re 
making significant progress towards achieving our goals.

Embed customers at the heart of all we do 

What we said we would do in 2016/17

Our progress in 2016/17 

–  Refresh online experience for customers

–  Expand personalised service and vulnerable 

customer offering

–  Improve customer contact centre effectiveness 

through cross-skilling our agents

–  Expand proactive customer communications

–  Outperformed on commitments customers care 
most about (see operational excellence below)

–  Offered lowest combined bills in Britain and helped 

50,903 customers with their bills

–  Engaged with 167,024 customers through our 

education programme

Drive operational excellence and continuous innovation 

What we said we would do in 2016/17

Our progress in 2016/17 

–  Continue to work on our energy profile, both usage 

–  Achieved better outcomes for customers on 

and generation

–  Continue to focus on improving information to drive 

better customer outcomes

–  Continue to perform strongly on Customer ODIs for 

a second year running

external sewer flooding, interruptions to supply and 
leakage, through targeted investment and using 
information about our network to proactively address 
potential issues

–  But, we received 14,461 water quality complaints, 

which is above our target of 10,995

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth
What we said we would do in 2016/17
Our progress in 2016/17 

–  Careful management of our investment programme, 

–  Achieved key milestones with major resilience 

to deliver high value projects on cost and on time

–  Selected investments in new technology, to enhance 

schemes – the Birmingham Resilience Project and 
Ambergate reservoir

customer delivery or reduce costs

–  Invested in technology such as real time 

–  Further investment in technology to generate energy 

from sewage sludge and food waste

bacteria detection

–  Worked with supply chain to develop innovative 
approaches to delivering capital programme 
more efficiently

Change the market for the better 
What we said we would do in 2016/17

Our progress in 2016/17 

–  Prepare for shadow operation of the retail market, 

–  Continued to contribute to the debate on future 

followed by successful market opening

–  Continue work on sludge market opening structures 

and models

regulation, and supported Ofwat’s proposals in areas 
such as sludge trading and water resources

–  Created non-household retail joint venture with 

United Utilities and prepared our wholesale business 
to support retailers in this market

Create an awesome place to work 

What we said we would do in 2016/17

Our progress in 2016/17 

–  A further 300 Team Managers will have completed 
the Awesome Leaders Programme by the end of 
July 2016

–  We will double our intake of graduates and 

apprentices in 2016, to build our talent pipelines 
for the future

–  More than 400 managers completed the Awesome 

Leaders Programme

–  Doubled our graduate intake and tripled our 

apprentice intake

–  Received national recognition for our 

apprentice scheme

–  Used innovative approaches to attract candidates 

from more diverse backgrounds

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201721

–  Launched new website, expanded our contact 
channels, trialled extended opening hours and 
increased proactive customer contacts

–  Created a care and assistance team to support 

vulnerable customers

–  Improved contact centre effectiveness through new 

customer management portal

Areas of focus for 2017/18 

–  Make a step change in customer experience

–  Continue to deliver on the things that matter most 

to our customers to achieve a substantial reward of 
around £23 million in customer ODIs

–  Provide a service that is affordable for all and support 

our financially vulnerable customers by assisting 
50,000 customers with their bills

–  Be recognised as an upper quartile wholesaler to the 

new non-household retail market

–  Provide an industry leading experience for property 
developers and customers who need new water and 
waste connections

–  Improved process control at our major water treatment 

Areas of focus for 2017/18 

works through our Operational Effectiveness Programme

–  On track delivery of our plans to be upper quartile for 

–  Maintained outstanding performance on 

Retail, Water and Waste

coliform detection

–  Continued to achieve strong 
environmental performance

–  On track delivery of upper quartile financing position 

by the end of 2019

–  Continue to provide environmental leadership as 

–  Made further progress on reducing energy use 

evidenced by EA 4* status

–  Sustained our improved performance on reducing 
category 3 pollutions against our regulatory target

–  Develop the profitability of our US and UK Business 

Services operations

–  Deliver budgeted benefits from implementing ten 
innovation projects and ten digital projects, and 
developing a sustainable pipeline and process 
for innovation

–  Drive innovative developer solutions to deliver 
a step-change in the new connections service 
to customers

–  Reduce the number of water quality complaints

–  Continued to promote catchment management to 

Areas of focus for 2017/18 

–  Complete and transition Competing to Win to 

protect our water sources from pollution

–  On track to deliver on our PR14 commitments and 

business as usual 

–  Reduced Group carbon emissions by 8%, although we 

make appropriate targeted investments for the future

–  Generate the equivalent of 38% of our energy needs 

did not achieve our ODI target

–  Achieved FTSE4Good accreditation

–  Made good progress in investing in renewables

–  Integrate and deliver the benefits of the Dee Valley 
acquisition, combining the strengths of the two 
companies to create a strong Welsh entity focused on 
delivering local priorities

from renewable sources

–  Achieve material improvements in some of our key 

Enterprise Risk Management risks

–  Invited by DWI to lead work to set a new industry 
standard for process control at critical water 
treatment works

Areas of focus for 2017/18 

–  Have a clear PR19 outline plan in place that evidences 

our leading status

–  Design and implement the bio-resources change 

programme and business model

–  Be seen as the water sector’s thought leaders

–  Produce compelling cases for investment that 

–  Create a strong Welsh entity focused on delivering 

customers want to see, at PR19, that enables strong 
RCV growth over AMPs 7 and 8

local priorities

–  Introduced a campaign to help employees suffering 

Areas of focus for 2017/18 

mental health issues

–  Recognised by the Hampton-Alexander Review for 

leading gender diversity performance in the FTSE 100

–  Delivered around 20% more training days than the previous 
year and introduced new operational and technical training

–  Achieved higher engagement scores above the global 
company benchmark in our employee survey and had 
an increased response rate

–  Deliver a step change in our safety performance

–  Improve the wellbeing of our colleagues

–  Deliver a further uplift in our employee 

engagement scores

–  Progress our talent agenda

–  Continue to strive for the most diverse and inclusive 
business with increasing numbers of Black, Asian 
and Minority Ethnic (‘BAME’) talent in our business

–  Further improve employee engagement by resolving 

the top 10 issues identified by our employees

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201722

ODIs and KPIs
We continue to make progress against our customer ODIs and financial KPIs.

Progress against our  
Outcome Delivery Incentives

1. Embed customers at the heart of all we do

Internal sewer flooding

External sewer flooding

Minutes without supply

Actual
901

Actual
5,801

Actual
10.13

Reward/Penalty
989

Reward
7,452

Penalty
7,548

Reward
12

Penalty
14

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per incident)

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per incident)

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per minute)

£42,8201

£19,7791

£1.10m1

Why we measure it
To ensure we do everything we can to prevent flooding 
of customers’ homes or businesses. It is one of our 
customers’ most important priorities.

Why we measure it
To ensure we do everything we can to prevent flooding 
of customers’ homes or businesses. It is one of our 
customers’ most important priorities. 

Progress in the year
We are reporting a performance of 901 internal 
incidents, ahead of our committed performance level 
of 989 incidents.

Progress in the year
We are reporting a performance of 5,801 external 
incidents, ahead of our committed performance level 
of 7,548 incidents.

Why we measure it
Our customers value water being there when they 
need it. This performance commitment ensures we 
are driving down the impact of any interruptions to 
supply across our network to minimise the impact 
on customers.

Progress in the year
We interrupted customers’ supplies for an average of 
10.13 minutes (10m 8s) in 2016/17. We are ahead of our 
performance commitment of 12.2 minutes.

2. Drive operational excellence and continuous innovation

Improvements to river water quality

Number of category 3 pollution incidents

Successful catchment management schemes

Actual
15

Actual
301

Actual
0

Penalty/Reward
233

Reward
374

Penalty
457

Penalty/Reward
12

Reward Cap
21

Rate of Penalty/Reward (per unit)

£150,0001

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per incident)

Rate of Penalty/Reward (per scheme)

£53,9001

£1.03m1

Why we measure it
We have statutory obligations to deliver, but our 
customers told us that we should do more where we 
can. This performance commitment ensures we meet 
our obligations and drives us to deliver more where it 
is possible. 

Progress in the year
There were 15 individual points completed in 2016/17, 
and we are on track for our end of AMP target.

Why we measure it
Minimising the impact our activity has on the 
environment is a key concern for our customers. 
This performance commitment ensures we drive 
to improve performance in this area.

Progress in the year
We are reporting 301 category 3 incidents against 
a committed performance level of 402; this is 101 
ahead of target and 73 incidents ahead of our reward 
dead-band of 374 incidents.

Why we measure it
Our customers want us to look for new and innovative 
ways to improve water quality, whilst working in 
partnership with other stakeholders to deliver wider 
benefits. This performance commitment focuses on 
how our approaches are encouraging farmers and 
land owners to change their behaviour and practices. 

Progress in the year
We have made progress increasing our internal 
resources and agreeing a suite of performance 
indicators to demonstrate successful engagement and 
change in practice. As planned, no schemes have been 
fully delivered during 2016/17. Schemes are on track to 
be delivered in 2018/19.

3.  Invest responsibly for 
sustainable growth
See our Regulated Water and Waste Water 
performance review on pages 24 to 35.

4. Create an awesome place to work
Lost time incidents per 100,000 hrs worked

Severn Trent Water Limited

0.22 2015/16: 0.25

Business Services

0.04 2015/16: 0.17

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20171. Embed customers at the heart of all we do

2. Drive operational excellence and continuous innovation

23

Progress against  
our financial KPIs

Group turnover

£1,819.2m

2015/16: £1,753.7m

Group underlying PBIT

£525.1m

2015/16: £503.4m

Underlying earnings per share

122.4p

2015/16: 102.1p

SIM – Customer experience

Complaints about water quality

Actual
14,461

Not yet defined by Ofwat

Reward
9,992

Penalty
11,800

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per complaint)

83.61SIM score

£9001

Why we measure it
Providing good quality service to our customers is key 
and the Service Incentive Mechanism (‘SIM’) provides us 
with a regular opportunity to understand our performance 
and implement initiatives to improve the quality of service 
we provide, but also deliver value for money. 

Why we measure it
Customers value the aesthetic quality of their 
water. This performance commitment is designed 
to ensure we manage our network to minimise the 
number of events that cause discolouration, taste or 
odour problems. 

Progress in the year
We have seen improvements in quantitative areas of 
our business although we have been inconsistent in 
our qualitative performance which has meant that we 
have reported a SIM score of 83.61 for 2016/17 which is 
behind our original upper quartile target.

Progress in the year
In 2016, the number of drinking water quality 
complaints increased from 13,941 to 14,461, so 
we did not achieve our committed performance 
level of 10,995.

Asset Stewardship – coliform failures

Leakage

Actual
5

Actual
432

Penalty
7

Reward/Penalty
439

Rate of Penalty

£463,0001

Why we measure it
The presence of coliforms in our drinking water is 
unacceptable so we continually monitor our works 
to ensure they are not being detected.

Progress in the year
During 2016 we detected coliforms at five water 
treatment works sites, which is better than our 
committed performance level of seven or fewer 
works with coliform detections. 

Rate of Reward/Penalty (per megalitre per day)

£123,0001

Why we measure it
Customers see leakage as a waste of a key resource; 
our customers want us to reduce our level of leakage 
as a priority. 

Progress in the year
Our outturn position for 2016/17 was a total  
of 432 Ml/day ahead of our committed performance 
level of 439 Ml/day.

4. Create an awesome place to work

Severn Trent engagement score improvement2

3 percentage points

Notes
1 In 2012/13 prices after tax.
2  New engagement index used for the Group since 
2015/16 to support benchmarking and gain better 
insight about us as an employer. 

Key

Actual

Severn Trent Actual Performance 2016/17

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
24

REGULATED WATER 
AND WASTE WATER

Regulated Water and Waste Water business model

Litres of drinking water 
supplied each day

1.85bn

Kilometres of sewerage 
pipes in our network

93,727

Households and 
businesses served

4.5m

Generating returns 
As described on page 10, our Regulated 
Water and Waste Water business works 
within five year planning cycles known as 
AMPs. Ofwat determines the prices we 
can charge our customers during each 
AMP, allowing us to earn a return on our 
asset base (known as the Regulatory 
Capital Value or RCV), to fund our 
investment programme and cover our 
operating costs. Our prices and asset 
base are adjusted by inflation each year. 
In certain circumstances, for example 
if there is a material change in costs 
for reasons beyond our control, we can 
request a price review during the AMP.

Our new customer bill design and 
customer website

On 15 February 2017 Severn Trent Water 
completed the acquisition of  
Dee Valley Water, which is the licensed 
water undertaker for Wrexham, Chester 
and the surrounding areas. It has been 
supplying water to its community for 
more than 150 years. Dee Valley Water 
supplies drinking water to approximately 
125,000 domestic and business 
customers in northeast Wales and in 
northwest Cheshire. 

The performance commentary for 
the Regulated Water and Waste Water 
business in 2016/17 which follows on 
pages 24 to 35 relates solely to Severn 
Trent Water. 

The acquisition of Dee Valley Water was 
completed approximately six weeks before 
the end of the reporting year and did not 
have a material impact on the Group’s 
financial performance for the period 
being reported. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

25

Our business model

The resources and relationships critical to our success

Read more on page 26

Water is collected
We pay the Environment 
Agency and Natural Resources 
Wales for the water we collect 
from reservoirs, rivers and 
underground aquifers across 
our region.

See page 9

Water is cleaned
Our 123 groundwater and  
21 surface water treatment 
works clean raw water to  
the highest standards making  
it safe to drink.

Clean water is distributed
A 49,048 km network of pipes 
and enclosed storage  
reservoirs bring a continuous 
supply of clean water right  
to our customers’ taps.

See page 30

See page 30

Waste water is collected
Our 93,727 km of sewers and 
pumping stations collect  
waste water from homes 
and businesses from outside 
properties and drains.

Customers enjoy our services
We serve 4.5 million businesses 
and households with a safe, 
reliable supply of water and 
collect waste water 24 hours 
a day, 365 days a year.

See page 29

See page 28

Waste water is treated and 
returned to the environment
Waste water is carefully 
screened, filtered and treated  
in our 1,013 sewage treatment 
works to meet stringent 
environmental standards. 
We pay the Environment 
Agency and Natural Resources 
Wales annual consent fees to 
return the treated water to the 
water system.

See page 31

Investment and maintenance 

Read more on page 26

Associated risks

Read more on page 27

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther information26

Regulated Water and Waste Water 
business model continued

We aim to perform each stage of our work 
as efficiently and effectively as possible, 
so we meet the needs of customers 
and other stakeholders such as our 
regulators. The work we do enables us 
to meet 45 performance commitments 
we’ve agreed with Ofwat, several of which 
are unique to us. Of these, 33 customer 
ODIs reward us for if we do the right thing 
for customers, by improving services and 
being more efficient, or penalise us if we 
don’t. These customer ODIs incentivise 
us to do better in the areas that are most 
important to our customers. We also 
look to use innovative processes and 
technology, so we continually improve the 
way we work. During 2016/17, we earned 
a total reward of £47.6 million out of a 
potential reward of £70 million, and were 
the best performing company based on 
Ofwat’s published results for 2015/16.

The amounts we invest in improving and 
maintaining our networks, together with 
the costs of running our operations, form 
our total expenditure or Totex. This year’s 
customer bills take account of some of 
our Totex and the remainder is added to 
our RCV, allowing us to earn a return on it 
in future years. We look to make savings 
against the Totex assumed in our final 
AMP6 plan, which was approved by Ofwat. 
Over the course of AMP6, we’ve identified 
£770 million of Totex efficiencies, which 
will see us save £360 million against our 
final determination. We’ve committed 
to reinvesting £120 million of this to 
benefit customers in three important 
areas: water quality, security and 
vulnerable customers. 

Investment and maintenance
Included within our Totex is a wholesale 
capital programme totalling £539.6 million 
in 2016/17, which is an average of £1,400 
per connected property. We spent this 
money in a range of areas, including our 
two major resilience schemes, as well 
as continuing to upgrade and renew our 
network and assets.

We fund this capital programme through 
customer bills. We generate profits 
through being efficient and borrowing 
from capital markets.

Our critical resources 
and relationships

Customers
We have 4.5 million household and 
business customers, in an area stretching 
from the Bristol Channel to the Humber, 
and from North and mid-Wales to the 
East Midlands. Our customers are at the 
heart of all we do and they were heavily 
involved in developing our plans for AMP6, 
to ensure we focus on the areas they value 
the most. We provide our customers with 
around 1.85 billion litres of high quality 
drinking water every day and treat around 
2.6 billion litres of waste water, which we 
clean and return to the system.

Employees
To be the most trusted water company, 
we need great people. We therefore look 
to attract, develop and retain talented 
people, and to bring the next generation 
into the industry through our graduate 
and apprentice schemes. We recognise 
the benefits of diversity and look to have 
a workforce that matches the diversity 
of our local communities. Keeping our 
people safe, healthy and well is a top 
priority. We aim to provide competitive 
and flexible rewards, which recognise our 
colleagues’ performance.

Suppliers
We work closely with our supply chain 
partners so we can achieve excellent 
operational performance for our 
customers and meet our efficiency 
targets. We created our One Supply Chain 
to make our capital programme more 
efficient. By choosing framework partners 
to work with over the five years of an AMP, 
we can give them greater certainty of work 
and achieve more competitive pricing. 
We can also be more innovative as we 
work together over time, to deliver even 
greater efficiencies. 

Communities
Serving our communities is central to our 
purpose. We look to keep our communities 
informed and to minimise disruption 
when we carry out planned work on 
our network. Through our education 
programme, we help our communities 
to save water and prevent blockages in 
our sewers and drains. We protect the 
environment around our communities and 
work with local people such as farmers 
to maintain the quality of the water we 
collect. We also aim to make a positive 
difference for our communities through 
volunteering and fundraising for charities.

Regulators
How our industry is regulated is described 
in detail on page 9 of this report. We look 
to maintain positive and constructive 
relationships with our regulators, and to 
share our knowledge to help them shape 
the future regulation of our industry. 
We aim to comply with our regulatory 
obligations at all times, so we continue to 
meet our commitments to our customers 
and other stakeholders.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201727

Performance commitments

Associated risks

45

Net Reward

£47.6m

In 2012/13 prices pre tax

Total Totex efficiencies 
identified to date in AMP6

£770m

Each phase of the business model on page 25 presents 
opportunities for us but also comes with risks. Our job 
is to maximise the opportunities while identifying, 
managing and mitigating the risks.

Water is collected
If one of our key assets fails, it could cause injuries, 
damage property or disrupt the water supply.

Principal risks 6 and 7 
Read more on page 53 

Water is cleaned
During this phase, failure of key assets or 
processes could reduce water quality or 
disrupt our supply to customers.

We use potentially hazardous chemicals and 
processes, which can also result in injuries.

Clean water is distributed
If our distribution performance falls below the 
required standards, it could lead to poor customer 
service and increase the risk of leakage from 
our network.

Customers enjoy our services
If we don’t improve or maintain our performance, 
we could disappoint our customers.

Waste water is collected
If we don’t deal effectively with customer waste, 
it could lead to sewer flooding.

Principal risks 5, 6 and 7 
Read more on pages 52 and 53 

Principal risks 1 and 5 
Read more on pages 50 and 52 

Principal risk 1  
Read more on page 50

Principal risk 6 
Read more on page 53

Waste water is treated and returned to the environment
If we suffer an operational failure during this phase, 
we could damage the local environment.

Principal risk 7 
Read more on page 53 

Potentially hazardous processes and substances 
could cause injuries to people.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201728

Regulated Water and Waste Water performance review
In this section, we explain how our regulated business performed during the year,  
and the actions we’re taking to deliver our strategy during this AMP.

Embedding customers at the 
heart of all we do
This was the second consecutive year 
in which we’ve outperformed against 
the commitments that our customers 
care most about. In particular, we’ve 
done better on external sewer flooding, 
interruptions to supply and pollutions. 
More information on how we’ve achieved 
this can be found in the section below 
on driving operational excellence and 
continued innovation.

Educating our customers helps us to 
perform better. Around 75% of our 
sewer blockages each year are caused 
by customers disposing of the wrong 
things down their toilets and drains. 
For example, fats, oils and greases solidify 
in our sewers and block them. During the 
year, we engaged with 167,024 customers 
about avoiding sewer misuse and how 
to use water efficiently. Educating future 
customers in schools and youth groups is 
a major part of this programme. By 2020, 
we’ve committed to engaging with 700,000 
customers in total.

Our customers pay the lowest average 
combined water and waste water bills 
in Britain and will continue to do so 
throughout AMP6. Our average combined 
bill in 2016/17 was £329. We want water to 
be affordable for all and we’ve made real 
progress with helping customers who find 
it difficult to pay. As a result, we met our 
commitment to support 50,000 customers 
this year. Our Big Difference scheme is 
one of the largest social tariff schemes in 
the country, offering discounts of between 
10% and 90%, depending on how much 
individual customers can afford to pay. 
During the year, it helped 35,343 people, 
which was more than three times the 
number in the previous year. 

The WaterSure scheme supports people 
on benefits who have water meters, and 
people who use more water because 
of a large family or a medical condition. 
We also continue to work with the 
Severn Trent Trust Fund, which celebrates 
its 20th year in 2017. It helps people in 
arrears with their water bills and can also 
provide support with essential household 
bills or costs. Since 1997, we’ve donated 
more than £60 million to the Fund, for 
the benefit of 550,000 people across our 
region. In 2016/17, we donated £3.5 million. 

In addition, we’ve invested in a care and 
assistance team, to support customers 
who are struggling with a broader range 
of problems. This can include help to 
resolve financial issues or assistance with 
other issues, such as their physical or 
mental health. In October 2016, we won 
the Utilities & Telecoms Best Vulnerable 
Customer Support Team award.

To keep bills affordable for all, we work 
hard to ensure that everyone who can pay 
does, so they don’t increase the burden on 
others. During the year, we maintained our 
level of household consumer bad debts at 
1.8% of turnover, which remains one of the 
best performances in the sector.

We’ve continued to improve how we 
communicate with our customers and 
keep them informed. This year, we fully 
rolled out the new design for our bills, 
which is clearer, simpler and easier to 
understand. We’ve also relaunched our 
website to improve customer interaction 
and allow them to carry out more tasks 
themselves. The new design followed 
extensive testing with users, to make it 
easy to find the most popular areas.

Our customers increasingly want to 
use digital channels to interact with us. 
In particular, we’re seeing substantial 
growth in the use of webchat. We also 
offer 24/7 coverage on Twitter and get 
many customers interacting with us 
via Facebook.

Our emergency contact centre is open 
24 hours a day, and we’re now testing 
longer opening hours for non-urgent 
contacts, based on our analysis of when 
our customers want to talk to us. We have 
extended opening hours, which proved 
particularly helpful for customers during 
our main billing period.

We’ve also further improved the ways we 
communicate with our customers so they 
don’t have to contact us. If a water main 
bursts, for example, we look to reach 
affected customers by text or voicemail so 
they know what’s going on and what we’re 
doing to fix it. We also use our website and 
social media to spread these messages, 
so people have as much information 
as possible.

The new customer management portal 
for our contact agents went live in January 
2017. This gives advisers a full picture 
of the customer, as soon as they call in. 
For example, it has indicators showing 
key information about water, waste, bills, 
whether the customer is up to date with 
payments, the experience they’ve reported 
through surveys and feedback, as well 
as a full contact history. The new system 
is reducing call times, which is better for 
customers and for us, and automating 
work that used to be done manually 
means there’s less for our advisers to 
do once the call has ended.

Our customer ODI performance shows 
us that the overall level of service we 
are providing to customers continues to 
improve. For example, within the Severn 
Trent area we have seen improvements 
since the end of AMP5 with the number 
of customers impacted by a sewer 
flooding event having reduced by 40%, 
and this past year we were around 18% 
less likely to impact the environment by 
a category 3 pollution incident. However, 
we’re taking longer than we would like 
to resolve issues in some areas, such as 
fixing complex leaks. We had a strong 
performance reducing household written 
complaints in 2015/16. This year, we 
have seen an overall increase, although 
complaints specific to billing have 
continued to reduce. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Working faster and  
smarter on-site
We’ve issued tough new devices to 
our people working in the field, to help 
them improve life for our customers. 
New Site Mate software tells our 
field workers what’s already been 
done at the property and how the 
customer feels. This allows them 
to diagnose problems more quickly 
and be more responsive to individual 
customer needs. 

Details entered in Site Mate 
automatically update our records, so 
customers can track our progress 
through an app. The devices have better 
connectivity, which means no more 
searching for a signal, and are easier 
to use than previous versions, cutting 
training time in half. The outcome is 
more satisfied customers and lower 
costs for us.

29

We improved our score in the Institute of 
Customer Service’s Customer Service 
Index, moving us up to fifth out of 25 
utility companies and third among the 
11 water companies that obtained a 
result. Our overall performance against 
Ofwat’s Service Incentive Mechanism 
(‘SIM’) has remained stable compared 
to last year. However, we recognise 
that other companies are improving. 
We know from our customers that our 
service standards are inconsistent and 
there is a lack of communication and 
ownership of customer relationships 
across the Company when a customer 
has a problem. Resolving these issues is a 
key priority for us in the coming year, and 
we will be introducing a new customer 
service measure into the short-term 
incentive plan.

Driving operational excellence and 
continued innovation
We aim to be a winner in a world of 
incentivisation. Customer ODIs make us 
think differently about how we work, to 
continually improve the service we provide 
to customers and increase our efficiency. 
We’re in the top quarter of the industry for 
efficiency in water and leading the way for 
efficiency in waste.

When we developed our plans for AMP6, 
our customers told us that preventing 
internal and external sewer flooding was 
their number one priority. This year, we’ve 
outperformed our regulatory targets for 
internal sewer flooding by 9% and external 
sewer flooding by 23%. Over the first two 
years of AMP6, we’ve invested significantly 
in identifying the parts of our network 
that are prone to blockage and proactively 
cleaning those sewers to prevent flooding. 
We’ve also spent £14 million this year 
on inspecting our flooding hotspots, and 
we’re investigating and resolving issues at 
around 350 properties whose neighbours 
have experienced internal flooding in the 
last 10 years.

At the same time we’re taking a new 
approach to flood prevention by working 
with local authorities who are responsible 
for surface drainage and the Environment 
Agency (‘EA’), which is responsible for 
preventing river flooding. Together, 
we’re identifying where we should invest 
to protect more people from flooding. 
For example, we secured funding from the 
Flood Defence Grant for a joint scheme 
with Birmingham City Council. 

Interruptions to supply fell to an average 
of 10 minutes 8 seconds per property 
in 2016/17, which is 17% ahead of our 
regulatory target. We have also seen 
the lowest ever levels of customers 
without supply for more than 12 hours, 
8.5% better than we had previously 
achieved. We’re seeing the benefit of our 
consistent investment in the network. 
We’ve also improved our ability to respond 
when bursts do happen, for example 
using reactive logging technology to 
provide real-time information to our 
control rooms. This helps us to quickly 
understand the scale of the problem and 
which customers are affected, so we can 
restore their supplies as soon as possible. 
This technology also tells us how healthy 
our network is, identifying increases in 
water pressure which can lead to pipe 
bursts and enabling us to fix assets before 
they deteriorate. Reducing the volume 
of water that leaks from our pipes is 
important to us and we are testing the 
use of satellite technology to help identify 
leakage locations. Our performance 
this year improved by 0.5% to 432 Ml/d 
compared to 2015/16, and 2.7% since the 
start of AMP6. Our performance takes 
account of actual water lost, changes to 
data and minor method improvements, 
and remains ahead of our regulatory 
target of 439 Ml/d. We continue to make 
iterative improvements to our leakage 
performance by driving down the time 
to fix leaks, resolving bursts on private 
properties quicker and giving really 
clear prioritisation and focus to the 
biggest leaks.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201730

Regulated Water and Waste Water 
performance review continued

We’ve sustained our improved 
performance on less serious (category 3) 
pollution incidents, with a total of 301 
against our regulatory target of 402. 
We suffered seven serious and major 
pollution incidents (categories 1 and 2) in 
the year. While this is an increase from the 
exceptionally low number in the previous 
year, we remain committed to our long 
term aim of having zero incidents by 2020. 
We continue our efforts to reduce pollution 
incidents, for example by preventing sewer 
flooding, and work closely with local 
authorities and the EA to limit the impact 
of the incidents that do occur.

In 2016/17, we had a total of 14,461 
water quality complaints, which was 
more than our regulatory target of 
10,995. We’re investing more to achieve 
a sharp improvement and increasing 
our understanding of where there 
are problem areas in our network. 
This will allow us to invest in those areas 
if necessary or to flush the network to 
remove sediment, which can discolour 
the water. We will also be learning from 
our colleagues at Dee Valley Water who 
have done well to reduce water quality 
complaints. We communicate proactively 
with customers on water quality issues, 

and give advice to customers when 
working in their area, and preventing leaks 
and other problems such as illegal use 
of hydrants also helps to protect water 
quality, as they can disturb the network 
and stir up sediment.

The number of our waste treatment works 
failing to comply with their EA permits 
fell from seven last year to one in 2016/17. 
We used a similar approach to our 
Operational Effectiveness Programme, 
to make sure that our processes at our 
waste treatment works allow us to meet 
our compliance targets.

Our Operational Effectiveness 
Programme is making sure that our large 
water treatment works run predictably 
and efficiently, so we provide a resilient 
supply of better quality water to our 
customers. The programme has shown 
us how all of our processes at these sites 
are working. Tracking of critical-to-quality 
performance measures helps us to more 
tightly control our processes and more 
proactively intervene where necessary 
to maintain control. This also allows us 
to proactively identify where we might 
have problems in the future, so we can 
strengthen our processes and invest 
where required. 

As part of this programme, we met our 
commitment to the DWI to carry out 
diagnostics at our 16 largest sites. Overall, 
we broadly maintained our mean zonal 
compliance at 99.94% (2015/16: 99.96%), 
although this was below our target of 
99.97%. We’ve given our teams a new app-
based technology solution, Workmate, to 
give them all the information required to 
complete and record critical water quality 
tasks. This helps to maintain our assets in 
the best possible health.

We also maintained our outstanding 
performance on coliform detections at 
water treatment works. Coliforms are 
harmless bacteria but if we find them 
in our water it can be a sign that the 
water is below the quality we want. 
We had detections at five sites this year. 
This compares with 13 two years ago. 
The reduction is the result of activities 
such as the Operational Effectiveness 
Programme, described above.

Protecting our assets with safe drone inspections
We need to keep our waste water 
assets in top condition, so the water we 
discharge meets the right standards 
and we have the best raw material for 
generating energy. This means we have 
to regularly inspect our assets. In the 
past, we often used scaffolding to do 
so but working at height can be risky 

for our people. Now we’re now using 
drones to get a clear view, protecting 
our people and saving time and money. 
Drones can also help us in other ways 
and we’re exploring new uses, such as 
checking that our treatment processes 
are working as they should.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201731

Reducing our environmental impact is 
fundamental to how we work. This year, 
we improved our Asset Stewardship 
Environmental Compliance from 97.51% 
to 97.99%. We’re also delivering on all 
schemes that are part of the National 
Environment Programme, to improve 
the quality of the water we return to the 
environment. Overall, we did better on six 
of the seven measures that go towards our 
Environmental Performance Assessment, 
which resulted in a provisional 3* rating 
from the EA. This was down from a 4* 
rating last year, as the EA significantly 
increased the required performance for a 
4* rating this year. We are determined to 
regain a 4* rating next year. 

In addition, we’re making clever use 
of new technology. At some network 
sewage pumping stations, we’re testing 
technology that learns as it goes along, so 
it can automatically and remotely pump 
sewage to parts of the network with spare 
capacity, helping to prevent flooding and 
serious pollutions.

We continually seek ways to improve our 
operational performance. This year, we 
created three state-of-the-art regional 
distribution centres through our stores 
transformation project. These make 
sure that our teams have access to 
the materials they need, when they 
need them.

Operational excellence includes providing 
high quality data about our business 
to those who need it. In Ofwat’s annual 
review, we were one of only three 
companies to receive ‘self-assured’ 
status, recognising that we provide 
information to customers and other 
stakeholders that they can trust.

Investing responsibly for 
sustainable growth
Our capital programme saw us invest 
around £680 million this year to ensure 
our network is fit for the future. As part 
of this, we reached major milestones in 
improving the resilience of our network. 
The £300 million Birmingham Resilience 
Project is the largest capital project in the 
industry during AMP6. Due for completion 
by 2020, it will create a second major 
source of water for Birmingham, which 
is the UK’s second largest city. This year 
we began work on the three tunnels 
required and saw the breakthrough of the 
1.8 km Bleddfa tunnel, a key milestone for 
the project.

Ambergate reservoir is critical for serving 
customers in the East Midlands. We’re 
replacing the reservoir and increasing 
capacity at the site. In November, we 
put the first of two new reservoirs into 
service, a month ahead of schedule. 
Throughout the project, we’ll be working 
closely with the local community to 
minimise disruption, and we’ve received 
positive feedback from the Chair of 
the Community Liaison Group for our 
approach, as well as a Bronze award at 
the Considerate Constructors Scheme’s 
National Site Awards in April 2017.

New technology has an important part 
to play and we continue to invest where it 
will improve customer service or reduce 
costs. For example, we’re investing to 
enable us to monitor coliforms in real 
time, compared with the current process 
which takes 24 hours to process a sample. 
We’ve also invested in new technologies 
to remove phosphorus, a major pollutant 
in rivers, from sewage. This has cut 
costs and could allow us to make 
money by turning the sludge into high 
quality agricultural fertiliser. Energy is a 
significant cost for us and we’re reducing 
our energy use across the business, for 
example by introducing more efficient 
ways of using our pumps and blowers. 

Through our Fit for Purpose programme, 
we work with our One Supply Chain 
partners to do things more effectively. 
It helps us to deliver our capital 
commitments as efficiently as possible, 
by ensuring we and our partners are 
incentivised to work towards the same 
objectives. We’ve also worked with 
suppliers to understand and influence 
their approach to responsible business. 
This includes introducing a supply chain 
charter, which covers the behaviours 
we want to see, what we expect in 
areas such as modern slavery, and 
a rigorous approach to measuring 
environmental performance.

Severn Trent continues to promote 
responsible catchment management, 
which helps to protect our water sources 
from contamination. More than 26,000 
hectares of farmland are already covered 
by our Farmers as Producers of Clean 
Water scheme, which helps farmers to 
understand the impact of the way they 
run their businesses on the region’s water 
courses. In particular, the scheme aims 
to prevent pollution from metaldehyde, 
which is used to kill pests. The DWI 
recognised us as industry leaders for 
catchment management in its last 
annual report.

We continue to work to reduce our carbon 
emissions, which fell by 3% during the 
year from 466 kilotonnes of CO2e to 456 
kilotonnes. However, we did not meet 
our stretching ODI target for the year. 
More information about our greenhouse 
gas emissions can be found on page 66.

FTSE4Good measures the performance 
of companies demonstrating strong 
environmental, social and governance 
practices. We were pleased to achieve 
accreditation this year.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201732

Regulated Water and Waste Water 
performance review continued

Changing the market for the better
Severn Trent has a long track record of 
contributing to the development of our 
industry. Information about our input to 
the future of regulation, and the potential 
for new markets such as bio-resource 
trading and water resources, can be found 
on page 11.

In April, we released the latest in our 
series of Charting a Sustainable Course 
publications, which sets out how we 
believe incentives can be made to work 
better at the next price review. This builds 
on Ofwat’s Water 2020 framework and 
proposes how regulation could encourage 
innovation and efficiency whilst protecting 
customers’ interests. 

We continue to embrace new competitive 
markets. As discussed in more detail 
in the Business Services performance 
review on page 40, the non-household 
retail market opened to competition in 
April 2017. Our wholesale operations have 
been preparing to serve the retailers 
in this market, including our new joint 
venture ‘Waterplus’ with United Utilities. 
This has included agreeing service levels 
for the critical activities we’ll provide 
to retailers and setting up processes 
for monitoring those service levels. 
We’ve also created a business retailer 
contact team.

We also contribute to developing new ways 
of working that will benefit the broader 
industry. Following our improvements to 
processes at our large water treatment 
works, the DWI invited us to lead work 
to strengthen the resilience of sites that 
are ‘too critical to fail’, due to the large 
numbers of people they serve. 

Creating an awesome place to work
We want our people to be part of an 
organisation that celebrates diversity 
and individual thinking, that provides 
recognition and reward whenever it’s due, 
and offers opportunities to do satisfying 
work and to develop careers. We also look 
to achieve the highest possible standards 
of health, safety and wellbeing. 

Safety is always a priority for us. In 2016/17 
we reduced our lost time injury (‘LTI’)
rate within Severn Trent Water Limited 
from 0.25 to 0.22 LTIs per 100,000 hours 
worked. This reduction was less than 
we aimed for and we are continuing to 
seek more engaging ways to deliver 
further sustainable improvements. In our 
supply chain, continued collaboration 
has seen further reduction to the lowest 
ever LTI rates, and we also reduced total 
accidents by another 7%, following a 
25% reduction last year, sustaining and 
embedding improvements.

We are also proud of our progress in 
protecting our people’s wellbeing this year, 
in particular in the area of mental health. 
Our campaign included #elephanttalks, 
aimed at breaking down the stigma 
associated with mental health, providing 
personal tools to help individuals 
identify their own mental health issues 
and training managers to spot the 
symptoms. This has been well received 
and has already begun to reduce levels 
of absenteeism. 

Break-through of the Bleddfa tunnel as part of the 
Birmingham Resilience Project

Mental Health First Aid Training
We have trained over 230 of our 
employees to be Mental Health First 
Aiders, to equip them with the skills 
required to assist an employee in crisis 
and to be able to offer support to all 
members of their teams. They are 
easily recognisable throughout the 
business by their yellow lanyards. 
We have also made the Lite course 
mandatory for all of our line managers. 
This 3.5 hour course covers the stigma 
of mental health illness, looks at 
the signs and symptoms and how a 
manager can help educate their teams 
and make discussions around mental 
health business as usual. Towards the 
end of last year we ran a campaign 
asking our employees to talk more 
about mental health. The Elephant in 
the Room campaign proved to be a real 
talking point around the business with a 
number of our employees sharing their 
personal journeys through our internal 
communication channels. A survey 
undertaken at the beginning of the year 
showed that we had started to make 
some in-roads into changing some of 
the perceptions around mental health. 

Pantone 

368 U

Pantone 

356 U

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201733

Diversity and inclusion are important for 
success and we have always made them 
a priority. Our Severn Trent Water Limited 
workforce remains broadly in line with the 
sector averages, with female employees 
accounting for 31.3% of the total compared 
with 33% across the industry. 8.9% of our 
employees are Black, Asian or Minority 
Ethnic (‘BAME’), against an industry 
average of 5%.

To help improve diversity, we’ve introduced 
an innovative approach to attracting and 
assessing candidates for our new talent 
schemes. Instead of looking at what 
experience candidates have, we now focus 
on their strengths. This helps people who 
have fewer opportunities to gain work 
experience, which can be an issue for 
BAME candidates and those from lower 
income households. It gives us a more 
balanced picture of candidates and more 
people from BAME backgrounds are 
coming through the process. 

We also ran a pilot with a social mobility 
charity to give students who might not 
consider a career with Severn Trent the 
opportunity to learn more about the 
organisation. The programme offered the 
students an introduction into the world of 
work and gave them practical experience 
of the application and interview process. 
Several of the programme members 
secured graduate and apprentice 
positions with us. 

Severn Trent has strong gender diversity 
among our most senior management. 
We were recognised by the Hampton-
Alexander Review for our leading 
performance in this area among the FTSE 
100. More information on diversity can be 
found within the Nominations Committee 
report and our Corporate Responsibility 
report on pages 82 and 69 respectively.

In 2016/17, we introduced a simplified 
bonus structure for all employees. 
Bonus levels depend on PBIT, achieving 
customer ODIs and our health and 
safety performance. This means that 
our employees’ and managers’ reward 
are based on the same measures right 
through the whole company, as explained 
in more detail on page 107. In addition, 
our all employee share scheme has a 
remarkable 70% take-up and our market 
leading pension scheme has 98% of 
employees enrolled. The Our Brilliant 
People recognition scheme is also 
proving successful, with our people being 
nominated 17,087 times for recognition 
for excellent work. In 2017/18, the bonus 
structure for all employees will introduce 
a further performance measure on 
customer satisfaction.

We invest significant sums in training and 
development and in total we delivered 
20% more training days in 2016/17. 
Inspiring Great Performance is our 
approach to having great conversations 
about development, so we can create 
programmes that meet business and 
personal needs. We continued to run our 
Awesome Leaders Programme, which 
is our flagship programme for team 
managers. More than 400 people have 
now been through it. We also developed 
65 middle managers, to help them embed 
this programme with their team leaders.

This year, we rigorously reviewed the 
personal development plans for our senior 
and middle managers. As a result, we’re 
developing a programme for our middle 
managers, which will cover areas such as 
building networks, improving stakeholder 
engagement and commercial knowledge. 

In addition, we’ve designed a programme 
of technical development for operational 
managers, which provides 15 days of 
training across 25 subject areas. We’ve 
also introduced a comprehensive training 
programme called Skilled by Choice, for 
team managers and staff at our water 
treatment works.

With many skilled people in our workforce 
set to retire in the next 10 years, bringing 
the next generation of talent through is 
critical. This year we therefore trebled the 
number of apprentices we took on and 
doubled our graduate intake. We were 
recognised for our work as regional 
winners in the National Apprenticeship 
Awards and Asian Apprenticeship 
Employer of the Year. We also run a 
wide range of careers events in schools, 
colleges and universities, to inspire young 
people to study science, technology, 
engineering and maths subjects, and 
consider a career with us.

The response rate to our annual employee 
survey increased from 80% to 84% and 
our people gave us higher scores in every 
category. Our overall engagement score 
improved by three percentage points and 
is above the global benchmark, reflecting 
our considerable efforts to respond 
to the findings of last year’s survey. 
One third of our teams have a top quartile 
engagement score and we continue to 
receive high scores in health, safety and 
the environment; diversity and inclusion; 
and customer focus. Areas where we’re 
looking to improve include collaboration 
across teams, career progression and 
employee recognition.

Outlook
While we’re pleased with many aspects of 
this year’s performance, we’re aware that 
we have much more to do to achieve the 
high standards we, our customers and our 
other stakeholders expect.

In 2017/18, we’ll continue to focus on 
our customer ODIs so we improve 
customer service. We’ll look to do better 
for customers when things go wrong 
and reduce the level of water quality 
complaints. We’ll also continue to strive to 
be the environmental leader in everything 
we do and to be a key player in helping the 
industry to strengthen its long term asset 
management approach.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201734

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose 
through our strategy and values

ACTING
WITH INTEGRITY

Strategic goals

Reduction in 
unwanted calls

15,000

Being transparent and putting 
customers in charge with our 
new bill design 
In previous years, too many customers 
had to call us because they couldn’t 
understand their bills. To improve their 
experience, we analysed their calls and 
engaged with our frontline agents, to 
identify the common complaints. We then 
ran focus groups and surveyed more than 
1,000 people, to find out exactly what our 
customers want.

The outcome is a new bill which highlights 
the most important information. 
It makes clear what our customers get 
for their money, with easily understood 
descriptions, and puts them in control 
by setting out their payment options and 
the help that’s available. The bill also 
shows metered customers how much 
water they’ve used and relates it to the 
equivalent in pints, showers or cups of tea, 
encouraging them to cut their usage.

The new bills have been a real success. 
This year, we’ve had 15,000 fewer 
unwanted calls in just the first five weeks 
of our main billing season.

“ The new bill design makes 
sure customers have all the 
information they need to 
make informed decisions, 
giving them more control over 
the service they receive.”

Catherine McGuinness, 
Business Change Specialist

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201735

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201736

SEVERN TRENT 
BUSINESS SERVICES

Business Services business model

Turnover from continuing 
operations

£309.6m

Underlying PBIT

£37.2m

Reported PBIT

£39.8m

Severn Trent’s Business Services portfolio 
allows us to apply our water and waste 
water services knowledge to create and 
deliver services to customers in the UK, 
Ireland and the USA.

Generating returns through 
the value chain
We have expertise, skills and a good 
track record in water and waste water 
related operations and maintenance. 
Business customers are looking for 
partners that they can trust to deliver 
a compliant, reliable and cost-effective 
service, which is exactly what our brand 
speaks to. We will continue to build on our 
established business which can be split 
broadly into two categories:

1. Operations and Maintenance Offers – 

whereby we use our technical expertise 
to efficiently operate water and waste 
assets on behalf of others. In the UK, 
such customers include the Ministry of 
Defence and the Coal Authority whilst 
in the USA we look after the assets of 
over 290 customers and municipalities 
across 18 states.

2. Service Offers – whereby we link our 

customers to other expertise they might 
need such as water hygiene monitoring, 
plumbing and drainage insurance 
through our strategic partnership with 
HomeServe, and property searches 
through Severn Trent Utility Services.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

37

Our business model

The resources and relationships critical to our success

Read more on page 39

Identify and develop opportunities 
Identify and develop opportunities in  
Business Services’ markets.

Create products and services
Create products and services  that help our 
clients manage  their water and energy needs.

Maximise  our return 
Maximise our return on investment through 
long term contracts and service agreements 
and cross dissemination of our products.

Build strong and respected brands
Build strong and respected brands that are 
customer focused and recognised across 
our sectors.

Operating Services

Renewable Energy

Associated risks

Read more on page 40

Read more on page 38

Read more on page 39

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther information38

Business Services business model continued

Operations at our food waste plant. 

The majority of our business is generated 
and retained through long term 
agreements. These agreements are 
collaborative partnerships, which include 
performance commitments setting out 
what we will deliver and how. Revenue and 
profitability is driven by base contract 
fees, supplemented by additional growth 
work that comes from the provision of 
enhanced services.

Renewable energy
At the beginning of AMP6, we set 
out our plan to invest in a range of 
renewable technologies, with all 
projects achieving double digit returns. 
Our target is to generate the equivalent 
of 50% of Severn Trent Water’s energy 
needs by 2020 and we’re on track to 
achieve that, having generated 34% of 
Severn Trent Water’s energy needs in 
2016/17. Our renewable energy business 
contributed PBIT of £19.4 million this year. 
The majority of the remaining gas we 
produce is supplied to the national grid, 
in support of the Government’s aim to 
decarbonise the UK economy. 

To date, we’ve spent or committed around 
£130 million of the £190 million investment 
we have planned for AMP6, with new 
regulated sludge anaerobic digestion 
assets accounting for roughly 37% of that. 
The remaining spend, on non-regulated 
assets, includes our investment in solar 
in 2015/16 and food waste anaerobic 
digestion this year. 

Our second food waste plant, at Roundhill, 
was commissioned in May 2017. It can 
inject enough gas into the national grid to 
heat over 3,000 homes. We’ve obtained 
planning permission for our next food 
waste site in Derby, with the aim of 
completing it in 2018.

The investment we’ve made in recent 
years puts us at the forefront of our 
industry for renewable energy generation. 
This was recognised by Utility Week, 
which gave us its Environment Award for 
the second year running.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201739

Associated risks

Business Services continues to address the risks to its 
strategy and business model, which are outlined below.

Principal risk 7 
Read more on page 53 

Principal risks 3 and 7 
Read more on pages 51 and 53 

Principal risk 2  
Read more on page 51 

Processes
Hazardous processes may injure our people.

Failures
Failure of treatment processes may cause 
environmental damage and a short-fall in 
regulatory compliance.

Changes
Regulatory or political changes could reduce 
demand for our services.

Energy
We may be exposed to increased volatility 
in energy prices.

Planning
Local opposition to our plans may affect our 
infrastructure efforts or our ability to generate 
sufficient renewable energy to achieve our targets.

Our critical resources 
and relationships

Customers
Business Services’ customers are public 
sector bodies, including municipalities, 
and industrial and commercial 
organisations. They retain us on multi-
year contracts to provide water and 
waste water services, often operating 
and maintaining assets owned by the 
customers themselves. They look to 
us to deliver these services more cost-
effectively and efficiently than they could 
manage themselves.

Employees
Our approach to attracting, retaining, 
developing and engaging our people 
is common across the Group. 
More information can be found in the 
discussion of our regulated business on 
pages 32 and 33.

Partners
We provide non-household retail services 
through Waterplus, our joint venture 
with United Utilities. More information 
on this joint venture can be found in the 
performance review on page 40.

We have another joint venture in Ireland 
with Response Engineering called Severn 
Trent Response which operates two waste 
treatment operation and maintenance 
contracts in Letterkenny and Limerick.

We have just renewed our contract 
agreement with HomeServe for 
another six years through which we 
refer customers to HomeServe for 
insurance policies. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201740

Business Services performance review

Business Services had a strong year. 
Turnover from continuing operations 
increased by £32.9 million, including 
£22.8 million from exchange rate impacts, 
to £309.6 million, while underlying PBIT 
was 31% higher at £37.2 million. 

Operating Services in the UK is now in 
the 13th year of our 25 year, £1 billion 
operating and maintenance contract 
with the Ministry of Defence (‘MoD’), 
which continues to perform well. 
Despite reductions in the volume of water 
the customer uses, we’ve grown revenue 
through sales of additional services, such 
as a contract to upgrade the facilities at 
RAF Marham. We’ve also delivered an 
improvement in key operational metrics. 
For example, clean water sample failures 
are down 20% this year, while incidents 
of sewer blockages, floodings and supply 
interruptions are 11% lower. We’ve focused 
on developing our relationship with our 
customers in the MoD and are delighted 
to maintain a positive net promoter score 
with the MoD.

The Coal Authority contract is also 
performing well. The water we pump from 
the mines contains iron oxide and we’ve 
worked in partnership with our customer 
to find uses for it. As a result, the first 
contract has recently been signed to sell 
this by-product from our operation.

In Developer Services, we’ve continued 
to deliver improvements in our service to 
customers who need new water and waste 
water connections. We were pleased to be 
placed in the top three companies for water 
connections by Ofwat. In waste, whilst 
we had fewer service level agreement 
failures than last year, we only placed in the 
middle of the pack, so we are determined 
to improve. We are undergoing a 
reorganisation to align better with different 
customers’ needs and to streamline our 
processes. The team were delighted 
to receive an acknowledgement of our 
performance from the Homebuilders’ 
Federation who awarded us their ‘Utility of 
the Year’ award. 

Our business in Italy also did well this year. 
However, our desire to focus on our core 
activities led us to sell it to our former joint 
venture partner, Acea S.p.A., which we 
believe is the right strategic owner for it.

We continued to improve performance 
in our USA Operating Services business. 
We have rationalised our contract 
portfolio to ensure we’re operating with 
customers and on contracts where our 
focus on excellence and compliance truly 
adds value, and where we can earn the 
right financial returns. The $14 million 
Oklahoma City contract has started well 
and we’ve continued to win work with 
other customers, as well as retaining 
90% of our existing contracts at rebid. 
Our environmental performance in the 
USA also improved during the year, with a 
99.8% compliance rate across water and 
waste water.

One of the key developments in the year 
was the creation of our Waterplus joint 
venture with United Utilities, ahead of 
the opening of the non-household retail 
market in April 2017. Waterplus is an 
independent company, with its own 
management team and a new office 
in Stoke-on-Trent. All non-household 
customers have transferred to 
the company.

This is an exciting development. As the 
largest player in the market, WaterPlus 
aims to provide industry-leading retail 
services, which respond to customer 
needs as the market develops. 
As described on page 32, our regulated 
wholesale business has also gone 
through the necessary preparations to 
serve retailers in this market, meaning 
that we’re in great shape for competition in 
the non-household sector.

Business Services achieved a notable 
increase in its employee engagement 
score this year, which rose six percentage 
points. The improvement resulted from 
our focus on communications and the 
training and development programmes 
we’ve put in place.

Outlook
Our aim in the coming year is to focus on 
delivering great customer service in our 
UK, Ireland and USA Operating Services 
businesses. At the same time, we’ll 
continue to invest in renewable energy, as 
we make further progress towards our 
2020 target.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Chief Financial Officer’s review

The Group has delivered strong financial performance in 2016/17, 
reflecting the hard work and dedication of my colleagues. 
Our Regulated Water and Waste Water business has continued 
to reduce operating costs as our efficiency programmes 
deliver results. In Business Services we have delivered growth 
as promised both in revenues and underlying PBIT. We have 
enhanced our dividend policy for the remainder of AMP6, with 
effect from 2017/18, and will now increase the dividend by at least 
RPI +4% each year.

This year we have completed a number of strategic transactions 
that will allow us to build value in our core strengths of water, 
waste and renewable energy: 

• On 1 June 2016 we completed the disposal of our non-

household retail activities to Waterplus, our joint venture 
with United Utilities. These activities have been reported as a 
discontinued operation and the previous year’s figures have 
been restated to reflect this. Details of the restatement were 
set out in a stock market announcement on 8 September 2016.

• On 15 February 2017 we completed the acquisition of  

Dee Valley Water for total consideration of £84 million. We have 
made rapid progress in integrating the acquisition into our 
regulated business and we expect to see the benefit of our 
anticipated synergies in 2017/18.

• On 23 February 2017 we sold our Operating Services business 

in Italy to our former joint venture partner, Acea S.p.A., 
resulting in an exceptional gain before tax of £2 million.

A brief overview of our financial performance for the year is 
as follows:

• Group turnover from continuing operations was £1,819.2 million 
(2015/16: £1,753.7 million), an increase of 3.7% as our allowed 
prices in Regulated Water and Waste Water increased by 1.5% 
and Business Services’ external turnover grew by 13.1%. 
• We increased underlying PBIT by 4.3% to £525.1 million 
(2015/16: £503.4 million). Our efficiencies in Regulated 
Water and Waste Water enabled operating cost savings 
(excluding infrastructure renewals and depreciation) of 
£9.4 million year-on-year. 

• Reported Group PBIT was up 7.8% to £543.7 million 

(2015/16: £504.4 million).

• Cash from operations was up £53.5 million (6.7%).

41

On pensions, we have made good progress in managing 
our risks: 

• We have successfully agreed the funding plan for the Severn 
Trent defined benefit pension schemes following formal 
closure of the triennial valuation. The new asset backed funding 
arrangement will provide index-linked annual payments, 
starting at £15 million in 2017/18, for 15 years or, if sooner, until 
no longer needed. In addition we will make annual payments of 
£10 million for three years starting in 2016/17 and we made a 
further payment of £15 million in 2016/17 in lieu of the payment 
from the new asset backed funding arrangement.

• We have agreed arrangements to reduce exposure to interest 

and inflation rate volatility on our pension liabilities. 

• We completed the pension increase exchange arrangement 
announced at the half year, generating a finalised gain of 
£16.6 million, which we have disclosed as an exceptional item.

The accounting net deficit of the Severn Trent pension schemes 
has reduced from £711.7 million at 30 September 2016 to 
£574.6 million at 31 March 2017. 

On financing, we have a strong funding position, with all our 
projected investment and cash needs through to January 2019 
covered by cash or committed facilities. Moody’s moved their 
outlook on our long term rating from negative to stable during 
the year, reflecting their anticipation of the Group benefiting from 
ODI rewards, totex outperformance, financing outperformance 
and a more favourable inflation environment. 

• We raised £400 million in a sterling bond issue at the lowest 
coupon we have ever achieved and £100 million through a 
floating rate bank loan. 

• Net finance costs were £204.0 million (2015/16: £209.3 million). 

Our effective interest rate was 4.4%, down from 4.5% in 
2015/16 and down from 5.4% since the beginning of AMP6. 

Our underlying effective tax rate was 16.6%, down from 18.5% 
in 2015/16, as we benefited from allowances on our increased 
capital programme.

Regulated Water and Waste Water 
Turnover for our Regulated Water and Waste Water business 
was £1,528.8 million (2015/16: £1,506.1 million) and underlying 
PBIT was £494.7 million (2015/16: £482.5 million). As noted in our 
announcement on 8 September 2016, the prior year underlying 
PBIT has been restated by £9.6 million to reflect the share of 
costs incurred in Regulated Water and Waste Water that was 
previously reallocated to the non-household retail operations. 
As these activities are not transferring to the joint venture, they 
are deemed to remain with Regulated Water and Waste Water. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201742

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Turnover

Net labour costs

Net hired and 
contracted costs

Power

Bad debts

Other costs

Infrastructure 
renewals expenditure

Depreciation

Underlying PBIT

2017 

£m
1,528.8

2016 
(restated) 
£m
1,506.1

(140.8)

(144.7)

(146.1)

(150.4)

(86.8)

(20.6)

(186.8)

(581.1)

(136.2)

(316.8)

494.7

(89.1)

(20.3)

(186.0)

(590.5)

(126.0)

(307.1)

482.5

Better/(worse)

£m
22.7

3.9

4.3

2.3

 (0.3)

(0.8)

9.4

(10.2)

(9.7)

12.2

%
1.5

2.7

2.9

2.6

(1.5)

(0.4)

1.6

(8.1)

(3.2)

2.5

Turnover increased by 1.5%, as higher tariffs, including 
the impact of the annual RPI increase on prices, increased 
revenue by £22.6 million. Higher consumption added a 
further £3.1 million, offset by meter optants and other small 
movements that reduced revenue by £3.0 million. Dee Valley 
Water contributed £2.2 million for the six weeks from the date 
of acquisition. 

Net labour costs were £3.9 million (2.7%) lower. Gross employee 
costs increased by 9.2%, in part as a result of our strategy to 
bring more work in-house, and the increased activity on capital 
projects, which resulted in an increase in the level of own labour 
capitalised, £25.5 million higher than in the previous year.

Net hired and contracted costs decreased by £4.3 million. 
As well as driving supply chain efficiencies, we have been 
building our in-house skills and expertise to reduce our use of 
external consultants.

Our net labour and hired and contracted costs this year included 
£7.4 million (2015/16: £4.7 million) to prepare the wholesale 
business for non-household retail competition.

Power costs were £2.3 million lower year-on-year. 
We implemented a number of actions that successfully reduced 
consumption, despite higher water production driven by 
customer demand. The Group manages its power costs through 
a combination of demand management, self-generation and 
forward price contracts.

The bad debt charge from household customers remained 
stable at 1.8% of household revenue. Total bad debt charges 
were £0.3 million greater, reflecting the increased turnover. 
Following market opening, retailers now bear the credit risk 
for non-household customers and Regulated Water and Waste 
Water bears the credit risk on sales to retailers.

Infrastructure renewals expenditure was £10.2 million 
greater in the year reflecting the planned step up in activity, 
and the completion of the Bleddfa tunnel (£20.2 million in 
2016/17, £4.0 million greater than 2015/16) partially offset by 
operating efficiencies. 

Depreciation of £316.8 million resulted from the impact of the 4% 
increase in depreciable assets.

Return on Regulated Equity (‘RoRE’)
RoRE is a key performance indicator for the regulated business 
reflecting performance on totex, ODIs and financing against the 
base return allowed in the Final Determination.

Severn Trent Water’s RoRE for the year ended 31 March 2017 
and for the two years ended on that date is set out in the 
following table:

Base return2

Totex outperformance3

ODI outperformance4

Financing outperformance5

Other6

Regulatory return for the year

2016/17 
%1
5.6

AMP6 to Date 
%1
5.6

2.1

1.3

1.8

0.2

11.0

1.4

1.0

1.6

0.1

9.7

1  Based on RCV of £7,413 million for 2016/17 and £7,324 million for AMP6 to date, both in 

2012/13 prices.

2  Based on Final Determination, with an adjustment to the 2016/17 base return to exclude the non-

household retail return that is now being earned by Waterplus.

3  Company share of totex outperformance in the year/AMP to date, adjusted for phasing.

4  Company assessment of performance – 2016/17 performance will be subject to Ofwat review in 

Autumn 2017.

5  Based on actual financing cost and net debt. The nominal finance cost from the Final 

Determination has been deflated to 2012/13 prices using the Final Determination average RPI 
inflation for the period. Ofwat have provided further clarificatory guidance on RoRE to ensure 
consistency across companies and will be reporting on this shortly. On this basis we estimate 
our RoRE would be 10%.

6  Includes land sales and disposals, other income, the Wholesale Revenue Forecasting Incentive 

Mechanism and element of non-household retail revenue performance earned before the 
Waterplus joint venture. 

We have delivered strong returns of 11.0%, and our performance 
has been strong across the board – with exceptional customer 
ODI performance, improved operational and investment 
efficiency service levels, and continuing outperformance 
on finance. 

Following their review of the RoRE performance reported across 
the sector, Ofwat have provided further clarificatory guidance 
on RoRE to ensure consistency across companies and will be 
reporting on this shortly. 

In line with this guidance which mainly affects the calculation of 
financing outperformance, we estimate our RoRE for 2016/17 
would be 10.0% and our cumulative RoRE would be 8.2%.

Other costs increased by just £0.8 million, despite the 
previous year benefiting from a rebate of £4.4 million from the 
Environment Agency.

Under either measure we are pleased to be delivering sustained, 
balanced outperformance for the benefit of our customers 
and investors.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
43

Business Services

Turnover

Operating Services

Renewable Energy

Underlying PBIT

Operating Services

Renewable Energy

2017 
£m

2016 
(restated) 
£m

Increase

£m

%

255.6

54.0

309.6

17.8

19.4

37.2

226.7

50.0

276.7

11.5

16.9

28.4

28.9

4.0

32.9

6.3

2.5

8.8

12.7

8.0

11.9

54.8

14.8

31.0

In our Operating Services business, turnover increased by 
£28.9 million including £22.8 million from exchange rate impacts 
and underlying PBIT increased by £6.3 million, as a result of 
strong performance in our US contracts and exiting some 
less profitable contracts. We sold our Italian businesses in 
February of this year, therefore they will not be included in next 
year’s results. 

In the Renewable Energy business, turnover increased by 8.0% 
and underlying PBIT increased by just under 15%, largely driven 
by growth in generation from both sludge and crops. 

The results above exclude the non-household retail business, 
which was transferred to the Waterplus joint venture during 
the year and the Water Purification business, which was sold 
during the prior year. These businesses have been classified as 
discontinued operations in the current and previous years.

Corporate and other
Corporate overheads were £10.0 million (2015/16: £10.6 million) 
and our other businesses generated a net profit of £1.2 million 
(2015/16: £3.1 million). 

Exceptional items before tax
An exceptional gain of £16.6 million arose (2015/16: nil) from the 
net benefit, after implementation costs, of a Pension Increase 
Exchange arrangement under which pensioners of the defined 
benefit schemes were offered the opportunity to exchange future 
non-statutory inflationary increases in a portion of their pensions 
earned prior to 1997 for a higher pension payment now.

The disposal of our Italian Operating Services businesses 
resulted in a gain of £2.0 million.

In 2015/16 there was a gain of £1.0 million arising from 
the release of a provision originally recorded as an 
exceptional charge. 

Net finance costs
At the start of the AMP we took a series of actions to take 
advantage of low floating interest rates. The benefits of this 
approach are reflected in our net finance costs this year 
of £204.0 million, £5.3 million lower than the prior year 
(£209.3 million). Lower costs on floating rate debt were partially 
offset by higher inflation in the year, which led to higher finance 
costs on the 27% of our debt that is index-linked. Finance costs 
capitalised were higher than the prior year due to the increased 
level of capital activity in the year. 

The effective interest rate, including index-linked debt, for the 
year was 4.4% (2015/16: 4.5%). The effective cash cost of interest 
(which excludes the RPI uplift on index-linked debt) was 3.8% 
(2015/16: 4.2%).

Our profit before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation 
(‘PBITDA’) interest cover was 4.4 times (2015/16: 4.2 times) and 
PBIT interest cover was 2.7 times (2015/16: 2.6 times). 

Gains/losses on financial instruments
We use financial derivatives solely to hedge risks associated with 
our normal business activities including:

• exchange rate exposure on foreign currency borrowings;
• interest rate exposures on floating rate borrowings; and
• exposures to increases in electricity prices.

Accounting rules require that these derivatives are revalued at 
each balance sheet date and, unless the strict criteria for cash 
flow hedge accounting are met, the changes in value are taken 
to the income statement. If the risk that is being hedged does not 
impact the income statement in the same period as the change in 
value of the derivative, then an accounting mismatch arises and 
there is a net charge or credit to the income statement.

Where derivatives are held to their full term mismatches will 
net out over the life of the instrument. The changes in value 
that are recorded during the lives of the derivatives, unless 
crystallised, do not represent cash flows. Therefore we show 
underlying earnings figures that exclude these non-cash items. 
In exceptional circumstances we may terminate swap contracts 
before their maturity date. The payments or receipts arising from 
the cancellations are charged or credited against the liability or 
asset on the balance sheet.

We hold interest rate swaps with a net notional principal 
of £106.9 million and cross currency swaps with a sterling 
principal of £98.3 million which economically act to hedge the 
interest rate risk on floating rate debt or the exchange rate risk 
on certain foreign currency borrowings. However, the swaps 
do not meet the hedge accounting rules of IAS 39 and so the 
changes in fair value are taken to gains/(losses) on financial 
instruments in the income statement. During the year there 
was a gain of £11.1 million (2015/16: £53.8 million) in relation to 
these instruments.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201744

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Note 13 to the financial statements gives an analysis of the 
amounts charged to the income statement in relation to 
financial instruments.

As part of our power cost management strategy, we have fixed 
around 85% of our estimated wholesale energy usage for 
2017/18. 

Taxation
The total tax charge for the year was £7.1 million (2015/16: credit 
of £13.6 million).

Note 14 in the financial statements sets out the tax charges and 
credits in the year, which are described in more detail below.

The current year tax charge before exceptional tax was 
£36.9 million (2015/16: £51.3 million). There was an exceptional 
credit of £16.4 million (2016: nil) from adjustments following 
agreement with HMRC of prior years’ tax matters and our net tax 
paid was £11.6 million lower than the previous year. 

The deferred tax charge before exceptional tax was £22.4 million 
(2015/16: £13.7 million).

In common with other utilities, we have a significant deferred 
tax provision that mainly relates to the benefits received in 
the past from tax allowances on capital expenditure before 
the depreciation on those assets was charged to our profits. 
This provision does not represent a liability for tax payable 
but is released to the income statement as the depreciation 
catches up with the tax allowances received. The provision is 
calculated at the rate of tax applicable when the provision is 
expected to reverse. In September 2016 the Government enacted 
legislation to reduce the rate of corporation tax to 17% from 
2020. As a result we recorded an exceptional deferred tax credit 
of £39.8 million as the provision was recalculated at the new 
lower tax rate. In 2015/16, there was an exceptional deferred tax 
credit of £78.6 million arising from a reduction in corporation 
tax rate, enacted in that year, from 20% to 18% with effect from 
1 April 2020. 

Our underlying effective current tax rate was 16.6% 
(2015/16: 18.5%). Higher capital allowances have reduced the 
effective rate in the current year. 

Profit for the year and earnings per share
Profit for the year from continuing operations increased by 3.9% 
to £329.0 million (2015/16: 316.5 million). 

The profit for the year from discontinued operations was 
£13.6 million (2015/16: £14.8 million).

Total profit for the year including discontinued operations was 
£342.6million (2015/16: £331.3 million).

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations increased 
by 4.9% to 140.1 pence (2015/16: 133.5 pence). Underlying basic 
earnings per share were 122.4 pence (2015/16: 102.1 pence). 
For further details see note 16. 

Cash flow

Cash generated from operations

Net capital expenditure

Net interest paid

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Proceeds on disposal of discontinued 
operations and subsidiaries

Proceeds on maturity of forward contracts

Tax paid

Free cash flow

Dividends

Issue of shares

Purchase of own shares

Change in net debt from cash flows

Non-cash movements

Change in net debt

Opening net debt

Closing net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans

Other loans

Finances leases

Cross currency swaps

Loans due from joint ventures 
and associated undertakings

Net debt

2017 
£m
851.0

(501.3)

(177.0)

(77.7)

(19.2)

4.3

(21.8)

58.3

(190.4)

6.1

–

(126.0)

(133.0)

(259.0)

2016 
£m
797.5

(410.0)

(189.6)

–

45.7

–

(33.4)

210.2

(197.0)

7.3

(97.1)

(76.6)

5.8

(70.8)

(4,823.4)

(4,752.6)

(5,082.4)

(4,823.4)

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

44.6

55.2

(1,073.3)

(1,249.8)

(4,090.0)

(3,539.7)

(115.7)

43.4

(117.2)

28.1

108.6

–

(5,082.4)

(4,823.4)

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201745

At 31 March 2017 we held £44.6 million (2015/16: £55.2 million) 
in cash and cash equivalents. Average debt maturity was around 
15 years (2015/16: 15 years). Including committed facilities, 
our cash flow requirements are funded until January 2019.

Net debt at 31 March 2017 was £5,082.4 million 
(2015/16: £4,823.4 million) and balance sheet gearing  
(net debt/net debt plus equity) was 84.6% (2015/16: 82.6%). 
Net debt, expressed as a percentage of estimated Regulatory 
Capital Value at 31 March 2017 was 61.7% (2015/16: 61.6%).

The estimated fair value of debt at 31 March 2017 was 
£1,444 million higher than book value (2015/16: £863 million 
higher). The increase in the difference to book value is largely 
due to the decrease in the discount rates applied, driven by lower 
prevailing market interest rates.

Treasury management and liquidity
Our principal treasury management objectives are:

• To access a broad range of sources of finance to obtain both 
the quantum and lowest cost compatible with the need for 
continued availability.

• To manage our exposure to movements in interest rates 

to provide an appropriate degree of certainty as to our cost 
of funds.

• To minimise our exposure to counterparty credit risk.
• To provide an appropriate degree of certainty as to our foreign 

exchange exposure.

• To maintain an investment grade credit rating.
• To maintain a flexible and sustainable balance sheet structure.

We invest cash in deposits with highly rated banks and liquidity 
funds. We regularly review the list of counterparties and report to 
the Treasury Committee.

In November 2016 we took advantage of low interest rates to 
issue a £400 million sterling bond with a maturity of 15 years. 
The proceeds were swapped to floating rate in line with our 
current strategy of increasing the proportion of floating rate 
debt in our mix. We also raised a further £100 million through a 
floating rate bank loan. This was drawn down in December 2016.

Our policy for the management of interest rates is that at least 
40% of our borrowings in AMP6 should be at fixed interest rates, 
or hedged through the use of interest rate swaps or forward 
rate agreements. At 31 March 2017, interest rates for 51% 
(2015/16: 55%) of our net debt of £5,082.4 million were fixed.

Our long term credit ratings are:

Long term ratings
Moody’s

Severn Trent Plc
Baa1

Severn Trent Water
A3

Standard and Poor’s

BBB-

BBB+

The outlook is stable for both agencies. 

Treasury policy and operations
Our treasury affairs are managed centrally and in accordance 
with our Treasury Procedures Manual and Policy Statement. 
The treasury operation’s role is to manage liquidity, funding, 
investment and our financial risk, including risk from volatility in 
interest and (to a lesser extent) currency rates and counterparty 
credit risk. The Board determines matters of treasury policy 
and its approval is required for certain treasury transactions. 
The Board has established a Treasury Committee to monitor 
treasury activities and to facilitate timely responses to changes 
in market conditions when necessary. 

Our strategy is to access a broad range of sources of finance to 
obtain both the quantum required and lowest cost compatible 
with the need for continued availability. Our principal operating 
subsidiary, Severn Trent Water Limited, is a long term business 
characterised by multi-year investment programmes. 
Our strategic funding objectives reflect this and the liquidity 
position and availability of committed funding are essential to 
meeting our objectives and obligations. We therefore aim for a 
balance of long term funding or commitment of funds across 
a range of funding sources at the best possible economic cost. 
The Group also seeks to maintain an investment grade credit 
rating and a flexible and sustainable balance sheet structure. 
We use financial derivatives solely to manage risks associated 
with our normal business activities. We do not hold or issue 
derivative financial instruments for financial trading. 

Except for debt raised in foreign currency, which is fully hedged, 
our business does not involve significant exposure to foreign 
exchange transactions. We have investments in various assets 
denominated in foreign currencies, principally the US dollar 
and the euro. Our current policy is to hedge an element of 
the currency translation risk associated with certain foreign 
currency denominated assets. 

The Group issues notes in foreign currency under its EMTN 
programme and uses cross currency swaps to convert the 
proceeds to sterling. The effect of these swaps is that interest 
and principal payments on the borrowings are denominated in 
sterling and hence the currency risk is eliminated. The foreign 
currency notes and the cross currency swaps are recorded in 
the balance sheet at their fair values and the changes in fair value 
are taken to gains/(losses) on financial instruments in the income 
statement. Since the terms of the swaps closely match those 
of the underlying notes, such changes tend to be broadly equal 
and opposite.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201746

Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

Pensions
We have three defined benefit pension arrangements, two from 
Severn Trent and one from Dee Valley Water. The Severn Trent 
schemes closed to future accrual on 31 March 2015.

Formal three-yearly actuarial valuations have been completed as 
at 31 March 2016 for the Severn Trent schemes (‘the Schemes’) 
and we have agreed the future funding plan for the Schemes 
with the Trustee. The agreement reached with the Trustee for the 
STPS, which is by far the largest of the schemes, includes:

• Inflation-linked payments of £15 million per annum through a 

new asset-backed funding arrangement, potentially continuing 
to 31 March 2031, although these contributions will cease 
earlier should a subsequent valuation of the STPS show that 
these contributions are no longer needed. 

• Further payments of £10 million for the three financial years 

ending 31 March 2019 and an additional payment of £15 million 
in 2016/17 in lieu of the payment from the new asset-backed 
funding arrangement, which will start in 2017/18.

• Continued payments under the existing asset-backed funding 

arrangement, which provides £8.2 million per annum to 
31 March 2032.

• In addition to these payments, the Company will directly pay 

the annual Pension Protection Fund levy incurred by the STPS 
(£1.2 million in 2016/17).

We have agreed with the Trustees to enter in to additional hedging 
arrangements to reduce the impact of fluctuations in interest 
rates and inflation on the Schemes’ liabilities without adversely 
impacting the expected return from the Schemes’ assets.

Dee Valley Water participates in the Dee Valley Water plc 
section of the Water Companies Pension Scheme (‘the Section’). 
The Section funds are administered by trustees and are held 
separately from the assets of the Group.

On an IAS 19 basis, the net position (before deferred tax) of 
all of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes was a 
deficit of £574.6 million at 31 March 2017. This compares to 
a deficit of £711.7 million as at 30 September 2016 (31 March 
2016: £309.5 million). To calculate the pension deficit for 
accounting purposes, we are required to use corporate bond 
yields as the basis for the discount rate of our long term liabilities, 
irrespective of the nature of the scheme’s assets or their 
expected returns. The sharp decrease in corporate bond yields in 
the first half of the year has partially reversed in the second half 
and this, together with the continued good performance of the 
Schemes’ assets, particularly equities, has driven a reduction in 
the pension deficit in the second half year.

The movements in the net deficit during the period were:

Present value at 1 April

Acquisition of Dee Valley Water

Change in actuarial assumptions

Asset out/(under)performance

Contributions in excess of 
income statement charge

Present value at 31 March 2017

2017 
£m
(309.5)

9.8

(538.8)

227.6

2016 
£m
(468.9)

-

194.2

(45.9)

36.3

11.1

(574.6)

(309.5)

On an IAS 19 basis, the funding level was 80% (31 March 
2016: 87%). 

Exchange rates 
The trading results of overseas subsidiaries are translated to 
sterling at the average rate of exchange ruling during the year 
and their net assets are translated at the closing rate on the 
balance sheet date. The impact of changing exchange rates on 
the subsidiaries’ trading results was immaterial. 

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final ordinary dividend of 48.90 
pence per share for 2016/17 (2015/16: 48.40 pence per share). 
This gives a total ordinary dividend for the year of 81.50 pence 
(2015/16: 80.66 pence). The final ordinary dividend is payable on 
21 July 2017 to shareholders on the register at 16 June 2017. 

We have enhanced our dividend policy for the remainder of AMP6, 
with effect from 2017/18, and will now increase the dividend 
by at least RPI +4% each year, taking the 2017/18 dividend to 
86.55 pence. 

Accounting policies and the presentation 
of the financial statements
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
that have been endorsed by the European Union. The Company 
financial statements are prepared in accordance with FRS 101.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Risk management

Severn Trent is less affected than other companies by the 
decision to leave the European Union (‘EU’) – we operate 
principally in the UK and our supplier base and customers are 
predominantly domestic. We are, however, subject to some 
of the broader developments that flow from the decision, 
such as:

1.  The effect on interest rates. Interest rates fell in the wake 

of the referendum decision. Lower rates reduce our cost of 
variable rate debt but they have an adverse impact on our 
pension deficit. (see principal risk 9). 

2.  The impact on our sources of finance. Where we borrow 
money from will be affected by broader macro-economic 
considerations and whether we will still have access to the 
European Investment Bank (or its equivalent) after leaving 
the EU (see principal risk 10).

3.  Future changes to environmental regulation. EU-derived 
environmental regulation has historically been a major 
driver of our investment programmes. The extent to 
which the UK Government will follow or deviate from EU 
environmental legislation in the future is unclear.

4.  The impact on the domestic economy. The health of the 
domestic economy can impact the ability of some of our 
customers to pay their bills.

We don’t consider the uncertainty surrounding the Brexit 
negotiations as a principal risk in itself, but it will be an 
influencing factor on the potential causes of some of our 
principal risks. Understanding the implications of the Brexit 
negotiations will therefore form a key part of future ERM risk 
review process and the assessment of our principal risks.

47

Our approach to risk
Managing risk is all about understanding the uncertainties 
surrounding the achievement of our aims and objectives. 
Therefore, risk management describes the activities performed 
within our organisation to identify, assess, and control events 
which may impact on our ability to achieve our aims and 
objectives. We also appreciate that uncertainty can manifest 
itself as both negative and positive impacts, hence our goal 
is to minimise these threats and maximise the opportunities 
for the benefit of our customers, people, contractors and 
key stakeholders.

The ERM process

The Board
e   Sets strategy and determines 

regulatory outcomes

e   Sets business plan objectives
e  Defines risk appetite

ERM team
e  Monitors performance
e   Assesses ERM maturity across 

the Group

e   Provides challenge and insight
e   Reports to Executive Committee, 

Audit Committee and Board

Operational teams
e  Identify and assess risks
e  Set risk target position
e   Identify risk improvement  

actions

The Board has overall accountability for ensuring that risk is 
effectively managed across the Group. The Board’s mandate 
includes defining risk appetite and monitoring risk exposure to 
ensure significant risks are aligned with the overall strategy of 
the Group. The management of risk is embedded in our everyday 
business activities, with employees encouraged to play their part.

On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee assesses the 
effectiveness of the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management (‘ERM’) 
process and internal controls to identify, assess, mitigate and 
manage risk. Internal Audit supports the Audit Committee in 
evaluating the design and effectiveness of internal controls and 
risk mitigation strategies implemented by management.

The Executive Committee reviews strategic objectives and 
assesses the levels of risk in achieving these objectives. This ‘top 
down’ risk process helps to ensure the ‘bottom up’ ERM process 
is aligned to current strategy and objectives.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201748

Risk management continued

Across the Group, we manage risks within the overall 
governance framework which includes clear accountabilities, 
delegated authority limits and reward policies. These are 
designed to provide employees with a holistic view of effective 
risk management.

Within Severn Trent Water Limited, our approach reflects our 
status as a regulated utility providing essential services and 
operating as part of the Critical National Infrastructure for 
the UK. The nature of our Regulated Water and Waste Water 
business is such that there are some significant inherent risks, 
as illustrated on pages 50 to 55. We aim to have a strong control 
framework in place to enable us to understand and manage 
these risks in accordance with our risk tolerance and appetite.

In our non-regulated businesses we take a more commercial 
approach to risk. However, we recognise that we provide 
products and services for clients who operate in regulated 
environments. As a result, for risks that could impact on our 
clients’ regulated services, we take a similar approach to risk as 
in our own regulated business. The risks inherent in our non-
regulated business are illustrated on pages 50 to 55.

Our Enterprise Risk Management process
We use an established ERM process across the Group to 
assess and manage our significant risks, which are linked to 
our corporate objectives, core processes, key dependencies, 
stakeholder expectations and legal and regulatory obligations. 
The process is controlled by the central ERM team and 
underpinned by standardised tools and methodology to ensure 
consistency. ERM Champions and Co-ordinators operate 
throughout the business, with support and challenge from 
the ERM team, to identify and assess risks in their business 
units quarterly against a defined set of criteria considering the 
likelihood of occurrence and potential financial and reputational 
impacts. The potential causes and subsequent impact of the 
risks are documented to enable the corresponding mitigating 
controls to reduce the likelihood and impact to be assessed. 
This assessment allows us to put in place effective mitigation 
strategies to remediate defective controls or implement 
additional controls.

This information is combined to form a consolidated view of 
risk across the Group and allows the risks to be prioritised. 
Our significant risks, in terms of likelihood and impact, form our 
Group risk profile which is reported to the Executive Committee 
for review and challenge ahead of final review and approval by 
the Audit Committee and Board half-yearly. In addition, individual 
risks or specific risk topics are also discussed by the Board 
during the year.

On a monthly basis, the status of open risk mitigation actions 
across the Group is reported into the Executive Committee by the 
central ERM team. The level of ERM maturity in each business unit 
is assessed half-yearly and reported to the Executive Committee. 
Where necessary, improvement plans are agreed to ensure ERM 
is fully embedded and effective, and during 2017/18 we will integrate 
Dee Valley into our risk management processes. An overview of 
accountability for our ERM process is illustrated in the diagram 
on page 47.

Risk appetite
The Board keeps under ongoing review the relationship between 
our strategic ambitions and the management of risk. 

The ERM process establishes target risk positions for each of 
our significant risks. The Board formally discusses the progress 
towards this position and the mitigating actions being undertaken 
every six months. 

Financial risks
Like all businesses, we need to plan future funding in line with 
business need. This is part of our normal business planning 
process (see principal risk 2). The Board receives regular 
updates relating to funding, solvency and liquidity matters via the 
Treasury Committee so we can respond quickly to any changes in 
our ability to secure financing (see principal risk 10). The pension 
fund Trustees and Company regularly monitor our net pension 
deficit, with advice from investment managers and advisers. 
An annual pension fund review paper is produced for the Board 
to apprise them of fund performance and proposed initiatives to 
manage down pension liabilities and further improve investment 
returns (see principal risk 9). 

The ERM process and relevant risk assessments are factored 
into the ‘stress testing’ to assess the Group’s prospects as part of 
our Viability Statement.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201749

Long Term Viability Statement
The Directors’ assessment of the Group’s current financial 
position is set out in the Chief Financial Officer’s review on 
pages 41 to 46 and their assessment of the Group’s principal 
risks is set out in the Principal risks section on pages 50 to 55.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is Severn 
Trent Water Limited, which is a regulated long term business 
characterised by multi-year investment programmes and 
stable revenues. The water industry in England and Wales is 
currently subject to economic regulation rather than market 
competition and Ofwat, the economic regulator, has a statutory 
obligation to secure that water companies are able to finance 
their appointed activities. Ofwat meets this obligation by setting 
price controls for five year Asset Management Periods (‘AMPs’). 
This mechanism reduces the potential for variability in revenues 
from the regulated business. The current AMP runs until 
March 2020.

The Group has an established process to assess its prospects. 
The Board undertakes a detailed assessment of the Group’s 
strategy on an annual basis and the output from this 
assessment sets the framework for the Group’s medium term 
plan which is updated annually.

The plan assessed the Group’s prospects and considered 
the potential impacts of the principal risks and uncertainties. 
Stress tests were performed to assess the potential impacts 
of combinations of those risks and uncertainties. The plan 
also considered the mitigating actions that might be taken to 
reduce the impact of such risks and uncertainties and their 
likely effectiveness. 

The Group’s investment programmes are largely funded 
through access to debt markets. The Group’s strategic funding 
objectives reflect the long term nature of the Severn Trent 
Water Limited business and the Group seeks to obtain a 
balance of long term funding at the best possible economic 
cost. The Group’s Treasury Policy requires that it maintains 
sufficient liquidity to cover cash flow requirements for a rolling 
period of 18 months in order to mitigate the risk of restricted 
access to capital markets. 

The Group’s debt maturity profile is actively managed by the 
Group Treasury department to spread the timing of refinancing 
requirements and to enable such requirements to be met under 
most market conditions. The weighted average maturity of debt 
at the balance sheet date was 15 years. 

Bearing in mind the long term nature of the Group’s business; 
the enduring demand for its services; the nature of the Group’s 
established planning process and the changing nature of the 
regulation of the water industry in England and Wales, the 
Directors have determined that three years is an appropriate 
period over which to assess the Group’s prospects and make its 
Viability Statement. 

In making its assessment the Board has made the following 
key assumptions:

• Any period in which the Group is unable to access capital 

markets to raise finance during the period under review will 
be shorter than 18 months.

• There will not be a catastrophic disruption to our drinking 

water supplies arising from external factors during any such 
period of market disruption.

The Directors have assessed the viability of the Company over 
a three year period to 31 March 2020, taking into account the 
Company’s current position and principal risks. Based on that 
assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 March 2020. 

Going Concern Statement
In preparing the financial statements the Directors considered 
the Company’s ability to meet its debts as they fall due for 
a period of one year from the date of this report. This was 
carried out in conjunction with the consideration of the Viability 
Statement above. 

On this basis the Directors considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201750

Principal risks

The Directors have carried out a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Company, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity. 

These have been categorised across: 

• customer perception; 
• legal and regulatory environment;
• operations, assets and people; and
• financial risks. 

For each risk we state what it means for 
us and what we are doing to manage it.

Customer perception

What is the risk?

1

What does it mean for us?

We may be unable to improve 
and maintain our levels of 
customer service sufficiently 
to deliver what our customers 
tell us they want.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Regulated Water and Waste Water business

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Embed customers at the heart of all we do

Link to our values (page 1)

We put our customers first

We are passionate about what we do

We act with integrity

ODIs 

ODIs 24-27

We are a regulated utility providing essential services to our customers. We recognise that our customers 
increasingly expect more from us and demand an improved and more consistent experience. As other 
industries improve their levels of service, the bar continues to be raised.

Failure to deliver the service that customers expect will lead to customer dissatisfaction. This may result in 
financial penalties under Ofwat’s Service Incentive Mechanism and associated ODI outturn.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

The last 12 months have been a continuation of driving a culture to put customers first by improving proactive 
communication and getting things right first time. We have launched a new website which makes it easier 
for customers to self-serve and find the information they want. In the next year we will be extending this by 
launching our new web self-service offering. We have also seen an increase in usage of webchat, Facebook 
and Twitter.

We have continued to embed the performance and quality framework and expanded it to all contact centre 
teams driving the quality of the experience and conversation, not just the actions. An assessment and 
upskilling activity has taken place across all the contact centres to ensure we have the right capability 
when answering customer queries. The next year this will continue and be supported by a new customer 
management portal that will allow agents to have information about customers more visible so they can 
personalise the experience more. In addition to this we are in the process of multi-skilling a proportion of 
agents so we can cope with peaks in demand during the year, e.g. when an incident occurs.

Our voice of the customer programme has continued to feed insight to drive improvement. Over the next 
12 months we will be implementing a new solution which will allow us to extend our channels so more 
customers’ voices get heard. It will also give us the capability to develop a customer forum so we can get 
feedback on broader ideas before implementing them.

We recognise we need to focus on the full end to end customer journey and have some targeted improvement 
plans being delivered through the water, waste and retail upper quartile programmes. This includes a full end 
to end review of the water processes where we currently experience some customer experience challenges.

Movement in net risk exposure

Key:

  Increase in net risk exposure

  No change in net risk exposure

  Decrease in net risk exposure

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201751

Legal and regulatory environment

What is the risk?

2

What does it mean for us?

Severn Trent Water operates in a highly regulated environment. Whilst we are broadly content with the 
direction of changes proposed for our industry, there remains a risk that future changes could have a 
significant impact on Severn Trent Water.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Severn Trent has always contributed to the debate about our industry’s future, including through our series of 
Changing Course publications. We will continue to be an active participant in these conversations, so we can 
help shape thinking about how to best serve our customers in the future.

We have contributed to the establishment of Market Operator Services Ltd, the body which will oversee 
competition in the non-household retail market. 

We continue to participate in discussions with Ofwat regarding the development of the future regulatory 
environment and their consultation documents relating to Water 2020. Engagement with our peers, other 
regulators, UK Government departments and other stakeholders, including the Welsh Government, helps us 
to influence the direction of regulatory policy where possible and put forward our own case for change in a 
constructive way.

Movement in net risk exposure

We may be unable to effectively 
anticipate and/or influence future 
developments in the UK water 
industry resulting in our business 
plans becoming unsustainable.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Change the market for the better

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth

Link to our values (page 1)

We put our customers first

ODIs 

N/A

3 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

Our policies and processes must reflect the current legal and regulatory environment and all relevant 
employees must be kept aware of new requirements. Due to the spread of our operations, and changes 
in activity and organisational structure, this is not always straightforward. The Group as a whole may face 
censure for non-compliance in an individual Group company or a specific region in which we operate.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Our governance framework and related policies and internal controls are designed to ensure our ongoing 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. 

The introduction of non-household retail competition meant we needed to refresh our policy framework. 
We have developed a control framework to establish the protocols, policies, systems, guidance and 
training necessary for the operation of separate Wholesale and Retail business units and to ensure ongoing 
compliance with the relevant legislation including Competition Law. We will continue to monitor the 
framework to ensure we remain compliant.

Changes to the legal and regulatory environment are captured as ‘emerging risks’ through our ERM process, 
with the necessary owners and actions identified to ensure compliance when the changes come into effect.

Movement in net risk exposure

The regulatory landscape is complex 
and subject to ongoing change. 
There is a risk that processes may 
fail or that our processes may not 
effectively keep pace with changes 
in legislation leading to the risk of 
non-compliance.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Change the market for the better

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth

Link to our values (page 1)

We act with integrity

We protect our environment

ODIs 

ODIs 1-4, 19-23, 30-43

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201752

Principal risks continued

Operations, assets and people

What is the risk?

4

What does it mean for us?

We may experience loss of data or 
interruptions to our key business 
systems as a result of cyber threats.

The risks arising from loss of one or more of our major systems or corruption of data held in those systems 
could have far reaching effects on our business. We have recognised the increasing threats posed by the 
possibility of cyber attacks on our systems and data. Whilst this threat can never be eliminated and will 
continue to evolve, we are focused on the need to maintain effective mitigation.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Embed customers at the heart of all we do

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Link to our values (page 1)

We put our customers first

ODIs 

ODIs 1-4, 5-18, 19-23, 24-37

What are we doing to manage the risk?

We recognise that the cyber threat to the business is constantly evolving and one which we need to monitor 
and act on in a timely manner. 

Using guidance from the National Cyber Security Centre (‘NCSC’) we added a number of additional cyber 
security controls during 2016 to improve our capability to prevent, detect and respond to external cyber 
attacks including greater protection of our customers’ personal data.

IS teams have been working with Wholesale operations at our major water treatment works during 2016 to 
ensure that physical security and resilience for the technology is improved. 

Whilst progress has been made during the year to ensure we are better prepared, due to the rapidly evolving 
nature and complexity of the threat this work will continue. Ongoing monitoring and reviews will ensure that 
our mitigating controls and plans continue to protect us and our customers.

Movement in net risk exposure

5 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

If we are unable to meet operational performance targets, we may be subject to regulatory penalties either 
within the current price review period, or applied to the next price review.

Regulatory targets apply to all of our water treatment, distribution, sewerage and sewage treatment assets. 
Measures are in place in relation to water quality, continuous supplies, sewer flooding, sewer collapses and 
pollution events.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Our business plan for 2015-2020 includes considerable investment in our assets to improve the resilience of 
our networks, reduce interruptions and improve the service that our customers receive. We recognise areas 
where our performance is not as consistent as we would like and are committed to improving these areas.

We are continuing our Cleanest Water Plan which drives the delivery of our inspection, cleaning and repair of 
storage tanks, increasing our capital maintenance interventions, optimising our operation and maintenance 
tasks and formalising our processes, standards and operating procedures involved in delivering clean water. 

We target serviceability of our assets through prioritising and targeting our capital maintenance. 
We use asset deterioration models to do this, informed by our operational risk management systems. 
Our governance boards also regularly review investment needs against performance and balance the 
programme accordingly. 

We use leading measures on our comm cells and performance meetings to track delivery against customer 
ODIs and performance commitments so that we can intervene in a timely fashion if performance is drifting.

Movement in net risk exposure

We may fail to meet our regulatory 
targets including targets from 
Ofwat in relation to operational 
performance of our assets resulting 
in regulatory penalties.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Regulated Water and Waste Water business

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Embed customers at the heart of all we do

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth

Link to our values (page 1)

We put our customers first

We are passionate about what we do

We protect our environment

ODIs 

ODIs 1-45

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201753

6 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

Failure of certain key assets or 
processes may result in inability 
to provide a continuous supply of 
clean water and safely take waste 
water away within our area.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Embed customers at the heart of all we do

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Invest responsibly for sustained growth 

Link to our values (page 1)

We put our customers first

We are passionate about what we do

ODIs 

ODIs 1-4, 5-18, 19-23

Some of our assets are critical to the provision of water to large populations for which we require alternative 
means of supply.

Examples include failure of one of our reservoirs or water treatment works. These assets are regularly 
inspected and maintained and our assessment of the overall condition of these assets is good. 

Another example is our IT and telephony systems which are critical to our operations and failure of these 
systems, for example our remote monitoring system, could have a significant effect. 

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Our 2015-2020 business plan includes substantial investment in some of our largest strategic assets such 
as the Elan Valley and Derwent Valley Aqueducts, one of the major elements of which is the £300 million 
investment in one of our largest ever capital schemes to improve the resilience of our water supply 
to Birmingham.

We continue to maintain and test our ‘Being prepared framework’ to ensure our business continuity 
arrangements are fit for purpose and the Group can react quickly to safeguard our critical operations.

In addition to investing in resilience improvements to our network, we also have assurance plans in place to 
monitor, inspect and maintain our most critical assets and to ensure clean water is always available to our 
customers and we will always be able to safely take their waste water away.

We will continue to make significant investment into our network and processes but we accept there is always 
a risk of unexpected failures, the recent mains burst in Birmingham being a prime example. How we respond 
to these and learn from them is vital in keeping the likelihood of unexpected failures as low as possible.

Movement in net risk exposure

7 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

Due to the nature of our operations 
a failure of our procedures could 
endanger the health and safety of our 
people, contractors and members 
of the public as well as harm our 
local and wider environment.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Invest responsibly for sustained growth

Create an awesome place to work 

Link to our values (page 1)

We protect our environment

We act with integrity

ODIs 

ODIs 30-41, 42 & 43

The nature of our assets, operations and business are such that threats to the safety for our employees, 
contractors, customers and the wider public exist. Operational failures or negligence could result in damage 
to the environment.

We are responsible for a large estate of assets and have to secure these from unauthorised access to ensure 
our operations are not impacted nor the safety of the public compromised. 

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Our 2015-2020 business plan includes substantial investment in community schemes to ensure the risk of 
failure at key points along our Elan Valley Aqueduct, that could cause substantial damage and endanger the 
safety of the public, is further reduced.

We have a well-established Health, Safety & Wellbeing framework to ensure all of operations and processes 
are conducted in compliance with health and safety legislation and in the interests of the safety of our people 
and contractors. Our Goal Zero initiative clearly establishes our target that no one should be injured or made 
unwell as a result of what we do.

There are a number of ODI commitments we have made to protect our local environment, including river 
water quality, pollution incidents, biodiversity improvements and environmental compliance. In AMP6 we will 
be delivering our largest ever environment programme, spending over £300 million to deliver improvements 
to rivers throughout our region, a programme which is supported by our customers who wanted to see us do 
more to improve river water quality. We have been provisionally rated 3* this year by the Environment Agency 
in their Environmental Performance Assessment.

We recognise the impact our operations have on the wider environment and we want to reduce our carbon 
footprint by seeking lower carbon ways of operating our business, driving energy efficiency and generating 
renewable energy. We aim to increase the amount of renewable energy we generate and to invest in ways to 
make our processes more energy efficient, and our target is to generate 50% of Severn Trent Water’s energy 
needs by 2020. 

More details can be found in the Corporate Responsibility report on pages 57 to 69. 

Movement in net risk exposure

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201754

Principal risks continued

8 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

Failure to deal with the impact 
of extreme and unpredictable 
weather events on our assets and 
infrastructure and/or changes to 
future water resource supply and 
demand due to climate change.

Climate change (hotter and drier summers, wetter winters and more storms) could result in an inability 
to meet customer demand, lower river levels, decreased raw water quality, flooding of our water or waste 
works, sewer capacity being exceeded and increased land movement. Climate change could also be a 
contributing factor for principal risks 1, 5, 6 and 7 detailed above.

There are also some potential opportunities that climate change presents for us, including reduced leakage, 
aquifer recharge and increased biological treatment. It is important that we understand these opportunities to 
maximise the benefits.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Our climate change adaption report sets out our strategy for coping with future changes to our climate.

Group-wide

Work is now gathering momentum on putting together our next water resources management plan. 
Understanding the impact of climate change is central to this process.

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Our analysis for the National Flood Resilience Review (‘NFRR’), that was instigated by Defra/the Cabinet Office 
after the flooding of winter 2015/16, identified our non-infrastructure (overground) sites that are at risk from 
river or surface water flooding using a new higher standard called the ‘Extreme Flood Outline’.

Drive operational excellence and 
continuous innovation

Invest responsibly for sustained growth 

Link to our values (page 1)

We protect our environment

ODIs 

ODIs 1-4, 5-18, 19-23, 42 & 43

It’s important to note that we don’t consider climate change risks in isolation and we view them alongside 
all the challenges we face. To that effect a large number of our current objectives and targets agreed as 
part of our ODI commitments will increase our resilience from climate change, including reducing leakage, 
improving water efficiency, reducing properties prone to low pressure, protecting prone properties/areas 
from sewer flooding and increasing the resilience of our water supply and water/waste works.

We are also adapting to climate change through innovation, with 21 catchment management projects and a 
doubling of our sustainable urban drainage (‘SUDs’) projects planned for this AMP.

Our own impact and contribution to climate change cannot be ignored and, as outlined in principal risk 7 
above, there are a number of ways in which we are addressing our impact on the environment. 

Movement in net risk exposure

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201755

Financial risks

What is the risk?

9

Lower interest rates, higher inflation 
or underperforming equity markets 
may require us to increase funding 
for our pension schemes.

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Invest responsibly for sustained growth

Link to our values (page 1)

We act with integrity

ODIs 

N/A

What does it mean for us?

We already provide significant funding but could be asked by the Trustee to provide more money to reduce 
pension deficits in our defined benefit schemes.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Following the Brexit vote, our main defined benefit pension scheme has seen a significant growth in the 
accounting value of liabilities due to the fall in long term interest rates. These financial conditions are likely to 
remain for the foreseeable future. The growth in the accounting deficit has adversely impacted the headroom 
on some of our credit ratios, such as gearing, which are relevant for debt covenant and credit ratings 
purposes. It also has a reputational impact that could have a bearing on investment and distribution decisions. 
We have commenced the process of immunising our financial covenants from adverse movements in the 
accounting deficit, gaining approval from relevant banks and the European Investment Bank (‘EIB’). We have 
also clarified with rating agencies that their focus is more on the impact of cash repair payments on credit 
metrics, rather than movements in the accounting value of the deficit. Importantly we have agreed cash repair 
payments with the Trustee until the next Triennial Valuation as at 31 March 2019. We have also commenced 
working with the Trustee to implement additional inflation and interest rate hedging and introduce downside 
protection to the fund’s equity holdings. It is planned to complete the new hedging arrangements by the 
summer of 2017, from which point the potential volatility in terms of valuation will be reduced considerably.

Movement in net risk exposure

10 What is the risk?

What does it mean for us?

We are unable to fund the business 
sufficiently in order to meet our 
liabilities as they fall due.

We must ensure sufficient liquidity is available to meet our near term financial commitments. We have a 
significant funding requirement in AMP6, to fund our investment programme and refinance maturing debt. 
This is a well-controlled risk, but it is important that we maintain these high standards to mitigate this risk.

What are we doing to manage the risk?

Which part of Severn Trent is affected?

Group-wide

Link to how we’re achieving our strategy 
(pages 20 and 21)

Whilst Brexit may impact our access to funding from the EIB, an attractive source of finance, we have 
other sources of funding we can call upon. In November 2015 we raised £471 million through a US Private 
Placement debt issue and in November 2016 we raised £400 million through a sterling bond issue. 
Despite some initial volatility following the Brexit vote, global debt capital markets continue to deliver 
substantial levels of liquidity, derived from the continuation of loose monetary policy in the G7.

See our Viability Statement on page 49. 

Invest responsibly for sustained growth

Movement in net risk exposure

Link to our values (page 1)

We act with integrity

ODIs 

N/A

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
56

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose 
through our strategy and values

PROTECTING 
OUR ENVIRONMENT

Strategic goals

Partnership working 
to protect our water 
Metaldehyde from slug pellets is 
particularly hard to remove from water, 
so we’re working with farmers to prevent 
this pesticide getting into our region’s 
rivers. Over the next five years, we’re 
investing £21 million to help farmers 
sustainably improve our water quality, 
which protects the environment and 
reduces our treatment costs.

“ Our scheme covers 4,000 
farmers and 10,000 km2 
of land, showing the scale 
of our efforts to protect 
the environment and 
keep our water clean.”

Katherine Filby, 
Catchment Management Planner

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201757

Corporate Responsibility report

Acting responsibly
Building trust can’t be achieved through 
a single activity, but we believe that by 
adopting responsible business practices, 
making sustainable choices and living 
our values, we will achieve our vision 
and purpose.

The nature of what we do means that 
we have an important role to play in 
protecting water as a precious resource 
and the wider environment, which 
drives our two Corporate Responsibility 
ambitions. We are also working closely 
with our suppliers to support our vision.

Highlights this year
Our approach to Corporate Responsibility is broad ranging, ensuring we are delivering 
the commitments expected of a leading socially and environmentally responsible 
business. Some of the highlights this year include:

•  Delivering 12,000 home water efficiency checks, helping our customers to reduce their water use 

by an average of 10%.

•  Supporting 50,903 vulnerable customers, through our various support mechanisms, including 

our social tariff. 

•  Engaging with over 640 farmers as part of our water catchment management scheme. 
•  Launching an innovative employee volunteering scheme, working in a consistent structure across 

the business alongside key partners to clean up across 40 km of riversides within our region.

Our vision 
Our vision is to be the most trusted water 
company by 2020, delivering an outstanding 
customer experience, best value service 
and environmental leadership. 

Our purpose 
Our purpose is to serve our communities 
and build a lasting water legacy. 

Ambition One 
We will make our region the most 
water efficient in the UK

Ambition Two 
We will play a leading role to help make  
our region’s rivers even healthier

1

Put our customers first

Values

2

Be passionate about 
what we do

3

Act with integrity

4

5

Protect our environment

Be inspired to create an  
awesome company

Our suppliers support our values and ambitions

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201758

Corporate Responsibility report continued

Our responsible commitments and our performance against them

Objective

Our commitment

How we are measuring 
our performance

This year’s 
performance

2016/17 
target

2020 
target

Ambition One:  
We will make our 
region the most 
water efficient 
in the UK

Ambition Two: 
We will play a leading 
role to help make 
our region’s rivers 
even healthier

We will empower our customers to 
save up to 25Ml/d by 2020

Water efficiency level achieved

4.91Ml/d

5MI/d

25MI/d

We will improve understanding of 
our services through education

Number of customers we have educated 
from 2015 to 2020

167,024

160,000

700,000 
(cumulative  
over AMP6)

Positive engagement with land managers 
in targeted areas by end of AMP6

44% (in 11 out of 
12 catchments)

44% (in 12 
catchments)

80% (in 12 
catchments)

We will work with landowners and 
partner organisations to reduce 
agricultural run-off in our region’s rivers

We will do our fair share to achieve Water 
Framework Directive good ecological 
status in our region’s failing water bodies, 
where it is cost-effective to do so

Number of Water Framework Directive 
classification improvement points (as 
monitored by the Environment Agency) 

15

n/a

233  
(cumulative  
over AMP6)

n/a

75

We will improve biodiversity in our region 
by improving at least 75 hectares of Sites 
of Special Scientific Interest (‘SSSI’)

Number of hectares improved from 
unfavourable or deteriorating condition 
using Natural England’s database of SSSIs

-29.74

We put our 
customers first

We provide a service to our customers 
that is good value for money

% of customers who rate our service 
value for money in an independent 
quarterly survey

58%

47%

55%

We help our customers who are in 
genuine need and struggling to pay 
their bills 

Number of customers we help 
each year through social tariffs 
and assistance schemes

50,903

50,000

50,000

We are passionate 
about what we do

Our employees are passionate about 
what we do

Group % engagement score from our 
annual employee survey

55%

We act with  
integrity

We protect our 
environment

We involve our customers in our plans, 
and we’re honest about how they think 
we’re doing

We will invite the independent Water 
Forum to review and comment on our 
annual performance

4 meetings held 
this year

We do everything we can to prevent 
polluting the environment

Number of Environment Agency Category 
1 & 2 incidents (calendar year metric)

7

We reduce our carbon footprint

% reduction in Group carbon emissions  
(scope 1 and 2 – our direct emissions and 
those from the energy we use)

8%

We are inspired 
to create an 
awesome company

No one is hurt or made unwell by what  
we do

STW – LTI rate

Business Services – LTI rate

We believe a diverse and inclusive 
workforce is a key factor in being a 
successful business

STW – Total workforce % female

Group – Total workforce % female 

STW – Total workforce % BAME 

Group – Total workforce % BAME

Our suppliers 
support our values 
and ambitions

We are a responsible payer

% invoices paid to terms, including self bill 
(12 month financial year average)

0.22

0.04

31.3%

29.5%

8.9%

14.8%

97%

50%

–

6

–

–

0

4%***

19%

0.18

–

33%**

–

5.0%**

–

97%

–

–

–

–

–

–

97%

B
e
n
c
h
m
a
r
k
*

B
e
n
c
h
m
a
r
k
*
*

* Global benchmark from Aon Hewitt. 
** Business in the community industry benchmark 2015.
*** Severn Trent Water Limited ODI target.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201759

The water sector has a huge role to play in 
improving our common environment, and 
although we are starting in a strong and 
improving position we’re the first to admit 
there is more to do. The key for future 
environmental success is for us all to play 
our part; the water sector, Government, 
regulators, landowners, NGOs and the 
general public. 

Assurance of Corporate 
Responsibility metrics
All our customer ODI data, and 
therefore the majority of our Corporate 
Responsibility metrics, are independently 
assured by Jacobs. As our customer 
ODIs are our most material Corporate 
Responsibility commitments, the 
remaining Corporate Responsibility 
metrics, including health & safety and 
human resources metrics, have a 
proportionate level of assurance applied.

Materiality of our Corporate 
Responsibility metrics
We recognise that our activities have 
broad ranging impacts on the social, 
economic and environmental wellbeing 
of our region and beyond. In order to 
build a lasting water legacy we need to 
consider these impacts across the broad 
spectrum which we operate, both now 
and in the future. As such, our Corporate 
Responsibility framework is centred on 
our customer ODIs, built on extensive 
customer research completed at the 
time of the last price review. This ensures 
that we are focused on issues that are 
most important to our customers and 
the communities we serve. They shape 
our day-to-day activities to underpin our 
performance as a sustainable business. 
Acting in a responsible manner isn’t 
just important to our customers; our 
annual employee survey illustrates 
that working for a company ‘Doing 
the Right Thing’ and being socially 
and environmentally responsible is a 
key motivational driver for our people. 
We also know our investors and wider 
stakeholders value our environmental, 
social and governance performance. 
Our Corporate Responsibility framework 
ensures that we reflect our values, for 
example creating an awesome place to 
work through supporting a diverse and 
inclusive workforce.

Our employees’ reward is directly 
linked to our Corporate Responsibility 
performance, due to the significant 
proportion which both customer ODIs 
and health & safety, our key CR metrics, 
contribute to the bonus which our 
employees receive. 

Performance and external recognition
We believe that by focusing on the issues 
most important to our customers our 
Corporate Responsibility framework 
has the right balance, and we are proud 
that we have again been recognised by 
FTSE4Good. We also continue to support 
the UN Global Compact Principles. 

Corporate Responsibility risks
Our approach to Corporate Responsibility 
is aligned with our strategic framework. 
Corporate Responsibility and 
sustainability risks are treated in the same 
way as all our other company risks, and 
are captured at a local level by responsible 
teams and managed centrally through our 
established ERM process. By the nature of 
what we do several of our principal risks 
have a sustainability or environmental 
focus. You can find more details about the 
Group’s approach to risk management 
and our principal risks on pages 50 to 55. 

Corporate Responsibility ambitions
In order to achieve our vision of being the 
most trusted water company by 2020, 
we seek to demonstrate environmental 
leadership wherever we operate. We have 
an important role to play in protecting 
and sustaining water as a natural 
resource and the environment as a whole. 
With challenges around water scarcity, 
meeting tightening environmental 
standards, coping with extreme weather 
events and a growing population, we need 
to be more efficient with our use of water, 
the sector’s use as a whole, for example 
through water trading, and playing our 
part in ensuring the health of our region’s 
rivers. These sustainability challenges 
form the basis of our two Corporate 
Responsibility ambitions. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Securing supplies for the long term 
Our plans ensure we have enough water to 
meet our changing customer demands and 
changes associated with climate change for 
the next 25 years. Every five years we prepare 
a water resources management plan which 
sets out what investment we need to ensure 
we can continue to provide enough water for 
our customers, describing the work we carry 
out to reduce leakage and promote efficiency. 
We also produce a drought plan detailing how 
we will manage our resources and supply 
systems in droughts to maintain our service to 
our customers in an environmentally sensitive 
way. More information about our plans is 
available (https://www.stwater.co.uk/about-
us/plan-and-strategy/other-plans/).

Non-household activity – 
Retail competition
With the introduction of non-household 
competition, retailers have adopted 
responsibility for this element of our water 
efficiency programme. As such, we are 
increasing our household water efficiency 
activities to ensure we deliver the savings 
we have committed to, and are exploring 
options to reduce programme delivery costs 
and increase water savings over years three 
to five.

60

Corporate Responsibility report continued

Ambition 1 
We will make our region 
the most water efficient

Securing long term access to water is a 
massive environmental and economic 
issue, which is essential to the long term 
future of our planet, and one in which we 
have an essential part to play. Some of 
the key ways in which we can help this are 
through reducing leakage and helping our 
customers use less water. Our objectives 
to achieve this ambition are set out below.

We will empower our customers to 
save up to 25Ml/d by 2020
We have an important role in changing 
customer behaviours to use less water, 
and are committed to helping them to 
become more water efficient. We have 
set ourselves an ambitious target to 
help customers save 25 million litres 
per day (Ml/d) by 2020. We can help 
our customers through advice and a 
range of free water efficiency products 
(https://www.savewatersavemoney.co.uk/
severntrent/free-water-saving-products).

We will improve understanding of 
our services through education
We have now engaged with a total of 
284,752 customers during AMP6, and are 
confident of reaching our ambitious 2020 
target of 700,000. Engagement is focused 
on two key themes: water efficiency; and 
ensuring our drains remain clear and 
blockage free. Both of these themes have 
wide reaching environmental benefits: 
reducing water use; and preventing 
blockages which consequently prevents 
pollutants entering water courses. 

Engagement is carried out through three 
main groups: our customer advisers; our 
sewer blockages team; and our water 
efficiency home checks.

We are committed to reducing 
leakage by 6%
We will continue to drive leakage levels 
down year-on-year to outperform our 
AMP6 targets and we expect to continue 
reducing leakage during AMP7. This will 
help us to balance supply and demand 
by reducing losses from our network. 
Finding and fixing leaks will continue 
to be the mainstay of our leakage 
control strategy, but this must be done 
more efficiently through technological 
improvements in network monitoring and 
leak detection techniques. 

Much greater focus is being placed on 
accounting for water in such a complex 
network of 47,055 km of water mains. 
With only 44% of domestic customers 
metered (through New Build and 
Free Optant policies) we have to make 
estimates of water consumption. We know 
from studies that there are many factors 
that affect usage; environmental, 
socioeconomic, weather and metering 
policies to name but a few. As we better 
understand and influence these factors, 
our estimation changes and in turn 
where we need to focus our efforts on 
unaccounted for water and actual water 
lost improves.

Twice the number of Water 
Efficiency Audits
After a successful trial in 2015/16, 
this year we have expanded our water 
efficiency home check programme. 
Customers in and around the Coventry 
area can sign up for a free home 
check, including a home visit, fitting 
of water saving devices and advice on 
how they can save water and check for 
simple leaks. 

Saving customers on average 10% of 
their water use, this free service will 
help customers not only save water, but 
energy and money too! We’ve doubled 
the number of audits completed, with 
over 12,000 home checks this year. 
We’ve received great feedback from 
customers commenting on how helpful 
and informative it is, and are planning on 
building on this success in the future. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201761

We will do our fair share to achieve 
Water Framework Directive (‘WFD’) 
good ecological status in our region’s 
failing water bodies, where it is cost 
effective to do so
Our WFD programme is targeting 
improvements in 1,500 km of river. 
We have started to contribute our fair 
share, completing five sewage treatment 
works projects this year, improving over 
64 km of river length. In total we will be 
upgrading 10% of our sewage works, and 
over the next three years will be upgrading 
over 100 works to produce higher quality 
effluent. We have also finalised our 
proposals with the Environment Agency 
where abstraction has been proven to be 
unsustainable, and have revoked or varied 
abstraction licences at eight sites reducing 
our abstractions by 40Ml/d, against a 
target of 85Ml/d by 2020.

We will improve biodiversity in our 
region by improving at least 75 
hectares of Sites of Special Scientific 
Interest (‘SSSI’) 
We have agreed with Natural England 
the actions and activities we will take 
at 11 Sites of Special Scientific Interest 
or Special Areas of Conservation to 
either improve or stop deterioration 
in biodiversity. For example, we have 
a forestry management regime 
at Dimminsdale to improve the 
broadleaved, mixed and yew woodland. 
The management of these species is vital 
as they support other notified species. 
Year one had a planning focus and from 
Year two and moving forward there is a 
strong focus on implementing projects 
identified and monitoring progress with 
a completion date of 2020. We also have 
management plans at all our operational 
sites to ensure our activities have a 
minimal impact on the environment. 

Taking a catchment based approach
Catchment Based Approach (‘CABA’) 
partnerships were brought in by Defra 
in 2011 to help achieve the Water 
Framework Directive initiatives. 
They bring together a wide range of 
local organisations with an active 
interest in their local water environment 
including NGOs, water companies, 
local authorities, landowners, angling 
clubs, farming groups, academia, and 
local businesses. The partnerships aim 
to drive cost-effective delivery on the 
ground. This results in multiple benefits 
including improvements to water 
quality, enhanced biodiversity, reduced 
flood risk, resilience to climate change, 
and greater community engagement 
with local rivers. There are 14 CABA 
partnerships in the Severn Trent region, 

of which Severn Trent hosts the Tame, 
Anker & Mease group and joint-hosts 
the Lower Trent & Erewash group. 
Hosting these partnerships is a great 
opportunity for us to demonstrate 
environmental leadership by driving 
improvements to our local river systems. 

We are also expanding our catchment 
based thinking to water resources by 
piloting a local multi-sector approach in 
the highly water stressed Idle and Torne 
catchment in Nottinghamshire. We will 
share benefits and linkages to wider 
catchment approaches once these have 
been evaluated.

Ambition 2 
We will play a leading 
role to help make 
our region’s rivers 
even healthier

We know we have a responsibility to leave 
our environment in a better condition 
for future generations. Our objectives to 
achieve this ambition are set out below. 

We will work with landowners 
and partner organisations to 
reduce agricultural run-off into 
our region’s rivers
We’re taking a more joined-up approach 
to making environmental improvements 
through a process we call catchment 
management, working in partnership 
with farmers and landowners to reduce 
agricultural run-off into our region’s rivers. 
This includes preventing pesticides getting 
into the water and polluting it, thereby 
improving river quality, reducing treatment 
costs and improving the river environment 
as a whole. Our agricultural advisers have 
engaged with over 1,200 farms since the 
team formed last year, and are confident of 
delivering the target of working with 4,000 
farms, covering an area of about 10,000km2 
over the next four years. Our farmer grant 
scheme, Severn Trent Environmental 
Protection Scheme (‘STEPS’), offers grants 
to farmers to undertake infrastructure 
improvements and land management 
changes which will help reduce diffuse 
pollution, such as through the installation 
of bio beds. To date we have received over 
500 applications. Farmers are also being 
rewarded for their contribution to reduced 
metaldehyde, from slug pellets, in farm 
run-off through our Farmers as Producers 
of Clean Water scheme. 26,000ha 
were signed up to this scheme in 2016. 
The environmental benefits of catchment 
management extend well beyond just water 
quality. The right behaviours promote 
conservation of soil and water, flood 
mitigation, sustaining landscapes, wildlife 
and aquatic ecosystems, biodiversity and 
reducing carbon footprints. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201762

Corporate Responsibility report continued

Value 1 
We put our customers first

We exist to serve our customers and we 
can earn their trust, focusing on their 
needs and delivering a service they can 
rely on and consider to be good value. 
We also have a responsibility to support 
those customers who struggle to pay 
their bills.

We put our customers and 
communities first when carrying 
out our work
We recognise that planned and unplanned 
work on our networks can cause 
disruption. That’s why we developed our 
‘Customers and Communities First’ 
guidelines to ensure we deliver a great 
customer experience every time we or 
our suppliers carry out planned work. 
It explains what we need to do and who we 
need to engage with before work begins, 
during and after our work is complete. 
We seek feedback from our customers 
at the end of every scheme to ensure we 
successfully learn from experiences, 
sharing areas for improvement and 
best practice.

We provide a service to our customers 
that is good value for money
Our customers pay the lowest combined 
water and waste water bills in Britain. 
In an independent quarterly study of our 
customer base, 58% of our customers 
view our service as good or very good 
value for money. Our research suggests 
that our customers’ perceptions around 
value for money are not only driven by 
the bill amount, but by their personal 
experience and customer service too. 

We help our customers who are 
in genuine need and struggling to 
pay their bills
We work hard to ensure our bills are 
affordable for all and we have the lowest 
combined water and sewerage charges 
in Britain. However, we understand that 
some customers may need additional 
help. In 2016/17 we are proud to have 
supported 50,903 customers through our 
assistance schemes – such as metering, 
Watersure or our social tariff the Big 
Difference Scheme – three times more 
than last year. We have also created a 
dedicated care and assistance team who 
are specially trained to support customers 
who may be suffering from financial 
hardship, diminished mental wellbeing or 
experiencing a difficult time in their lives. 

The Big Difference Scheme is designed for 
anyone who is struggling to pay their bills, 
regardless of their employment status. 
If accepted, customers can qualify for a 
reduction in charges of between 10-90% 
of our average bills. In addition, the Severn 
Trent Trust Fund, which is an independent 
charity providing financial assistance to 
those most in financial difficulty, has been 
able to assist 3,474 customers either by 
a grant to help clear water bill arrears 
or through the purchase of essential 
household items.

You can find out more information about 
how we are meeting our customers’ 
changing needs on pages 28 and 29.

What a big difference the Big Difference  
Scheme can really make
Errol has a number of serious health 
conditions including being a chronic 
haemodialysis patient. He has had a 
triple heart bypass, and is undergoing 
treatment for a form of cancer. Not being 
able to work and trying to sort out his 
health led to him growing concerned that 
the debt was mounting up and he felt that 

he had no one to turn to. Fortunately Errol 
then heard about The Big Difference 
Scheme through one of our partners – 
The Severn Trent Trust Fund – which 
he applied for and was accepted onto. 
He is now paying £3 per month for a 
12 month period which has helped him 
immensely. The Severn Trent Trust Fund 
has helped Errol with his water arrears 
through a grant and also bought him 
household items to make his recovery 
at home more comfortable. Errol was 
also registered with our Priority Services 
Register which will ensure we’re aware 
of his circumstances in the event of any 
supply issues in the area. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201763

We involve our customers in our 
future plans, and we’re honest about 
how they think we’re doing
The Water Forum is an independently 
chaired, multi-stakeholder group that has 
a continuing role to challenge how well 
we engage with our customers on our 
future plans and whether we’re delivering 
our current commitments. This year 
we worked with the Chair to further 
strengthen and expand the expertise 
of the Water Forum by recruiting new 
members with expertise in customer 
research, capital project appraisal, 
environmental economics and social 
responsibility. These four new experts 
joined existing members over the course 
of the year and took part in discussions 
ranging from our current performance 
to how we develop investment plans. 
A principal focus for the Forum this year 
was how we’ll engage with our customers 
as we develop our business plan for 
2020-25. The Forum has constructively 
challenged and contributed to both the 
content and form of our research, drawing 
on its wide-ranging expertise. Over the 
coming year the Forum will be reviewing 
the outcome of our research and how we 
are using it to develop the services we 
offer to our customers in the future.

Value 2 
We are passionate about what we do

We have a wide diversity of skills, abilities 
and talents in our business. We’re united 
and fired up about what we do – so that we 
truly build a lasting legacy.

Our people make a positive 
difference in the community 
through volunteering
In February 2017, we launched our new 
employee volunteering programme 
‘Community Champions’. Closely aligned 
to our Corporate Responsibility ambitions, 
our employees will have the opportunity 
to use their two annual volunteering days 
working alongside key partners: the Canal 
and River Trust, Waterside Care, the 
Severn Rivers Trust and the Trent Rivers 
Trust, to help clean up across 40 km of 

riversides within our region. 15% of the 
workforce signed up within the first month 
and lots of teams have already been out 
making a difference in our communities. 
In March 2017, a number of our people 
spent a day working alongside our 
contract partners BNM Alliance, clearing 
up a stretch of the River Trent in Newark, 
where we are carrying out a £60 million 
waste and water improvement scheme. 
Wayne Ball, volunteer development 
coordinator for the Canal and River Trust, 
said: “The volunteers did a fantastic job 
and we’re really grateful for all their hard 
work. As a charity, the support they’ve 
given us is invaluable and really helps 
in our efforts to make the river a more 
attractive, welcoming place for the local 
community. We’ll now be able to plant 
up the hedgerow which will make it even 
more attractive – and a better place 
for wildlife.”

20,000 hours of volunteering from dedicated  
community volunteers at our visitor experience sites
Our visitor sites are a great resource 
for our communities. Our ranger team 
lovingly cares for a number of public 
access sites across the Severn Trent 
region, managing biodiversity and the 
natural environment, looking after acres 
of woodlands and forests, and wildlife 
habitats. The ranger team is supported 
by a group of dedicated volunteers, who 
have contributed over 20,000 working 
hours in the past year. Many of our 
volunteers have been with us for over 
10 years – they turn up every week, in 
all weathers and give their all, all for 

the love of their sites. They support the 
rangers by laying new pathways and 
fencing, maintaining the traditional skills 
of hedge-laying, as well as creating new 
habitats for declining species. Caring for 
our environment at our public access 
sites in this way helps to attract millions 
of visitors each year. Once on site, our 
customers also benefit from great 
outdoor recreational facilities, which 
also supports Severn Trent’s health and 
wellbeing initiatives.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201764

Corporate Responsibility report continued

We support our corporate charities
Severn Trent was one of the founding 
members of WaterAid in 1981 and we 
have been committed in our support ever 
since. WaterAid’s vision is to see access 
to safe water, hygiene and sanitation for 
all by 2030. Fundraising balls, the Severn 
Trent Mountain Challenge, bill inserts and 
cakes sales are just some of the ways our 
staff raise money for this cause, which is 
so close to our hearts. We also support 
WaterAid through awareness raising and 
campaigning. Our staff have taken part 
in the Water Innovators training scheme, 
developing real life solutions, and have 
visited country programmes. This year we 
raised £140,945, with the first £100,000 
contributing to projects in Ethiopia, which 
is our chosen country to support. 

This year our employees also helped to 
support Comic Relief, through fundraising 
activities and by once again manning 
a National Red Nose Day Call Centre. 
Our team of 230 volunteers gave up their 
time to take calls throughout the night.

on-boarding new suppliers. We recognise 
that we have a role to play to be a 
responsible client and are committed to 
paying our suppliers to agreed terms. 
Working collaboratively with our suppliers 
on sustainability will remain a focus, 
progressing to tangible goals on key 
issues such as water efficiency, carbon 
emissions and community impact. 

We have a zero tolerance 
to modern slavery 
We strive to take all reasonable efforts 
to play our part in eradicating modern 
slavery and take our obligations under 
the Modern Slavery Act 2015 seriously. 
This year, in line with our revised code of 
conduct, we have built on our processes 
and taken further steps to mitigate the 
risk of slavery and trafficking within 
both our business, and our supply chain. 
Our approach has focused on ensuring 
we have the appropriate policies and 
procedures in place to make our zero 
tolerance position clear in all that 
we do. We have taken a risk-based 
approach, using guidance set out by the 
Chartered Institute of Procurement, with 
an initial focus on our Tier One supply 
chain. Our scope will broaden as our 
approach matures. We have focused on 
establishing appropriate due diligence, 
reporting, training and communication. 
Our full statement is available on our 
website (www.stwater.co.uk/about-
us/responsibility/modern-slavery-
statement/).

Value 3 
We act with integrity

Acting with integrity and ‘Doing the Right 
Thing’ for our customers, communities, 
investors, regulators and colleagues 
is an essential part of being trusted. 
Our Company values are at the heart of 
any decision we make, and we will only 
work with suppliers and partners who 
care about this as much as we do. 

We act in line with our values
Acting in line with our values is key to 
ensuring we act as a responsible business 
and achieve our vision and purpose. 
This year we’ve increased our focus on 
our Company values, communicating 
our revised code of conduct which guides 
us to do the right thing all of the time, 
and rolling out training for our people to 
make responsibilities clear. This training 
forms an important part of our employee 
induction, so our values are really 
embedded from day one. Our employee 
recognition scheme, ‘Our Brilliant People’, 
is now also aligned with our Company 
values to further promote and celebrate 
the right behaviours. 

Our suppliers support our values
Our impact on the environment and 
society extends well beyond our own 
operations into our supply chain. We want 
our supply chain to both live by and 
reflect our values, and all suppliers are 
required to adhere to our code of conduct, 
‘Doing the Right Thing’. This year, to 
firmly establish our intent and ambition 
we have created a ‘Sustainable Supply 
Chain Charter’ which acts as a call to 
action to our suppliers to engage with 
us, align efforts and drive our Corporate 
Responsibility agenda. We’ve made good 
progress this year developing targets 
on waste to landfill and delivering joint 
community and volunteering projects. 
We have also made changes within our 
tendering process to ensure sustainability 
has a rating in our decision for  

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201765

Value 4 
We protect our environment

We’re always aiming to minimise our impact on the environment, produce the cleanest 
water and generate more renewable energy, so that we make a positive contribution to 
the future and fully embrace sustainability. 

We are committed to reducing our carbon footprint
The UK is playing a leading part in reducing carbon emissions. As the majority of our 
carbon emissions are driven by our use of energy, managing carbon means managing 
costs. We therefore aim to reduce carbon emissions and increase our generation of 
renewable energy. We are achieving both of these aims, and this year we have seen 
another reduction in overall carbon emissions, although we did not achieve our ODI 
target. We’ve seen a consistent reduction since 2002 when we began publicly reporting 
on our greenhouse gas emissions.

Severn Trent Water Carbon Emissions

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

e
2
O
C
t
k

0

2002-03

Key

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

2014-15

2015-16

2016-17

2017-18

2018-19

2019-20

Early Reporting
Industry-agreed methodology (latest Defra factors each year)

ODI Target Combined W&WW (uses 2013 grid factor)

ODI performance (Combined W&WW) (uses 2013 grid factor)

Source: Annual regulatory returns – data subject to external assurance each year.

We have held the Carbon Trust Standard 
since 2009 in recognition of consistent 
emission reductions and effective 
carbon management processes. 
Our performance against the standard 
is in the top 15% of all organisations. 
We also continue to report to the Carbon 
Disclosure Project (‘CDP’) for investors 
each year. During the year, we increased 
renewable energy generation and 
across Severn Trent we now generate an 
equivalent of 34% of Severn Trent Water 
Limited’s energy needs. We continue to 
lead the UK water industry, and we are 
on track to meet our target of generating 
the equivalent of 50% of our energy needs 
by 2020. For more information see our 
Business Services performance review 
on pages 36 to 40. We plan to continue to 

reduce our emissions within our regulated 
Water and Waste Water business by a 
further 5% by 2020, primarily by reducing 
our energy use and to continue to 
increase renewable energy generation 
mainly by our Business Services division. 
Pursuing these measures will continue 
to reduce our key sources of emissions, 
reduce our reliance on the electricity 
grid and bring financial benefits for our 
customers and investors.

CLIMATE 
DISCLOSURE 
LEADER 2015

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
66

Corporate Responsibility report continued

Reduction in Group carbon 
emissions since 2015/16

8%

This year we generated 
more renewable energy 
than ever before; with 
more energy generated 
from sludge and food 
waste and a full year of 
generation from solar 
power. We generated the 
equivalent of 34% of our 
own electricity needs and 
our target is to reach 50% 
by 2020.

Reducing our greenhouse gas emissions 
This is the fourth year Severn Trent has been required to report on greenhouse gas 
(‘GHG’) emissions. For Severn Trent Water, which accounts for 98% of total Group 
emissions, we have been publicly reporting on our emissions since 2002. In that time 
we have reduced our emissions primarily by being more energy efficient and generating 
more renewable energy. Our GHG emissions are reported in tonnes of carbon dioxide 
equivalent (tCO2e), for the year 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017. Our total net emissions 
have fallen this year, due to our reduction in energy use since last year, our increased 
generation of renewable energy and in part due to reducing fuel and process emissions. 
A decrease in the emissions intensity of grid electricity in the UK has also had a 
significant impact this year. Our GHG data is reported internally during the year to the 
Corporate Responsibility Committee and to the Board. We have subjected our GHG data 
and processes to external independent assurance by Jacobs.

Severn Trent Plc Direct Operational Greenhouse 
Gas Emissions (tonnes CO2e) 
Emissions from combustion of fuel and 
operation of facilities (Scope 1)

Emissions from electricity purchased 
for own use (Scope 2)

2016-17

2015-16

2014-15

2013-14

138,131

134,584

132,406

132,535

294,426

337,028

357,756

330,679

Total Annual Gross Operational Emissions

432,557

471,612

490,162

463,214

Emissions benefit of the renewable energy 
we export (including biomethane exported 
for which we hold green gas certificates)

42,069

45,085

38,878

21,672

Total Annual Net Operational Emissions

390,488

426,527

451,284

441,542

Annual GHG intensity ratio (t CO2/unit)
Operational GHG emissions of Severn Trent 
per £m turnover

2016-17

2015-16

2014-15

2013-14

214.0

234.7

255.2

248.6

This year we have revised our Scope 1 process emissions to correct a historic over-estimation of the 
amount of methane released to atmosphere from our digestion process. This has reduced our total 
emissions for each year. The restated values for previous years are shown in the table. Note that 2016/17 
values include an estimate for the emissions from Dee Valley Water in the first quarter. These are less than 
0.5% of our total emissions.

Our approach to reporting is based on the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard 
and we have included only emissions from the assets which we own and operate and which we can 
directly influence and reduce, known as the financial control boundary. In accordance with the reporting 
regulations, we have not reported on emissions we can influence, but which we are not responsible for, 
referred to as indirect emissions. We have used the ‘location based’ methodology rather than the newly 
introduced ‘market-based’ method in order to ensure consistency with previous years. For Severn Trent 
Water Limited, we have calculated our emissions using the ‘Carbon accounting in the UK Water Industry: 
methodology for estimating operational emissions, Version 11’ (released April 2017). This is a peer-
reviewed calculation tool developed and used by all the major water companies in the UK. It is updated each 
year to include the latest available emissions factors. For Severn Trent Services, we have used the latest 
Defra emissions factors which include the relevant conversion factors for overseas electricity.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201767

We are committed to reducing the 
amount of waste we produce 
As a company we produce large amounts 
of waste – 2.6 billion litres of waste water 
per day which is treated and returned 
to the environment, 147.4 tonnes of 
bio-solids which are recycled to land, 
material on sites, retired assets, and our 
staff produce office waste too. We are 
committed to reducing the amount of 
waste we produce and to minimising our 
impact on the environment. This year we 
have started a new contract with Biffa, 
and have an aspirational ‘zero waste to 
landfill’ target. A key part of reducing 
waste is understanding what we produce 
and where and therefore we have focused 
on collecting robust data at each site, and 

Driving energy efficiency
Energy is our primary driver of carbon 
emissions, and increasing energy 
prices and demand for water provide 
significant cost pressures for our 
business. To ensure we manage this, we 
have set up a new Energy Management 
Programme with the aim of improving 
energy efficiency and managing energy 
costs. This programme has successfully 
delivered estimated energy saving 
benefits of £1.5 million over the year 
through a combination of ‘spend to 
save’ investment, behaviour change 
and improved operational processes. 

have developed a live portal, making data 
management easier for site managers. 
The benefits have included the ability to 
monitor waste production and recycling at 
site level, enabling sites to identify low use 
containers that may not be needed on-site. 
Challenges have been cultural change to 
what we have always done. Going forward 
we are focusing on increasing recycling 
and moving to a more co-ordinated waste 
management approach on-site. 

have significantly reduced our number 
of category 3 pollutions against our 
regulatory target, but were disappointed to 
finish the year with one serious pollution 
ahead of our target. We complete an 
in-depth root cause for each pollution 
regardless of category and severity to 
ensure we build the learnings into the 
way we run the business, as we are 
committed to reducing our impact on 
the environment. 

We do everything we can to prevent 
polluting the environment
We continue to drive hard for improved 
environmental performance. Six of our 
environmental performance metrics 
have improved this year. This year we 

We delivered great performance during 
the high-cost triad season this winter, 
which has more than offset the 15% peak 
price increase we saw this year. We have 
also started to deliver ‘grid balancing 
services’ alongside National Grid for the 
first time. This means making very small 
tweaks in our energy intensive assets 
to help the grid manage frequency on 
the network and receive an income. 
Our first site began operating in March 
and we have more installations planned 
next year.

We operate in line with an 
Environmental Management System
Our environmental policy is supported by an 
Environmental Management System (‘EMS’) 
certified to an internationally recognised 
standard, ISO 14001, for our Waste Water 
Treatment processes. The EMS provides a 
framework to help us drive improvement and 
ensure mitigation measures are identified 
and implemented for our environmental 
risks and legal obligations. We expanded the 
scope of our EMS in 2016 to include combined 
overflows and sewage pumping stations to 
comply with the Environmental Permitting 
Regulations 2010. We’ve also implemented 
a Quality Management System for water 
quality, which will create an opportunity for an 
integrated management system in the future. 
There is continued focus on maintaining 
and embedding the EMS as a ‘business as 
usual’ process.

Our interaction with the environment is broad 
ranging, you can find more information on 
our environmental performance on pages 29 
and 30.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201768

Case study
Delivering our vision and purpose 
through our strategy and values

PASSIONATE
ABOUT WHAT WE DO

Strategic goals

Providing a great 
apprentice experience 
We want our apprentices to develop 
both professionally and personally. 
Training together creates a sense 
of belonging and opens them up to 
opportunities across the Company. 
We also match every apprentice with 
a specially trained mentor and line 
manager, to give them vital support 
at the start of their career. 

“ We’ve transformed our 
approach to attracting, 
training and developing 
our apprentices, to ensure 
we’ve got the talent we 
need for the future.”

Mark Smith, 
Leadership & Development  
Co-ordinator

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Corporate Responsibility report continued

We are investing in the wellbeing  
of our colleagues
We’re proud of our Occupational Health 
programme, which is dedicated to the 
physical, social and mental wellbeing of 
our colleagues and we’ll always make 
sure that our workplaces are safe, 
enjoyable places to be. We are committed 
to supporting the wellbeing of our 
employees and, in particular, to promoting 
good mental wellbeing. We want our 
employees to feel comfortable talking 
about mental health and we are 
passionate about helping to remove any 
stigma and discrimination. See page 32 
for more information. 

We believe a diverse and inclusive 
workforce is a key factor in being 
a successful business
Diversity and inclusion are business 
imperatives, and we aim to have a 
workforce that reflects the diversity of 
our local communities. Our priorities 
remain the same: encouraging more 
women into operational leadership roles, 
increasing women and BAME (Black, 
Asian and Minority Ethnic) representation 
in engineering positions and increasing 
BAME representation in technical 
operator positions. 

We are proud to be ranked joint first in 
the FTSE 100 companies in the Hampton-
Alexander Review, an independent review 
aimed at increasing the number of women 
in senior positions in the FTSE 350. 
For more information about our diversity 
statistics, please see page 82.

You can find out more details about 
our focus on skills, talent and career 
development on pages 32 and 33.

Value 5 
We are inspired to create an 
awesome company

Our brilliant people are vital to our 
success and we care about each and 
every one of them. We aim to create 
an awesome place to work, in part by 
looking after employee health, safety 
and wellbeing and encouraging diversity 
and inclusiveness.

No one is hurt or made unwell by 
what we do
Our vision is that no one gets hurt or 
made unwell by what we do, and that 
includes our supply chain partners, 
customers and the communities in which 
we work. We have a clearly defined 
strategy to achieve this, which includes 
focusing on: people knowing what is safe, 
ensuring compliance with our standards, 
understanding the risks, and creating a 
culture in which everyone cares about 
health, safety and wellbeing. During the 
year we focused on compliance with our 
standards and ensuring our colleagues 
have easy access to the right information 
and training to show them how to work in 
a safe way. We are now focusing on how 
we ensure that people are working in the 
right way. We have agreed an assurance 
framework that enables us to identify 
where we can improve our health and 
safety performance, and then quickly 
take steps to change our ways of working. 
The framework includes proactive 
steps to prevent incidents happening in 
the first place, and from reoccurring. 
For example, we regularly check our sites 
for safety issues and application of our 
standards, with a view to removing and 
fixing issues before they cause an incident. 
You can find out more information 
about our Health, Safety & Wellbeing  
strategy/performance on page 32.

69

‘Teaming Up’ to 
improve employability
We want to encourage young people 
from all backgrounds to consider a 
career in our industry. In July 2016, 
we therefore launched the Team 
Up Employer Pathway programme. 
The programme, delivered in 
partnership with social mobility charity 
Team Up, introduced 13 sixth form 
and university students from diverse 
and less affluent backgrounds to the 
world of work, teaching them practical 
application skills.

The programme also provided a route 
onto our New Talent schemes and 
we’re delighted that following the week 
they spent with us, two students have 
joined us for a placement or work 
experience and a further two secured 
places on our 2017 graduate intake.

We’ll be running the employability 
week again in 2017, building on 
this initial success. We intend to 
increase the number of locations, 
schools, universities and students, to 
support even more young people into 
the workplace.

The Strategic report, as set out from 
the inside front cover through to page 
69, has been approved by the Board.

By order of the Board

Bronagh Kennedy
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

22 May 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201770

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Governance report 
Chairman’s introduction to governance

Andrew Duff
Chairman

“ My role, together with your 
Board, is to make sure that 
Severn Trent operates to 
the highest standards of 
Corporate Governance.”

UK Corporate Governance Code 
Compliance Statement
The version of the Corporate Governance 
Code applicable to the current reporting 
period is the September 2014 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘Code’). The Code is 
available on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website (www.frc.org.uk). 

We are pleased to confirm that Severn Trent 
Plc was compliant with all of the provisions set 
out in the Code for the period under review.

A new edition of the Code was published in 
April 2016 which applies to reporting periods 
beginning on or after 17 June 2016. As our 
2016 reporting period began before this 
date, we are continuing to report against the 
2014 edition of the Code, although we have 
adopted some of the new provisions earlier 
than required.

Governance of subsidiaries
The membership of the Board of the listed 
Company, Severn Trent Plc, is the same 
as that of the Group’s regulated subsidiary 
Boards, being Severn Trent Water Limited 
and Dee Valley Water plc, (together referred 
to as the ‘Board’). This structure was 
implemented in 2007, and updated during 
the year to incorporate Dee Valley Water 
plc, to make sure that the highest standards 
of corporate governance are applied at the 
regulated subsidiary level and to foster 
greater visibility and supervision by the 
Severn Trent Plc Board. 

Severn Trent Water Limited also complies 
with the Code to ensure the highest standards 
of governance. We will be ensuring that 
Dee Valley Water plc operates to the same 
standards as Severn Trent Water Limited 
moving forward.

Dear Shareholder 
I am pleased to introduce our Governance 
report for 2017 on behalf of your Board in 
accordance with the Code. Following your 
feedback on our 2016 report, we have 
again structured our report to reflect the 
themes of the Code. As such, the pages 
that follow provide details on the activities 
and governance processes of the Board, 
and its Committees. 

During the year, the Board spent a 
significant proportion of its time on 
operational delivery, retail market 
opening, risk management and future 
strategy development. Further detail 
on the scope of the Board’s activities, 
discussions and resulting actions can be 
found on page 79 of this report.

My role, together with your Board, is to 
make sure that Severn Trent operates 
to the highest standards of corporate 
governance within a solid governance 
framework to effectively deliver the 
Group’s strategic objectives and to 
meet its obligations to the Company’s 
stakeholders, as required by our Charter 
of Expectations.

The Board sets the Group’s long term 
strategy and monitors, challenges and 
supports the work of the Executive 
Committee in delivering that strategy. 
During 2016, the Board held a dedicated 
strategy day along with the Executive 
Committee to consider areas of future 
value creation across the Group. 
Topics included asset strategy and 
potential future disruptors, regulatory 
strategy and growth strategies across 
our portfolio of businesses. You can find 
additional details on our strategy and 
our progress on pages 20 and 21 of the 
Strategic report.

The Board continues to focus on the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems during the year, with 
Board and Audit Committee discussion, 
and challenge centred on ensuring 
adequate mitigation of risks faced by 
the Group. In addition, there were two 
dedicated Board risk workshops in 
October 2016 and March 2017. You can 
read more about how we identify and 
manage risks on pages 47 and 48 of our 

Strategic report and further detail of 
how we carried out our risk assessment 
activities in the Audit Committee report 
on pages 85 to 90. 

Severn Trent’s strength lies in the quality 
of its people, wherever they work in the 
Group and whatever their role is. We have 
clearly defined values and standards 
of behaviour which we expect from 
everyone who works for Severn Trent. 
During the year, we have relaunched 
our code of conduct ‘Doing the Right 
Thing – the Severn Trent Way’ across the 
Group, through an all-employee training 
programme, to make sure that all of our 
people embody Severn Trent’s values: 
we put our customers first; we are 
passionate about what we do; we act with 
integrity; we protect our environment; 
and we are inspired to create an 
awesome company, to help us to achieve 
our vision of being the most trusted water 
company by 2020. 

We know that the right culture must be 
set from the top and we have conducted 
an annual review of the key metrics which 
indicate what kind of culture exists in 
Severn Trent. 

My focus continues to be on maintaining 
a strong, value adding team, with a broad 
range of professional backgrounds, skills 
and perspectives. Succession planning 
continues to be a key priority for the 
Board and Nominations Committee. 
Following the retirement of Martin Lamb 
and Gordon Fryett after the 2016 Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM’), Kevin Beeston 
and Dominique Reiniche were appointed 
to the Board on 1 June and 20 July 2016. 
Both Kevin and Dominique benefited from 
a bespoke, tailored induction programme. 
During the year, the induction process 
has been reviewed in light of their 
feedback, to keep it refreshed, effective 
and informative. Further details of their 
induction programmes can be found on 
page 80.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201771

Leadership & Effectiveness 

Charter of Expectations 
In November 2014, the Severn Trent Charter 
of Expectations was adopted to promote 
and implement best practice corporate 
governance. The Charter sets out clearly 
defined roles of the Chairman, Chief 
Executive, Chief Financial Officer, Senior 
Independent Director and Non-Executive 
Directors, the operation of the Board and 
Board Committees, and also reflects the 
Board’s responsibility for setting the tone for 
the Group’s culture, values and behaviour.

In accordance with the Code, there is a clear 
division of responsibilities between the roles 
of Chairman and CEO set out in writing in the 
Charter of Expectations. 

The Charter of Expectations is reviewed 
annually, with the last review undertaken 
in March 2017. It’s also used to assist 
in the ongoing annual assessment 
of the effectiveness of the Board and 
its Committees and that of individual 
Directors (details of which can be found on 
page 83), and is available on our website 
(www.severntrent.com).

Board focus during 2016/17
•  Operational delivery
•  Retail market opening
•  Risk management
•  Future strategy development

The Board and Nominations Committee 
continue to drive the agenda of diversity 
across the Group and we are proud 
of the progress made, particularly in 
regards to female representation on 
the Board and Executive Committee 
(now at 44% and 60%). There is also 
a continual focus on promoting wider 
diversity. We believe that our Company 
should reflect our communities and 
customers, and embrace a diverse range 
of perspectives, experiences and expertise 
to support our long term viability and 
commercial success. 

We are committed to developing our 
talent pipeline, to make sure we have 
appropriate representation from minority 
ethnic candidates, as well as other 
relevant diverse groups. You can find 
additional details on our progress and 
ambitions on page 82 of the Nominations 
Committee report and details of diversity 
across the Severn Trent Group on page 33. 

This Annual Report remains the principal 
means of reporting to our shareholders 
on the Board’s governance policies 
and sets out how our approach to good 
corporate governance has been applied 
in practice. We welcome any feedback on 
this report and I would like to encourage 
our shareholders to attend our AGM. 
We look forward to the opportunity to 
meet with you and I hope you will take 
the opportunity to do so this year. 

Andrew Duff
Chairman

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20171.

2.

3.

4.

5.

72

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Board of Directors

STRONG 
LEADERSHIP

1. John Coghlan BCom, ACA (59) A, D, F
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board on 23 May 2014 
Chairman of the Audit and Treasury Committees
John is a chartered accountant and has a valuable 
background in financial and general management 
across a variety of sectors. Currently, John is also a 
Non-Executive Director of Associated British Ports 
Companies. Previously, John was a Director of 
Exel Plc for 11 years to 2006, where he was Deputy 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. 
Since 2006, John has been a Non-Executive 
Director of various publicly-quoted and private 
equity-owned companies. 

External appointments 
 – Non-Executive Director of Associated British 

Ports Companies

 – Chairman of Freight Transport Association 

Ireland Limited

2. James Bowling BA (Hons) Econ, 
ACA (48) C, F
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed to the Board on 1 April 2015
James is a chartered accountant, having started 
his career with Touche Ross and brings significant 
financial management, M&A and business 
transformation expertise to the Board. Prior to 
joining Severn Trent, James was interim Chief 
Financial Officer of Shire plc, where he had been 
since 2005, first as Head of Group Reporting 
and from 2008 as Group Financial Controller. 
Prior to joining Shire, James spent nine years 
at Ford Motor Company in various finance roles 
of increasing responsibility. 

3. Dr. Angela Strank BSc PhD, 
CEng, FIChemE (64) B, D, E
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board on 24 January 2014 
Chairman of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee
Angela brings a wealth of strategic, technical and 
commercial experience to the Board. Angela is 
Head of Downstream Technology and Group 
Chief Scientist at BP plc. She is a member of 
the Downstream Executive Leadership Team. 
Angela is responsible for enabling delivery of 
the Downstream strategic agenda through 
the development of differentiated technology 
advantage across the refining, fuels, lubricants 
and petrochemicals businesses. Since joining 
BP in 1982, she has held many senior leadership 
roles around the world in business development, 
commercial and technology, including in 2012 
Vice President and Head of the Chief Executive’s 
Office. In 2010, Angela was the winner of the UK 
First Woman’s Award in Science and Technology 
in recognition of pioneering UK women in 
business and industry. Her track record and 
experience in strategy, operations, technology and 
transformational change are a complementary 
addition to the Board’s skill set.

External appointments
 – Board Governor of The University of Manchester

4. Olivia Garfield BA (Hons) (41) B, C
Chief Executive 
Appointed to the Board on 11 April 2014
Olivia (Liv) brings to the Board a wealth of 
experience managing customer service delivery 
and complex infrastructure and organisations 
in a regulated environment. Before joining 
Severn Trent, Liv was Chief Executive Officer 
of Openreach, part of the BT Group, where she 
spearheaded and oversaw the commercial roll-out 
of fibre broadband to two-thirds of the country. 
She joined BT in 2002 and held the pivotal roles 
of Group Director of Strategy and Regulation, 
Managing Director Commercial and Brands, 
Global Services and UK Customer Services 
Director. From 1998 to 2002, Liv worked for 
Accenture as a consultant in the Communications 
and High Tech Market Unit, designing and 
implementing business change solutions across 
a number of industry sectors.

External appointments
 – Director of Water Plus Limited – joint venture 

with United Utilities 

5. Andrew Duff BSc FEI (58) B, D, E
Non-Executive Chairman
Appointed to the Board on 10 May 2010 and 
Chairman on 20 July 2010  
Chairman of the Nominations Committee
Andrew’s extensive experience of international 
and regulated business, strategic management 
and customer service in high profile, dynamic 
environments, has equipped him well for the role of 
Chairman of the Group. Andrew spent 16 years at 
BP in marketing, strategy and oil trading. He joined 
National Power in 1998 and the Board of Innogy 
plc upon its demerger from National Power in 
2000. He played a leading role in its restructuring 
and transformation through the opening of 
competition in energy markets culminating in its 
subsequent sale to RWE in 2003. He became CEO 
of the successor company and a member of the 
RWE Group Executive Committee. He was a Non-
Executive Director of Wolseley Plc from July 2004 
until November 2013. Andrew was appointed Non-
Executive Deputy Chairman of Elementis plc on 
1 April 2014 and became Non-Executive Chairman 
of Elementis plc on 24 April 2014. 

External appointments
 – Non-Executive Chairman and Chairman of the 

Nomination Committee of Elementis plc 
 – Member of the CBI President’s Committee 
 – Trustee of Macmillan Cancer Support and 

Earth Trust

 – Fellow of the Energy Institute

6. The Hon. Philip Remnant CBE 
FCA MA (62) A, D, E, F
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board on 31 March 2014  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Philip is a senior investment banker and brings 
substantial advisory and regulatory experience 
to the Board. A chartered accountant, he is 
Senior Independent Director of Prudential 
Plc and Chairman of M&G Group Limited, 
Deputy Chairman of the Takeover Panel, Senior 
Independent Director of UK Financial Investments 
Limited and Chairman of City of London 
Investment Trust plc. Previously, Philip was Vice 
Chairman of Credit Suisse First Boston Europe and 
Head of the UK Investment Banking Department. 
Philip was Director General of the Takeover Panel 
for two years between 2001 and 2003, and again 
in 2010. He served on the Board of Northern Rock 
plc from 2008 to 2010 and from 2007 to 2012 was 
Chairman of the Shareholder Executive. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20176.

7.

8.

9.

73

External appointments
 – Senior Independent Director and member 

of the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees of Prudential Plc
 – Chairman of M&G Group Limited
 – Deputy Chairman of the Takeover Panel
 – Non-Executive Director of UK Financial 

Investments Limited

 – Non-Executive Chairman of City of London 

Investment Trust plc

 – Governor of Goodenough College
 – Director and Trustee of St Paul’s 

Cathedral Foundation 

7. Emma FitzGerald MA, DPhil 
Oxon, MBA (50) C
Managing Director, Wholesale Operations
Appointed to the Board on 1 April 2016
Emma joined Severn Trent in July 2015 as 
Managing Director, Wholesale Operations. 
Emma was previously CEO of Gas Distribution at 
National Grid. Prior to joining National Grid, she 
pursued a 20 year career with Royal Dutch Shell 
where she held a variety of technical, strategic 
and general management positions based in Asia 
and Europe, including Vice President Global Retail 
Network and Managing Director of Shell China/
Hong Kong Lubricants based in Beijing. Emma’s 
experience and expertise brings a huge amount of 
value in ensuring the delivery of the commitments 
we have made in our business plan. 

External appointments
 – BUPA – Association Member
 – Non-Executive Director of DCC plc

Committee membership key
A  Audit Committee 
B  Corporate Responsibility Committee
C  Executive Committee 
D  Nominations Committee 
E  Remuneration Committee
Treasury Committee
F 

8. Dominique Reiniche MBA (61) B, D
Independent Non-Executive Director
Appointed to the Board on 20 July 2016
Dominique has a wealth of operational 
experience in Europe and has international 
consumer marketing and innovation experience. 
Dominique is Independent Vice Chairman of 
CHR Hansen Holdings A/S and also a Non-
Executive Director of Mondi Plc and PayPal 
(Europe). Dominique started her career with 
Procter & Gamble AG before moving to Kraft 
Jacobs Suchard AG as Director of Marketing 
and Strategy where she was also a member of 
the Executive Committee. Dominique previously 
held a number of senior roles at Coca-Cola 
Enterprises and at Coca-Cola Company, including 
President – Western Europe, President – Europe 
and Chairman – Europe. Until December 2015, 
Dominique was a Non-Executive Director of 
Peugeot-Citroen SA. Until April 2017, Dominique 
was a Non-Executive Director of AXA SA. 

External appointments
 – Non-Executive Director of Mondi Plc
 – Non-Executive Director of PayPal (Europe)
 – Independent Vice Chairman of CHR Hansen 

Holdings A/S

9. Kevin Beeston FCMA (54) A, D, E, F
Senior Independent Director
Appointed to the Board from 1 June 2016
Kevin has a wealth of commercial, financial and 
high level management experience. Kevin is 
Chairman of Taylor Wimpey plc and Equiniti plc 
and also a Non–Executive Director of The Football 
Association Premier League Limited and Marston 
Corporate Limited. Previously Kevin spent 25 years 
at Serco plc, where he held the roles of Finance 
Director, Chief Executive and finally Chairman until 
2010. Kevin was previously Chairman of Domestic 
& General Limited and Partnerships in Care 
Limited and a Non-Executive Director of IMI plc. 

External appointments
 – Chairman of Taylor Wimpey plc 
 – Chairman of Equiniti plc
 – Non-Executive Director of The Football 
Association Premier League Limited 

 – Non-Executive Director of Marston 

Corporate Limited

Board diversity
The below graphics provide an 
illustration of our Board’s diversity, 
including gender split (with 
comparisons against differing levels 
of the Group), sector experience and 
Board tenure. Further information on 
our Board Diversity Policy can be found 
in the Nominations Committee report 
on page 82.

Gender diversity as at 31 March 2017

Board

Executive Committee 

4

4

6

5

Group

2,192

5,247

Male

Female

Tenure of Non-Executive Directors

Tenure (years)*

4

3

2

1

0

0 – 1 year

1 – 3 years

3 – 6 years

6+ years

* Figures as at the date of this report.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201774

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Executive Committee

1.

6.

2.

7.

3.

8.

4.

9.

5.

10.

1. Olivia Garfield BA (Hons) (41) B, C
Chief Executive 
Please see full biography on page 72.

2. James Bowling BA (Hons) Econ, 
ACA (48) C, F, G
Chief Financial Officer
Please see full biography on page 72. 

3. Emma FitzGerald MA, DPhil 
Oxon, MBA (50) C
Managing Director, Wholesale Operations
Please see full biography on page 73.

4. Dr. Tony Ballance BSc (Hons), MA 
(Econ), PhD (52) C, G
Director, Strategy and Regulation
Tony’s extensive experience in utility policy 
and regulation leaves him ideally placed to 
lead the Company’s strategic and regulatory 
work. Prior to joining Severn Trent he held the 
posts of Chief Economist for Ofwat, Director of 
London Economics and Director of Stone and 
Webster Consultants. 

External appointments 
 – Trustee, the National Forest Company
 – Member of Water UK Council

5. Sarah Bentley BSc (Hons), 
Management Science with 
Computing (45) C
Chief Customer Officer
Sarah joined Severn Trent in December 2014 as the 
Chief Customer Officer, responsible for household 
customers, Group IS and Group Transformation. 
She previously worked for Accenture as Managing 
Director of their £3 billion global digital business 
focused on digital marketing, mobility and analytics 
for customers, employees and the enterprise. 

Committee membership key
A  Audit Committee 
B  Corporate Responsibility Committee
C  Executive Committee 
D  Nominations Committee 
E  Remuneration Committee
Treasury Committee
F 
G  Disclosure Committee

Prior to Accenture, Sarah was CEO of Datapoint, 
an Alchemy backed company delivering CRM 
services, and Senior Vice President of eLoyalty, a 
global CRM and marketing consultancy. She was 
SVP of the European Business, led the sales and 
operations activity in North America and ran 
eLoyalty Ventures L.L.C. working in Silicon Valley, 
Austin and New York. 

External appointments
 – Twizzletwig Limited – Director
 – Twizzletwig Limited – Secretary

6. Evelyn Dickey BSc (Hons) (54) C
Director of Human Resources 
Evelyn joined Severn Trent in November 
2006. Evelyn has extensive HR experience 
leading design and delivery of major change 
programmes, business restructuring, employee 
relations, resourcing, executive remuneration, 
organisational capability and performance 
management initiatives. Before joining 
Severn Trent, Evelyn worked in HR consultancy 
and as HR Director (HR Operations) for Boots 
the Chemist.

External appointments
 – Non-Executive Director, Nuclear 

Decommissioning Authority

7. Martin Kane BSc, CEng, CEnv, 
MICE, MIWEM, FIW (64) C
Chief Engineer
Martin joined Severn Trent Water in 1975 and was 
appointed Chief Engineer in July 2014. He has held 
various senior roles giving him an extensive and 
unique understanding of the design, construction 
and operation of water and waste water treatment 
plants, water distribution networks and sewerage 
systems. Martin was Director of Customer 
Relations, Severn Trent Plc, from May 2006 until 
January 2012, and Chief Executive Officer of 
Severn Trent Services until July 2014.

External appointments
 – Member of the Boards of Utilities and Service 

Industries Training Limited 

 – Trustee of International Society for 

Trenchless Technology

 – Chairman of Coventry and Warwickshire 

Growth Hub – a subsidiary Board of the Local 
Enterprise Partnership

8. Bronagh Kennedy BA (Hons) 
(53) C, G
Group General Counsel and Company Secretary
Bronagh joined Severn Trent in June 2011. 
Bronagh is a solicitor and was previously Group 
Company Secretary and General Counsel and 
HR Director at Mitchells & Butlers, where she 
worked for 15 years. Prior to that, she was a 
Senior Associate at Allen & Overy. She is a 
member of the GC100 Group.

External appointments
 – Independent Non-Executive Director and 

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
of British Canoeing

9. Helen Miles CIMA (46) C
Chief Commercial Officer 
Helen joined Severn Trent in November 2014 as 
the Chief Commercial Officer and brings with her 
a wealth of commercial experience having worked 
within regulated businesses and sectors across 
Telecoms, Leisure and Banking. As a member 
of the UK Board, Helen was instrumental in 
delivering HomeServe’s future growth strategy 
and ensuring a sustainable, customer focused 
business. As an experienced finance professional, 
Helen was previously Chief Financial Officer 
for Openreach, part of BT Group plc, and has 
extensive experience of delivering major business 
transformation across the Group. Prior to BT 
Group, Helen worked in a variety of sectors and 
organisations such as Bass Taverns, Barclays 
Bank, Compass Group and HSBC.

10. Andy Smith BTech (Hons) (56) C
Managing Director, Business Services 
Andy was appointed to the role of MD, Business 
Services on its creation in 2014 having previously 
been responsible for the drinking water business 
within Severn Trent Water. Andy brings to the role a 
wide range of executive and operational expertise 
gained from diverse sectors. He has worked in the 
UK and overseas with global businesses such as 
BP, Mars and Pepsi in both engineering, HR and 
operational management roles. Previously he has 
served as a member of the Board at Severn Trent 
Plc and at Boots Group Plc. 

External appointments
 – Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee of Diploma PLC

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Leadership & Effectiveness 
Governance report

75

Group Authorisation Arrangements
The Group Authorisation Arrangements 
(‘GAA’) are the framework through which the 
Severn Trent Plc Board authorises the right 
people, at the right level, to take important 
decisions to effectively control and manage 
legal, financial and administrative decisions 
throughout the Group. These arrangements 
are reviewed annually, with the last review 
undertaken in March 2017.

The flow of authority is from the Severn Trent 
Plc Board to the Chief Executive and the 
Severn Trent Executive Committee. In respect 
of certain decisions, the delegated authority is 
subject to an obligation to work with specialist 
business service areas (such as Tax, Treasury, 
Group Finance, Group Commercial and 
General Counsel), which provides additional 
expertise and a Group-wide perspective.

Governance framework
The Board is responsible to all 
stakeholders, including the Company’s 
shareholders, for the approval and 
delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives. 
It makes sure that the necessary financial, 
technical and human resources are 
in place for the Company to meet its 
objectives. The Board leads the Group 
within a framework of practical and 
effective controls which enable risk to be 
assessed and managed.

Responsibility for the development and 
implementation of the Group’s strategy 
and overall commercial objectives is 
delegated to the Chief Executive who is 
supported by the Severn Trent Executive 
Committee (‘STEC’). 

The Group’s principal decision-making 
body is the Board. In line with the Code, 
the Board delegates certain roles and 
responsibilities to its various Committees. 
The Committees assist the Board by 
fulfilling their roles and responsibilities, 
focusing on their respective activities, 
reporting to the Board on decisions and 
actions taken, and making any necessary 
recommendations in line with their Terms 
of Reference. The Terms of Reference 
of each Committee comply with the 
provisions of the Code and have been 
updated to take account of best practice, 
and reflect the requirements of the 
revised UK Corporate Governance Code 
April 2016, as part of their annual review in 
March 2017.

The sub-committee structure is detailed 
in the governance framework overleaf and 
key responsibilities are set out on page 76.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201776

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Governance report continued

Governance framework

CHAIRMAN – Andrew Duff

BOARD

5

4

Leads our unified Board, ensuring that the 
principles and processes of the Board are 
maintained in line with our Code of Conduct 
and Charter of Expectations.

The Board’s role is to: understand and meet its obligations to the Company’s stakeholders; 
lead the Group within a framework of practical and effective controls which enable risk to be 
assessed and managed; approve the Group’s strategic objectives and ensure that sufficient 
resources are available to enable it to meet those objectives; and monitor and review the 
operating and financial performance of the Group. It has responsibility and accountability 
for the long term success of the Group.

BOARD COMMITTEES

AUDIT COMMITTEE  
Chair – John Coghlan

3

The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities for 
the integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the assessment of the 
effectiveness of the systems of Internal Controls, Risk Management and the 
internal and external Auditors. It also reviews the adequacy of the Company’s 
whistleblowing arrangements. 
More information can be found on page 85.

TREASURY COMMITTEE*  
Chair – John Coghlan

4

The Treasury Committee provides oversight of treasury activities in 
implementing the policies, funding and treasury risk management plan 
approved by the Board. These include inter alia: the measurement and 
management of risks in respect of interest rates; funding; counterparty 
credit; liquidity and treasury operations; funding proposals; relationship 
with rating agencies; debt investor relations; bank relationship 
management; and treasury internal controls.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE  
Chair – Philip Remnant

3

1

On behalf of the Board, the Remuneration Committee determines the 
Company’s policy on the remuneration of Executive Directors, other 
members of the Executive Committee and the Chairman of the Board.
More information can be found on page 96.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY COMMITTEE  
Chair – Dr. Angela Strank

1

3

The Corporate Responsibility Committee provides guidance and direction to 
the Company’s Corporate Responsibility and sustainability programme based 
on our values. It also reviews the Group’s non-financial risks and opportunities. 
More information can be found on page 91.

NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE  
Chair – Andrew Duff

4

2

The Nominations Committee assists the Board by keeping the structure, size, 
composition and succession needs of the Board under review. It also assists 
the Board on issues of Directors’ conflicts of interest and independence.
More information can be found on page 81.

CEO – Liv Garfield

Delegated responsibility for the development 
and implementation of the Group’s strategy and 
overall commercial objectives.
Responsible for the day-to-day management of the 
business and the communication of Board agreed 
objectives to employees.

SEVERN TRENT EXECUTIVE  
COMMITTEE (‘STEC’) 

4

6

STEC operates under the direction and authority of 
the CEO overseeing the development and execution of 
strategy. It also has accountability for achieving financial 
and operational performance.

EXECUTIVE SUB-COMMITTEE

DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE  
Chair – James Bowling

2

2

The Disclosure Committee oversees the Company’s 
compliance with its disclosure obligations and 
considers the materiality, accuracy, reliability and 
timeliness of information disclosed.

More information on Board and Committee membership can be found 
on pages 72 and 73. 

Each Board Committee has written Terms of Reference reviewed annually 
and approved by the Board, which are available on the Company’s website.

*  Membership of the Treasury Committee includes Head of Group Treasury, 

a non-Board position.

Male

Female

Indicates membership of each Committee, 
including gender.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Leadership & Effectiveness 

77

Key Board responsibilities

Chairman – Andrew Duff

•  Leads our unified Board and is responsible for its effectiveness. 
•  Responsible for setting agendas for Board meetings and for the timely dissemination of information 

to the Board, in consultation with CEO, CFO and the Company Secretary.
•  Responsible for scrutinising the performance of the Executive Committee.
•  Facilitates contribution from our Directors.
•  Ensures effective communication with our shareholders and other stakeholders.

Chief Executive (‘CEO’) – 
Liv Garfield

•  Develops and implements the Group’s strategy, as approved by the Board. 
•  Responsible for the overall commercial objectives of the Group. 
•  Promotes and conducts the affairs of the Group with the highest standards of integrity, probity 

and corporate governance, and sets the cultural tone of the organisation.

Chief Financial Officer (‘CFO’) 
– James Bowling

•  Manages the Group’s financial affairs.
•  Supports the CEO in the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives.

Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director 
(‘SID’) – Kevin Beeston

In addition to his responsibilities as a NED, Kevin Beeston:

•  supports the Chairman in delivery of his objectives;
•  is available to all shareholders should they have a concern, in the event the normal channels of 

Chairman, CEO and CFO have failed to resolve it;

•  leads the appraisal of the Chairman’s performance with the Non-Executive Directors; and
•  together with the Board Committees, Chairman, and NEDs, has a key role in succession planning 

for the Board.

Independent Non-Executive 
Directors (‘NEDs’) – 
John Coghlan, 
Dominique Reiniche, 
Dr. Angela Strank, 
Philip Remnant

•  Constructively challenge our Executive Directors in all areas.
•  Monitor the delivery of strategy by the Executive Committee within the risk and control framework 

set by the Board.

•  Satisfy themselves that internal controls are robust and that the External Audit is undertaken 

properly.

•  Responsible for agreeing appropriate levels of remuneration for Executive Directors.
•  Together with the Board Committees, Chairman, and SID, have a key role in succession planning 

for the Board.

Executive Director – 
Emma FitzGerald

•  Responsible for the Group’s wholesale business.
•  Supports the CEO in the implementation and achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives.

Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary 
– Bronagh Kennedy

•  Acts as Secretary to our Board and its Committees, ensuring sound information flows to the Board 

and between senior management and the Non-Executive Directors.

•  Responsible for advising the Board on all corporate governance matters.
•  Facilitates a comprehensive induction for newly appointed Directors, tailored to individual 

requirements.

•  Responsible for compliance with Board procedures.
•  Co-ordinates the performance evaluation of Board members and the annual effectiveness review of 

the Board and its Committees.

•  Provides advice and services to the Board.

Additional information on the role of the Board, its Committees and further information in relation to each of the roles outlined above, can be found on the corporate governance section of our website. 

Biographical details of each member of the Board can be found on pages 72 and 73. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201778

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Governance report continued

Matters Reserved to the Plc Board
The schedule of Matters Reserved to the 
Board sets out the processes in place 
regarding the Board’s tasks and activities 
and the matters specifically reserved for the 
Board’s decision-making. A copy is available 
on our website (www.severntrent.com).

The Board has reserved the following 
matters, amongst other things, for its 
own consideration:

•  the Group’s strategic and operating plans;
•  financial reporting and controls;
•  major acquisition and disposals;
•  key Group policies; and 
•  GAA.

Board meetings and attendance
The composition and attendance of 
members at Board meetings, as at year 
end, was as follows:

Director
Andrew Duff

James Bowling

John Coghlan

Dominique Reiniche 
(Appointed 20 July 16)

Liv Garfield

Kevin Beeston 
(Appointed 1 June 16)

Emma FitzGerald

Philip Remnant

Dr. Angela Strank

Martin Lamb 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Gordon Fryett 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Meetings 
attended
7

Max  
possible
7

7

7

4

7

5

7

7

7

3

3

7

7

4

7

5

7

7

7

3

3

The Board held seven scheduled meetings 
during the year, and individual attendance 
is set out above. For additional information 
on the activities of the Board, see page 79.

As part of this year’s Board effectiveness 
review, full consideration was given to the 
number of external positions held by each 
Non-Executive Director. As a result of 
this review, the Board did not identify any 
instances of overboarding, and confirmed 
that all individual Directors have sufficient 
time to commit to their role as a Director 
of Severn Trent Plc.

In addition to the seven standing Board 
meetings, there were 12 additional ad hoc 
meetings of the Board or Committee of 
the Board convened throughout the year 
to consider such matters as the operation 
of the non-household retail market, our 
joint venture with United Utilities, the 
acquisition of Dee Valley Plc, Severn Trent 
Plc’s preliminary and interim results, 
quarterly management statements and 
regulatory disclosures.

Board strategy day 
In addition to formal meetings at which 
strategic items are regularly received, in 
October 2016 the Board held a dedicated 
strategy meeting along with the Executive 
Committee to consider areas of future 
value creation across the Group and 
spent time considering asset strategy and 
potential future disruptors, regulatory 
strategy and growth strategies across our 
portfolio of businesses. 

Independence of NEDs
The independence of our Non-Executive 
Directors is formally reviewed annually 
by the Nominations Committee, and as 
part of the Board evaluation exercise. 
Further details can be found on 
page 83. The Nominations Committee 
and Board consider that there are no 
business or other circumstances that 
are likely to affect the independence of 
any Non-Executive Director and that all 
Non-Executive Directors continue to 
demonstrate independence.

The Board recognises the Code’s 
recommendation that Directors serve a 
fixed term of appointment and considers 
plans for orderly succession to the Board 
to maintain an appropriate balance of 
skills and experience within the Company. 
As such, the Company maintains a clear 
framework of Non-Executive Director 
tenure and the skill sets that each Director 
provides. Individual Director biographies 
can be found on pages 72 and 73. 
In accordance with the Code, all the 
Directors will retire at this year’s AGM and 
submit themselves for reappointment by 
shareholders. Each of the Non-Executive 
Directors seeking reappointment are 
considered to be independent in character 
and judgement.

Conflicts
The Board formally considers conflicts of 
interest at every meeting, and reviews the 
authorisation of any potential conflicts of 
interest every six months. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Leadership & Effectiveness 

79

Board activities 
The table below sets out the main matters considered by the Board in 2016/17 at its scheduled Board meetings.  
The Board’s agenda is ordinarily structured as follows:

• performance review (including health 
and safety, operational, customer and 
financial matters);

• strategic items;
• matters for approval;
• matters to note;

• governance and regulatory matters; and
• committee reports.

This structure ensures that Matters Reserved for the Board are addressed appropriately and that the Board’s time is spent effectively.

Topic 
Customers

Shareholders

Strategy

Activities/Discussion
•  Discussion and review of performance and engagement reports at every meeting.
•  Discussion and review of digital technology.
•  SIM performance discussions.
•  Discussion and review customer strategy updates.

•  Review and discussion of feedback following stakeholder meetings with CEO and CFO, investor roadshows,  

conferences and Capital Markets Day.

•  Approach in respect of contract and materials management.
•  Review and discussion of capital programme management.
•  Review and discussion of the Group’s security and resilience strategy, including physical, cyber and people.
•  Review and discussion of shareholder feedback.

Environment, 
Health & Safety

•  Discussion and review of health and safety performance at every meeting.
•  Discussion and review of environmental matters.
•  Discussion and review of renewables updates.

Governance 
& Risk 

•  Review of Severn Trent’s governance framework. 
•  Review of the GAA.
•  Board Committee reports.
•  Board and Committee effectiveness review – including the Board, its Committees and individual Directors.
•  Annual review of Terms of Reference for all Board Committees.
•  Reappointment of the External Auditor.
•  Review of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and risk management processes.
•  Bi-annual Enterprise Risk Management and Assurance Map review.
•  Regular governance report provided by the Company Secretary, including annual review of compliance with the Code.
•  Bi-annual review of the Group’s disclosure requirements.
•  Gifts and Hospitality register, conflicts of interest and interest of Directors.
•  Material Litigation.
•  Cyber Security reports from the Audit Committee.

Financial

Regulation

•  Review of annual performance, including approval of full year, half-year results and trading updates.
•  Distributions to shareholders.
•  Annual Report and Accounts.
•  Regular Treasury funding discussions.
•  Group Budget 2016/17, medium term financial plan and regulated business ODIs.
•  Disposal of Operating Services Italy.
•  Review of the Group’s financial performance against budget and forecast.

•  Regulatory reporting and annual submissions to Ofwat. 
•  Non-household retail market opening discussions at every meeting.
•  Regulatory business discussions at every meeting.
•  Engagement with regulators, including Consumer Council for Water and Drinking Water Inspectorate.
•  Discussion and review of water quality and environmental performance updates.
•  Acquisition of Dee Valley plc.

Employees & 
Leadership

•  Discussion and review of employee engagement across the Group from the results of the employee engagement (‘QUEST’) survey.
•  Regular discussion and review of talent development and succession planning across the Group.
•  Regular pension fund discussions.
•  Review the composition and succession of the Board and its Committees.

Ethics

•  Discussion and review of the Group’s ethics culture.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201780

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Governance report continued

by external bodies and our advisers. 
CPD requirements were considered, 
through individual performance review 
meetings between the Chairman and 
each Director, as part of the Board 
effectiveness review in 2016/17.

In addition, Kevin and Dominique took part 
in an extensive tour of our key operational 
and office sites in order to understand 
our water treatment and distribution 
processes, and the customer journey, 
in a live environment, as follows:

Succession

Director inductions – Kevin Beeston and 
Dominique Reiniche induction 
The induction programmes for Kevin 
and Dominique were comprehensive and 
tailored to their individual understanding 
of the Group and Board Committee 
membership. They were facilitated by 
the Company Secretary and covered the 
below topics, with supporting meetings 
with members of Executive management 
and external advisers as appropriate.

• Water process – from rain to tap.
• Waste water process – from drain 

to river.

• Customer journey – from moving into a 

new home, to moving out.

We will continue to enhance the Board’s 
induction process following feedback from 
Kevin and Dominique.

Induction programme content
Ofwat pre-appointment process.

Company structure including regulatory 
overview and performance.

Company strategy.

Key stakeholder relations including employees, 
customers, suppliers and service providers.

Key operations and processes including 
operational areas and key sites.

Financial performance including analyst 
and investor opinion.

Our people – including health, safety and 
wellbeing, talent and succession, trade unions 
and an overview of our remuneration policy.

Group risk profile and our approach to risk.

Board procedures including our governance 
framework, GAA, Doing the Right Thing and 
Group policies.

Board calendar, effectiveness reviews and 
action plans.

Additional sessions were held with Kevin 
and Dominique to reflect their individual 
Board Committee membership as follows:

• Kevin – Insight into key Internal Audits 

and areas of focus.

• Dominique – Corporate Responsibility 

framework and strategy.

Board Training Sessions 2016/17

Date
April 2016

Topic
Operational 
Effectiveness 
Programme 
Presentation

Board 
attendance 
100%

May 2016

Communities of 
Practice

October  
2016

Risk Management 
Session

100%

100%

November 
2016

Data Centre Session

100%

January  
2017

Security – Physical, 
Cyber and People

100%

March 2017 Risk Identification 

100%

and Horizon 
Scanning – Board 
Workshop

Training and continuing 
professional development
As well as Board agenda items, training 
sessions in relation to specific topics of 
interest that were presented to Directors 
during the year are set out below.

The aim of the training sessions is to 
continually refresh and expand the 
Board’s knowledge and skills to enable 
them to effectively fulfil their roles on the 
Board and its Committees and contribute 
to discussions on technical and regulatory 
matters. The sessions also serve as 
an opportunity for the Board to discuss 
strategy and risks with management 
below Executive Committee level and gain 
further insight into our businesses and 
management capability.

Directors’ resources
An online resource library and Continuing 
Professional Development (‘CPD’) 
repository is available for use by the 
Directors, which is constantly reviewed 
and updated. The library includes a 
Corporate Governance Manual, a Results 
Centre and Investor Relations section, 
Strategy Day materials and details of 
Board training sessions. It also contains 
a further reading section which covers 
updates and guidance on changes to 
legislation and corporate governance best 
practice. The Directors also have access 
to professional development provided 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201781

Nominations Committee 
responsibilities 
The responsibilities of the Nominations 
Committee include:

•  review of the structure, size and 
composition (including the skills, 
knowledge, experience, time available 
and diversity) of the Board;

•  review the leadership needs of the 
Company, both Executive and Non-
Executive, at regular intervals;

•  review of the adequacy of Board and 
Executive succession planning in the 
long and short term;

•  ensure an effectiveness review is 

conducted annually of the Board, its 
Committees and Directors; 

•  recommend to the Board the appointment 

or reappointment by shareholders of 
Directors at the AGM, in accordance with 
the Code; and 

•  annual review of the Company policy on 

Board level diversity.

The Nominations Committee terms of 
reference, which were updated in March 2017, 
can be found at www.severntrent.com.

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Nominations Committee report

Andrew Duff
Chairman of the 
Nominations 
Committee

“ A significant part of the 
Committee’s work this year 
has been in developing our 
talent pipeline with a focus 
on the need for diversity 
within our talent pipeline.”

Attendance table

Member of the 
Nominations 
Committee
Andrew Duff 
(Chairman)

John Coghlan

Dominique Reiniche 
(Appointed 20 July 16)

Kevin Beeston 
(Appointed 1 June 16)

Philip Remnant

Dr. Angela Strank

Martin Lamb 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Gordon Fryett 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Meetings 
attended
2

Max 
possible
2

2

1

1

2

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

1

The members of the Committee in 2016/17 
were the Non-Executive Directors of the 
Board. Only members of the Committee have 
the right to attend Committee meetings. 
Other individuals such as the Chief Executive, 
members of senior management, Director 
of Human Resources and external advisers 
may be invited to attend meetings as and 
when appropriate.

Introduction 
As Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee, I am pleased to introduce the 
report of the Nominations Committee 
which details the role of the Committee. 
The pages that follow provide additional 
details on the role of the Committee 
and the work it has undertaken during 
the year. 

Elsewhere in this Annual Report I provided 
details on the Board changes during the 
year. The Committee has continued to 
play a key role in supporting the Board in 
discharging its succession planning and 
diversity responsibilities, culminating with 
the appointment of Kevin Beeston and 
Dominique Reiniche as Non-Executive 
Directors with effect from 1 June and 
20 July 2016 respectively. Following the 
2016 AGM, Martin Lamb and Gordon 
Fryett retired from the Board, at which 
point Kevin Beeston succeeded Martin 
as Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director and Dr. Angela Strank succeeded 
Gordon as Chair of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee.

As well as these specific appointments, 
much focus continues to be given to the 
Group’s succession and contingency 
planning and diversity needs, with 
discussion centred on the importance 
of developing, and maintaining, a 
diverse range of perspectives, skills, 
experiences and expertise, essential 
to ensuring our long term viability and 
commercial success.

Other significant parts of the Committee’s 
work this year have been the evaluation of 
the Board, its Committees and Directors 
and developing our talent pipeline for 
Directors and high performing individuals 
below Board level with a focus on the need 
for diversity within our talent pipeline.

Andrew Duff
Chairman of the Nominations Committee

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201782

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Nominations Committee report continued

Nominations Committee activities

Diversity and succession planning
As highlighted earlier in the report, the 
Board and Nominations Committee 
continue to drive the agenda of diversity 
across the Group and are proud of the 
progress made, especially in respect 
of female representation on the Board 
and Executive Committee (now at 44% 
and 60% respectively). A breakdown by 
gender of the number of persons who 
were Directors of the Company, senior 
managers and other employees as at 
31 March 2017 is set out below.

Gender diversity as at 31 March 2017

Board

Executive Committee

4

4

5

Senior manager

Graduates

19

36

35

Apprentices

Group

9

117

5,247

Male

Female

6

27

2,192

Severn Trent Board diversity figures

Tenure (years)*

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

John Coghlan
Ja m es B o wling
Liv Garfield

Andre w D uff
Kevin B eeston
Dr. Angela Strank
P hilip R e m nant
m a FitzGerald
D o minique R einiche

E m

Male

Female

* Figures as at the date of this report.

The Board also remains focused on 
promoting broader diversity, and 
creating an inclusive culture. A diverse 
organisation benefits from differences in 
skills, regional and industry experience, 
background, race, gender, sexual 
orientation, religion, belief and age, as 
well as culture and personality. The Board 
is committed to building on existing 
graduate, apprentice and leadership 
programmes to embed inclusivity in 
our succession planning and talent 
development work to strengthen our 
talent pipeline, with an enhanced focus on 
ensuring appropriate representation from 
minority ethnic candidates, as well as 
other relevant diverse cohorts.

At Board level, the Nominations 
Committee reviews the Board’s 
effectiveness and composition each year 
and, in particular, considers the balance 
of skills, experience and independence 
of the Board. It considers the benefits of 
all aspects of diversity when identifying 
candidates for appointment. The selection 
of candidates to join the Board will 
continue to be made based on merit 
and the individual’s ability to contribute 
to the effectiveness of the Board, which 
in turn will be dependent on the pool of 
candidates available. To support this, we 
continue only to engage with executive 
search firms who have signed up to the 
voluntary Code of Conduct on gender 
diversity and best practice.

Talent development
Severn Trent recognises the importance 
of developing our people, and talent 
management remained a key topic 
of discussion. During the year, the 
Committee reviewed progress against 
the Group’s five year talent plan, which 
focuses on building both technical 
and leadership capability within the 
Group. We have a total of 63 graduates 
and 126 apprentices in training and a 
significant programme of STEM (Science, 
Technology, Engineering and Maths) 
activities was undertaken through 
Engineering UK to further support our 
future technical talent pipeline and 
encourage young people to maintain an 
interest in science and technology courses 
at schools and universities. 

Our Awesome Leaders Programme, 
aimed at our team leaders and team 
managers, continues to nurture and 
develop our internal talent, particularly in 
relation to succession planning for senior 
positions within the Company. 

Development for Executive Directors and 
high performing individuals below Board 
level continues to be an area of focus. 
Coaching and mentoring is provided to 
develop and enhance specific skill sets, 
and the Committee believes the benefits 
of this approach are critical for developing 
our own talent for the future.

Details can be found on page 33.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Leadership & Effectiveness 

83

Evaluation of the Board 
The effectiveness of the Board is reviewed at least annually, and conducted according to the guidance set out in the Code. The last externally facilitated 
evaluation was conducted by Manchester Square Partners in 2015, with the next externally facilitated session scheduled for 2018. 

The 2016/17 evaluation was internally conducted by the Chairman with support from the Company Secretary through a series of one-to-one meetings in 
February and March 2017 and supported by a questionnaire. 

1. QUESTIONNAIRE: 

2. ONE-TO-ONE 
MEETINGS:

3. EVALUATION AND 
REPORTING:

Board members 
participated 
in one-to-one 
meetings with the 
Company Secretary.

A comprehensive 
questionnaire with an 
opportunity to provide 
qualitative feedback in respect 
of all areas covered was sent 
to all Board members, along 
with a summary of the previous 
year’s evaluation, action plan 
and a progress update against 
actions identified.

The Company Secretary 
compiled responses from 
questionnaires and one-to-
one meetings into a report, 
identifying areas requiring 
further focus and attention, 
where appropriate. The report 
included recommendations 
taking account of best practice, 
the Code and other corporate 
governance guidance.

4.  DISCUSSION WITH CHAIRMAN, 
NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE 
AND BOARD:

Draft conclusions were discussed with 
the Chairman and subsequently the 
Nominations Committee and then the 
Board in April 2017. Separate meetings 
were held to consider the effectiveness of 
the CEO led by the Chairman, and of the 
Chairman led by Kevin Beeston.

Board evaluation highlights 2016/17
The evaluation concluded that excellent progress had been made in respect of areas for further focus identified in the 2016 review 
as detailed below. It also concluded that the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees remained strong, and that the planned 
succession and induction process for Non-Executive Directors was operating effectively.

The following matters were identified during the 2016/17 internally facilitated review as requiring further focus and attention:

Continue development of talent management and succession planning below Executive Committee level;

Whilst excellent progress had been made in respect of diversity, including skills, experience and gender across the Group, there remained 
an opportunity to further consider opportunities to enhance the ethnic diversity of the Board;

Further development of the NED induction programme to include one-to-one follow up sessions on regulatory topics;

Board and Committee forward plans to be reviewed against strategic priorities identified as part of the 2017 review and used to refine focus 
areas for debate at future meetings;

External facilitation to be investigated for future Board strategy days; and

More detailed discussion on communication of Board Committee proceedings to the Board as a whole.

The evaluation also concluded that the Board and its Committees were effective and that all Directors were considered to have 
demonstrated considerable commitment and time to their roles, well in excess of that required by the Charter of Expectations 
notwithstanding any other positions held by them outside of Severn Trent.

In addition, the review concluded that all Non-Executive Directors continued to demonstrate their independence and objectively 
challenge management. In addition, the review concluded that all Non-Executive Directors were considered to be independent in 
judgement and there were no relationships or circumstances which were likely to affect, or could affect this. This was also the case for 
those Directors who had served a term in excess of six years by the time the AGM notice was issued.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201784

Leadership & Effectiveness 
Nominations Committee report continued

As part of the evaluation, full consideration was given to the number of external positions held by the Non-Executive Directors. 
We reviewed Directors’ other appointments, including the time commitment required for each, as part of the evaluation exercise. 
The outcome of which can be found below:

Director
Kevin Beeston

James Bowling

John Coghlan

Andrew Duff

Emma FitzGerald

Liv Garfield

Dominique Reiniche*

Philip Remnant

Dr. Angela Strank

Number of Listed  
Company Appointments  
as Chairman  
(including Severn Trent Plc)
2

Number of Listed  
Company Appointments  
as Non-Executive Director 
(including Severn Trent Plc)
1

0

0

2

0

0

0

1

0

0

2

0

1

0

3

2

1

* Dominique Reiniche was a Non-Executive Director of AXA SA until April 2017, and retired from the AXA Board at their 26 April AGM.

As a result of this review, the Committee did not identify any instances of overboarding and confirms that all individual Directors have 
sufficient time to commit to their appointment as a Director of Severn Trent Plc.

The full list of external appointments held by our Non-Executive Directors can be found on pages 72 to 73.

Progress against 2015/16 Action Plan
The following matters were identified during the 2015/16 internally facilitated review as requiring further focus and attention:

Area for further focus identified in 2015/16 internal review
Talent management and succession planning 
below Executive Committee level to remain a 
regular Board agenda topic.

Board strategy day to be scheduled outside of the 
normal Board meeting calendar and preferably off-site.

Ensure a breadth of skills and general business 
experience to balance subject matter expert 
members on the Board going forward.

Additional Board time to be spent on health, 
safety and ethics.

Progress against areas for further focus identified in 2015/16 internal review
Regular discussion and review of talent and succession at 2016/17 Board 
meetings. 2017 plan submitted to the Nominations Committee.

2016 Board Strategy Day held outside of the normal Board meeting calendar. 

2017 Board Strategy Day held off-site outside the Board meeting calendar.

Kevin Beeston and Dominique Reiniche, appointed to the Board on 1 June and 
20 July 2016 respectively, broadened the range of skills, business experience 
and perspectives on the Board. 

Discussion and review of health and safety held at all 2016/17 Board meetings. 
Ethics culture discussed at the Board during the year with a dedicated Board 
training session scheduled for 2017/18.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201785

Audit Committee responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Audit 
Committee include:

•  oversight of financial statements and 

accounting policies;

•  review of risk management and 

internal controls;

•  oversight of Internal and External Audit;
•  review of the adequacy of the Group’s 

procedures for whistleblowing, reporting 
fraud and other inappropriate behaviour, 
including reviewing reports of all 
allegations at their meetings;

•  review of the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘FRC’) reporting requirements on Going 
Concern and Viability Statements; and
•  regulatory reporting obligations of our 

subsidiaries Severn Trent Water Limited 
and Dee Valley Water plc.

The Audit Committee Terms of Reference, 
which were updated in March 2017, can be 
found at www.severntrent.com 

Accountability 
Audit Committee report

Introduction 
As Chairman of the Audit Committee, 
I am pleased to introduce the report of our 
role and the work we have undertaken 
during the year. The pages that follow 
provide additional detail on the activities 
and discussions of the Committee and 
provides an overview of the significant 
issues the Committee assessed and steps 
taken to address any issues identified.

The Committee has continued to play 
a key role in supporting the Board in 
discharging its oversight responsibilities 
for the integrity of the Company’s financial 
statements and matters relating to the 
Group’s system of internal controls and 
risk management. As such, there is a 
continued focus on ensuring the adequate 
mitigation of risks faced by the Group. 
This report provides additional detail of 
how we carried out our risk assessment 
activities and you can read more about 
how we identify and manage risks on 
pages 47 and 48 of our Strategic report.

Other significant parts of the Committee’s 
work this year have included: oversight of 
the relationship with our External Auditor, 
including the assessment of its ongoing 
objectivity; overseeing the assurance of 
regulatory returns made by Severn Trent 
Water Limited to Ofwat; accounting for the 
Waterplus joint venture; and evaluation of 
the Severn Trent Pension Scheme deficit 
and consideration of mitigating actions in 
conjunction with the Scheme’s Trustee.

John Coghlan
Chairman of the Audit Committee

John Coghlan
Chairman of the  
Audit Committee

“ The Committee continues 
to focus on ensuring the 
adequate mitigation of 
risks faced by the Group.”

Attendance table

Member of the  
Audit Committee
John Coghlan 
(Chairman) 

Philip Remnant

Kevin Beeston 
(Appointed 1 June 16)

Martin Lamb 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Meetings 
attended
4

Max 
possible
4

4

3

0

4

3

1

Martin Lamb was prevented from attending 
the May 2016 Audit Committee meeting due to 
a clash with another business commitment. 
In advance of the meeting, Martin provided 
comments on the matters to be considered to 
the Chairman.

In addition to the attendance set out above, the 
Chairman, CEO, CFO, Head of Internal Audit, 
Group Financial Controller and the External 
Auditor normally attend, by invitation, all 
meetings of the Committee. Other members 
of senior management are also invited to 
attend as appropriate. 

The Committee regularly holds private 
discussions with the Head of Internal 
Audit and External Auditor separately, 
without executive management present. 
The Chairman regularly holds separate 
one-to-one meetings with the CFO, Head of 
Internal Audit and External Auditor to better 
understand any issues or areas for concern.

During 2016/17 the Committee held one 
additional quorate meeting convened at 
short notice.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201786

Accountability 
Audit Committee report continued

Audit Committee activities
A summary of the matters considered at each meeting is set out below:

Meeting
May 2016

September 2016

November 2016

March 2017

Matters considered 
•  Financial results 2015/16
•  Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16, including fair, balanced and understandable review
•  Severn Trent Water Limited Annual Report and Accounts 2015/16
•  Regulatory: Annual Performance Report and Annual Regulatory Compliance Statement
•  Regulatory: Annual Performance Report assurance, including ODIs
•  Internal control and risk management effectiveness
•  External Audit: Deloitte year end final report
•  Pensions update
•  Whistleblowing update

•  Internal Audit: half-year report
•  External Audit: 2016/17 plan and terms of engagement
•  External Audit: Review of non-audit fees
•  External Audit: Management letter on the 2016 Audit
•  Enterprise Risk Management update
•  Property regulation compliance
•  Energy risk management
•  Whistleblowing update

•  Interim results
•  External Audit: Deloitte half-year report
•  Regulatory: Annual Performance Report commitments half-year assurance, including ODIs
•  Report from the Disclosure Committee
•  Property regulation compliance
•  Material litigation update
•  Whistleblowing update

•  Finance: Year end considerations and Viability Statement update
•  Regulatory: Year end considerations, Annual Performance Report and Annual Regulatory Compliance Statement
•  External Audit: Effectiveness review
•  External Audit: Non-audit fees policy and review of non-audit fees
•  External Audit: Update to audit plan
•  Committee Terms of Reference
•  Internal Audit plan 2017/18
•  Internal Audit update
•  Enterprise Risk Management update
•  Report from the Disclosure Committee
•  Insurance liabilities
•  Material litigation update
•  Whistleblowing update
•  Bribery and fraud prevention and detection

In addition to the matters considered above, the Committee reviewed the proposed presentations to analysts in conjunction with the 
draft results announcements for both the interim and full year results, applying particular attention to the tone of the announcements 
and presentations to maintain consistency with the financial statements. In reviewing the financial statements, the Committee 
receives input from the Disclosure Committee, a sub-committee of the Executive Committee which is chaired by the CFO.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Accountability 

87

An ad hoc meeting of the Committee was held in July 2016 to approve the PR16 submission and year end regulatory report and 
compliance statement. The Audit Committee also reviewed the outcome of the process to confirm that the Annual Report and 
Accounts are ‘fair, balanced and understandable’. The Disclosure Committee undertook a detailed review of the Annual Report and 
Accounts prior to making a recommendation to the Board that it could make the fair, balanced and understandable statements 
contained in the Directors’ Responsibility Statement on page 124. 

Significant financial statement reporting issues
The Committee looked carefully at those aspects of the financial statements which required significant accounting judgements or 
where there was estimation uncertainty. These areas are explained in note 5 of the financial statements on page 141. 

The Committee receives detailed reports from both the CFO and the External Auditor on these areas and on any other matters 
which they believe should be drawn to the attention of the Committee. The Committee also reviews the draft of the External Auditor’s 
report on the financial statements, with particular reference to those matters reported as carrying risks of material misstatement. 
The Committee discusses the range of possible treatments both with management and with the External Auditor and satisfies itself 
that the judgements made by management are robust and should be supported. The significant issues that the Committee considered 
in 2016/17 were:

Issue – 
Going concern basis for the financial statements 
and long term viability statement.

How the issue was addressed by the Committee – 
The Committee reviewed and challenged the evidence and assumptions 
underpinning the use of the going concern assumption in preparing the 
accounts and in making the statements in the Strategic report on going 
concern and long term viability.

Determination of the provision for impairment of 
trade receivables in Severn Trent Water Limited.

The Committee receives information bi-annually on the level of the provision 
and on any changes in the methodology of calculating the provision.

Revenue recognition in relation to the estimation 
of unbilled metered revenue in Severn Trent Water 
Limited.

The proposed classification of costs between 
operating expenditure and capital expenditure 
in Severn Trent Water Limited.

The Committee reviewed the process for calculating the unbilled metered 
revenue estimate and considered the accuracy of past estimates.

The Committee considered the application of the Group’s accounting policy 
during the year, focusing in particular on changes to the application of the policy. 

Determination of the amount of the Group’s 
retirement benefit obligations.

The Committee reviewed the assumptions underlying the valuation of the obligations 
and considered whether the assumptions taken as a whole are appropriate.

Determination of current and deferred 
tax balances. 

Acquisition and disposal accounting.

The Committee considered the nature of the Group’s uncertain tax positions and 
determined whether appropriate provisions had been made. 

The Committee reviewed the proposed accounting treatment for such transactions 
and the corresponding disclosures in the Group’s financial statements.

For all of the matters described above the Committee concluded that the treatment adopted in the Group financial statements 
was appropriate.

Effectiveness of the Audit Committee
The Committee’s performance was considered and reviewed as part of the annual review of the Board and its Committees, details of 
which can be found on page 83.

The Board is satisfied that the Committee members bring a wide range and depth of financial and commercial experience across 
various industries and that all members have competence relevant to regulated and/or utilities businesses as well as significant 
recent and relevant financial experience.

Following the Board Effectiveness Evaluation, John Coghlan was commended for the significant additional time and focus given by 
him personally in respect of the remit of the Audit Committee during the year in relation to regulatory requirements and associated 
assurance obligations.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201788

Accountability 
Audit Committee report continued

Internal and External Audit

Internal Audit and internal controls 
Internal Audit is an independent 
assurance function available to the 
Board, Audit Committee and all levels 
of management. 

The role of Internal Audit is to provide 
assurance that the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems 
are well-designed and operate effectively 
and that any corrective action is taken 
in a timely manner. Each year, Internal 
Audit develops an annual audit plan for 
approval by the Audit Committee and 
onward monitoring of the plan’s execution 
throughout the year. Audits are designed 
to assess the operating effectiveness 
of controls and recommend process 
improvements as necessary.

The effectiveness of the controls over 
financial reporting is also monitored by 
the Audit Committee, which receives 
regular reports of the testing conducted 
by the External Auditor.

The Audit Committee is confident that, 
where any failings or weaknesses are 
identified in the course of its review of 
internal control systems, management 
puts in place robust actions to address 
these on a timely basis.

An internal control system can provide 
only reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss, as it is designed to manage rather 
than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives.

The Internal Audit function is supported 
by a co-sourcing arrangement. 
The Committee believes that this 
arrangement adds value, through 
greater access to specific areas of 
expertise and the ability to independently 
challenge management.

External Auditor 
Annually, the Committee reviews the 
External Auditor’s audit plan and reviews 
and assesses information provided by 
them confirming their independence and 
objectivity within the context of applicable 

regulatory requirements and professional 
standards. Deloitte contributes a further 
independent perspective on certain 
aspects of the Company’s financial 
control systems arising from its work, 
and reports both to the Board and the 
Audit Committee.

Following a formal tender process in 
2015/16, Deloitte LLP were reappointed 
as Auditor at the 2016 AGM. The senior 
statutory auditor, Kari Hale, has overseen 
the audit of the Severn Trent Group since 
2015/16. The Company intends to put the 
External Audit out to tender at least as 
often as is required by applicable law, 
rules, regulations and best practice in 
line with the Competition and Markets 
Authority and EU requirements for 
mandatory tendering and rotation of the 
audit firm. Under current regulations the 
External Audit must be put out to tender 
by 2025 and Deloitte will not be able to 
participate. The Company has complied 
with the provisions of the CMA Audit Order 
during the financial year.

The Committee considers the 
effectiveness of the External Auditor 
every year and, further to Deloitte’s 
reappointment, a full effectiveness 
review was conducted during this year. 
The review involved assessment of 
the Auditor by the Committee and key 
Executives and evaluation of whether the 
Auditor meets minimum standards of 
qualification, independence, expertise, 
effectiveness and communication.

The FRC’s Audit Quality Review team 
(‘AQRT’) selected for review the audit 
of the 2016 Severn Trent Plc financial 
statements as part of their 2016 annual 
inspection of audit firms. The Chairman 
of the Audit Committee received a full 
copy of the findings of the AQRT and has 
discussed these with Deloitte. There were 
no significant areas for improvement 
identified within the report. We are also 
satisfied that there is nothing within the 
report which might have a bearing on the 
audit appointment.

Based on our consideration of the 
responses to the effectiveness review, 
and taking into account the AQRT report, 
the Committee remains satisfied with the 
efficiency and effectiveness of the audit.

Non-audit fees
The Company has approved a formal 
policy on the provision of non-audit 
services aimed at safeguarding and 
supporting the independence and 
objectivity of the External Auditor. 
The policy sets out the approach to 
be taken by the Group when using the 
services of the External Auditor, including 
requiring that certain services provided 
by the External Auditor are pre-approved 
by the Committee or its Chairman and 
separately sets out those non-audit 
services which are prohibited, since the 
independence of the External Auditor 
could be threatened.

The process for approving all non-audit 
work provided by our Auditor is overseen 
by the Committee in order to safeguard 
the objectivity and independence of the 
Auditor. Prior to approval, consideration is 
given to whether it is in the interests of the 
Company that the services are purchased 
from Deloitte rather than another supplier. 
Where Deloitte have been chosen, this is 
as a result of their detailed knowledge of 
our business and understanding of our 
industry as well as demonstrating that 
they have the necessary expertise and 
capability to undertake the work cost-
effectively.

The policy was revised in early 2016, ahead 
of new EU regulations coming into force in 
June 2016, to provide that non-audit fees 
and independence of our Auditor would 
continue to be subject to ongoing review 
in light of those rules. The current policy, 
which was reviewed by the Committee 
during the year, continues to comply with 
the EU regulations and requires approval 
by the Committee or its Chairman if a 
non-audit service provided by the Auditor 
is expected to cost more than £100,000. 
The policy also prohibits aggregate fees 
from non-audit services in excess of the 
audit fee for the year.

Non-audit services where the External 
Auditor may be used include: audit-
related services required by statute or 
regulation, services related to fraud, 
Corporate Responsibility report reviews 
and regulatory support.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Accountability 

89

During the year, Deloitte received £660,000 in fees for work relating to the audit services they provide to the Group, including audit-
related assurance work. Non-audit related work undertaken by Deloitte amounted to fees of £494,000 this year, which amounts to 
43% of the total fees paid to them. Fees paid to Deloitte are set out in note 8 of the financial statements on page 145, but details of 
significant non-audit work undertaken are set out below:

Reason for Deloitte’s appointment

Fees (£’000)

Nature of service
Audit related assurance services

Interim review

Assurance of regulatory returns

This work is akin to an audit and is expected to be performed by the External Auditor. 
The same safeguards that apply to the External Audit also apply to this work.

Audit of sections 1 and 2 of Dee Valley Water plc’s and Severn Trent Water Limited’s 
Annual Performance Reports is closely related to the External Auditor’s statutory 
audit work and the two assignments are performed in parallel. 

Reporting under Group financing documents

These documents require reports from the Auditor.

Subtotal

Services related to taxation

Other assurance services

Include access to Deloitte’s software for managing capital allowances.

Assurance in connection with regulatory 
reports to Ofwat

Agreed-upon procedures relating to Section 4 of Dee Valley Water plc’s and 
Severn Trent Water Limited’s Annual Performance Reports and Severn Trent 
Water Limited’s wholesale scheme of charges. 

Assurance services related to Open Water

Deloitte are the market leading firm for these services.

Other assurance services

Subtotal

Total 2016/17 non-audit fees 

54

32

48

134

61

171

95

33

360

494

In approving these non-audit fees, the 
Committee considered the overall ratio of 
non-audit fees to audit fees and, given the 
scope of work, considered that Deloitte was 
best placed to perform these services. 

Regulated subsidiaries
The regulated activities carried out 
by Severn Trent Water Limited and 
Dee Valley Water plc also require annual 
reporting submissions to Ofwat which are 
reviewed by the Committee. They include 
an annual submission on their regulatory 
performance and obligations known 
as the Annual Performance Report, 
together with a Compliance Statement 
and a statement to underpin the customer 
charges made by each subsidiary.

In November 2016, the Committee 
reviewed the statement of risks, strengths 
and weaknesses and draft assurance 
plans for Severn Trent Water Limited, 
which is a requirement of Ofwat’s 
Company Monitoring Framework. 
These documents set out the process, 
timeline and assurance framework 
in place for information published for 
customers and other stakeholders, 
including the Annual Performance Report.

For each of Severn Trent Water Limited and 
Dee Valley Water plc, Deloitte provides an 
audit opinion on the regulatory financial 
reporting and price control segmentation 
sections of the respective Annual 
Performance Reports, and assurance of 
certain aspects of additional regulatory 
information that is included. The respective 
Annual Performance Reports also 
provide an overall picture of performance, 
covering many aspects which are not 
financial including performance against 
commitments and ODIs for each of Severn 
Trent Water Limited and Dee Valley Water 
plc. Both Severn Trent Water Limited and 
Dee Valley Water plc appoint independent 
engineering consultants, Jacobs and 
Black & Veatch respectively, to report 
and provide assurance on those aspects. 
The Committee receives reports from 
Jacobs and Deloitte on their work for 
Severn Trent Water Limited, and Black & 
Veatch and Deloitte for Dee Valley Water 
plc, as part of its review of the respective 
Annual Performance Reports. 

Risk management 
The Audit Committee reviews the processes 
for, and outputs from, the Group’s Enterprise 

Risk Management (‘ERM’) process, through 
which our principal risks and related 
controls are identified. The Committee 
also reviews the effectiveness of the 
risk management system on behalf of 
the Board and keeps under review ways 
in which to enhance the control and 
assurance arrangements. The Committee 
receives half-yearly reports from the 
Head of Risk detailing the significant risks 
and uncertainties faced by the Group, an 
assessment of the effectiveness of controls 
over each of those risks and an action plan 
to improve controls where this has been 
assessed as necessary. 

To further enhance the clarity of reporting 
and insight that can be gained from this 
ERM information, a reporting dashboard 
for the Group’s significant risks has been 
developed and implemented during the 
year. This enhancement has helped to 
facilitate a more thorough review of the 
target risk positions considering risk 
appetite and whether improvement 
actions to achieve these are on target with 
the correct prioritisation in place. It has 
ultimately meant that more information 
can be reported, but in a clear and 
concise format.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201790

Accountability 
Audit Committee report continued

The Board confirms that procedures providing an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks 
and uncertainties faced by the Group have been in place for the year to 31 March 2017 and up to the date of this report, which is 
in accordance with the Code and Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting 
September 2014 (the ‘Guidance’). A dedicated risk identification and horizon scanning session was held with the Board in 2017. 
During its review of risk management during the year, the Board explicitly considered the target position for significant risks and 
whether target risk positions are appropriate and confirmed that suitable timescales had been agreed for reaching them.

Risk management governance process
The Group’s risk management governance process is based on the three lines of defence model and is scrutinised by the 
Audit Committee, through delegated authority from the Severn Trent Plc Board.

Policy oversight
GAA  |  Doing the Right Thing  |  Group policies

Risk tolerance

Risk appetite

BOARD

Delegated authority

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Report  
ERM reports

Internal Audit 
Whistleblowing 
Bribery and fraud

Third line of defence – Internal Audit

Independent review and oversight by Internal Audit, which independently 
evaluates the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 
control and governance processes.

Inform  
and  
improve

Second line of defence – management/ERM team

Business units are monitored by management and the ERM team which 
monitors, and provide assurance, on compliance with Group policies and 
procedures. The ERM team reports to the Audit Committee and Board on 
the ERM process, principal risks and related controls. 

Inform  
and  
prioritise

First line of defence – line management/risk champions

Line management accountability for compliance with Group policies, Doing 
the Right Thing and GAA. Risk champions within each business unit identify, 
collate and report risk data to the ERM team.

OVERSIGHT

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Stakeholder Engagement
Corporate Responsibility Committee report

91

Dr. Angela Strank
Chairman of 
the Corporate 
Responsibility  
Committee

“ Acting in a responsible 
way is embedded in 
everything we do and 
how we do it, from looking 
after the mental health 
of our employees to 
minimising our impact 
on the environment.”

Attendance table

Member of 
the Corporate 
Responsibility 
Committee
Dr. Angela Strank 
(Chairman) 

Andrew Duff

Dominique Reiniche 
(Appointed 20 July 16)

Liv Garfield

Gordon Fryett 
(Retired 20 July 16)

Meetings 
attended
4

Max 
possible
4

4

3

4

1

4

3

4

1

In addition to the attendance set out above, 
the Company Secretary normally attends, 
by invitation, all meetings of the Committee. 
Other members of senior management, 
including the Head of Internal Audit, are also 
invited to attend as appropriate.

Introduction 
As Chairman of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee, I am pleased 
to introduce the report of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee which details 
the role of the Committee and the 
important work it has undertaken during 
the year. The Committee has continued 
to play a key role in supporting the Board, 
reviewing the Group’s key non-financial 
risks and opportunities and monitoring 
performance against an agreed 
Corporate Responsibility framework, 
including several customer ODIs and key 
performance indicators.

Dr. Angela Strank
Chairman of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee

Corporate Responsibility 
Committee responsibilities
The responsibilities of the Corporate 
Responsibility Committee include:

•  development of Corporate Responsibility 
targets and key performance indicators;
•  regularly receiving and reviewing reports 
on progress towards the achievement 
of Corporate Responsibility targets 
and indicators;

•  consideration of Code of Conduct 
and associated Group policies for 
recommendation to the Board. 
Particular focus includes the provision of a 
healthy and safe working environment for 
employees and contractors, human rights 
and employee diversity;

•  development, review and promulgation of 

workplace policies;

•  the creation of environmental standards, 
particularly where Severn Trent has most 
significant environmental impact; and 

•  the promotion of socially responsible values 

and standards that relate to the social 
and economic community in which the 
Company operates.

The Corporate Responsibility terms of 
reference, which were updated in March 2017, 
can be found at www.severntrent.com.

Corporate Responsibility 
Committee activities
A summary of some of the matters 
considered at each meeting is set 
out below:

May 2016

•  Quarterly Corporate Responsibility 

performance report 

•  External activity report – Corporate Social 

Responsibility 

•  Environmental Leadership – AMP6 

commitments to improve our region’s 
rivers

•  Corporate Social Responsibility 

opportunities as part of the Birmingham 
Resilience Project

•  Internal Audit plan 2016/17 in relation to 

Corporate Social Responsibility 

•  Whistleblowing update

September 2016

•  Quarterly Corporate Responsibility 

performance report 

•  External activity report – Corporate Social 

Responsibility 

•  Embedding our Group’s values
•  Environmental Leadership – Delivering 

carbon reductions

•  Responsible supplier management
•  Risk management update – Political and 

economic environment
•  Whistleblowing update

November 2016

•  Review of our approach to Corporate 
Responsibility – The value of acting 
responsibly

•  Sustainability West Midlands review of our 

Corporate Responsibility report

•  External activity report – Corporate Social 

Responsibility

•  Review of our approach to employee 
volunteering – Love our Network

•  Anti-slavery and human trafficking update
•  Whistleblowing update

March 2017

•  Quarterly Corporate Responsibility 

performance report 

•  Deep dive on Diversity – One Diverse 

Severn Trent

•  Our approach to fluoride
•  Anti-slavery and human trafficking update
•  Committee terms of reference
•  Whistleblowing update

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201792

Stakeholder Engagement
Corporate Responsibility Committee report continued

Our Corporate Responsibility framework
Our Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’)framework is ambitious, and broad ranging, underpinned by stretching targets, to ensure we are 
delivering the commitments expected of a leading socially and environmentally responsible business. Acting in a responsible manner 
is integral to supporting our purpose of serving our communities, building a lasting water legacy and achieving our vision to be the 
most trusted water company by 2020. 

We hold ourselves to account against our CR framework and agreed metrics through an effective performance management 
system. Internally we report on a quarterly basis to the Committee, and externally on an annual basis through our Annual Report 
and Accounts, our website and through selected Environmental, Social and Governance indices. 

Ambition One 
We will make our region the most 
water efficient in the UK

Read more on page 60

Ambition Two 
We will play a leading role to help make  
our region’s rivers even healthier

Read more on page 61

1

We put our customers first

Read more on page 62

Values

2

We are passionate 
about what we do
Read more on page 63

3

We act with integrity
Read more on page 64

4

5

We protect our environment

Read more on page 65

We are inspired to create 
an awesome company
Read more on page 69

• A review of external news and trends 

relevant to Severn Trent and our 
approach to Corporate Responsibility.

• Development of our approach to 

employee volunteering and alignment 
with our Corporate Responsibility 
ambitions, around healthier rivers and 
water efficiency, to maximise our impact 
in the environment and communities in 
which we operate. 

• An update on our responsible supplier 
management. We have developed a 
‘Sustainable supply chain charter’ 
which is a ‘call to action’ to our 
suppliers to support our approach to 
Corporate Responsibility. 

• Our zero tolerance approach to modern 

slavery and our plans to take all 
reasonable efforts to eradicate modern 
slavery within both our business and our 
supply chain.

Key areas of focus for 2016/17
The Committee provides Board 
oversight of our CR strategy and our 
performance against our CR framework. 
The Committee also regularly reviews 
reputational risks and non-financial 
Internal Audit reports, in addition to deep 
dives into topics in our CR framework and 
any whistleblowing allegations.

Key areas of discussion and review during 
2016/17 included: 

• Review of our approach to Corporate 
Responsibility, ensuring it is driving 
maximum benefit to build trust, 
serve our communities and leave 
a lasting legacy. We also sought an 
external review.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201793

Following a revision of this code and 
our Group policies, this year we have 
focused on communicating these with the 
business, promoting through our internal 
communication channels and we have 
rolled out a full e-learning training module 
to ensure everyone in the business 
understands our expectations in relation 
to our values and ethical standards. 
All our Board Directors, executive and 
senior management team have completed 
this training. ‘Doing the Right Thing’ also 
forms an essential part of our employee 
induction, ensuring we are embedding our 
Company values from day one. 

Prevention and detection of 
bribery and corruption
Our Group-wide Anti Bribery and Anti 
Fraud Policy prohibits bribery and 
corruption in all our business dealings, 
regardless of the country or culture within 
which we work. Employees identified 
as high risk through a risk review for 
all Group employees are required to 
undertake an online training module and 
examination to ensure awareness of and 
compliance with this policy. The Audit 
Committee carries out an annual review 
of our systems and controls to detect and 
prevent bribery and corruption. 

Responsible business practices are an 
integral part of our business strategy 
and corporate strategy. For more 
information about our CR framework, 
our ambitions and values, and our 
performance against them, please see 
our CR report on page 57. 

Stakeholder Engagement

Human rights
We have a responsibility to understand 
our potential impact on human rights and 
to mitigate or eliminate any potentially 
negative impacts. We are committed to 
operating in accordance with the United 
Nations Global Compact Principles and 
our code of conduct ‘Doing the Right 
Thing’ supports this commitment. 
Whilst not having a specific human 
rights policy, we have Group policies on 
Human Resources, Anti Bribery and Anti 
Fraud, Whistleblowing and Procurement. 
These policies are, in turn, supported 
by a broader range of policies within 
Severn Trent Water Limited and Severn 
Trent Business Services to support key 
human rights. 

Prevention of child labour 
and forced labour
We will not condone the use of child 
labour and forced labour under any 
circumstances. The highest risk for 
Severn Trent is through our supply chain, 
therefore we work with our suppliers 
to ensure they operate to the same 
standards we set ourselves. All suppliers 
are required to sign up and operate in 
line with our Code of Conduct, which 
is built into our procurement tender 
process as part of the pre-qualification 
questionnaire template. 

Freedom of association and 
collective bargaining
We recognise the right of all employees 
to freedom of association and collective 
bargaining. We seek to promote co-
operation between employees, our 
management team and recognised trade 
unions. We meet with our trade unions on 
a quarterly basis at the Company forum, 
and see real benefit in sharing information 
with our colleagues and seeking their 
feedback and suggestions. We believe 
this fosters a joint understanding of 
business needs and helps to deliver 
common solutions aimed at making our 
business successful. 

Whistleblowing
All Severn Trent employees are 
encouraged to raise concerns at work 
in the first instance through their line 
manager, or senior management, 
however, we recognise that employees 
may feel inhibited in certain 
circumstances. If this should be the 
case, employees are encouraged to 
use our confidential and independent 
whistleblowing helpline or email service, 
operated by Safecall, an independent 
company which specialises in handling 
concerns at work. The service is available 
internationally and Safecall provides 
a translation service, allowing any 
employee, wherever they are in the world, 
to access it. This year we have updated our 
whistleblowing policy to ensure it includes 
the ability to report any concerns in 
relation to modern slavery. Ensuring our 
employees are aware of this independent 
resource and that they feel comfortable 
about using our whistleblowing process is 
important to us. This year we’ve promoted 
it through internal channels, reminded 
staff through revision of code of conduct 
and included a reminder on employee 
payslips. All investigations are carried out 
independently of management and the 
findings are reported directly through to 
the Audit and CR Committees.

‘Doing The Right Thing – 
The Severn Trent Way’ 
Every day our employees have to make 
choices about what they do and how 
they do it. Most of the time it is clear 
what the right thing to do is, whether it is 
about doing what is safe, doing the right 
thing for our customers, doing what is 
right ethically and what is right legally. 
But there are always going to be times 
when it isn’t as clear, and that’s where our 
code of conduct ‘Doing the Right Thing’ 
comes in. It details the values we work 
by and explains who we are, what we 
stand for and how we work. It also tells 
our customers, investors and business 
partners that they can trust and rely on us. 
These principles apply to everyone in the 
Group, no matter where in the world they 
are based or what they do. It clearly sets 
out the standards we need to follow in our 
day-to-day activities.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201794

Stakeholder Engagement
Investor relations

Institutional shareholders 
and analysts
The Board recognises the importance 
of representing and promoting the 
interests of its shareholders and that 
it is accountable to shareholders for 
the performance and activities of the 
Company. Various mechanisms have been 
put in place to ensure it remains in touch 
with key activities and developments, 
including:

• monthly update reports on the key 
shareholder engagement activities 
carried out by the Executive Committee 
and the Investor Relations team;
• a monthly report of our shareholder 

register, outlining the significant buyers 
and sellers of Severn Trent Plc shares; 
and

• regular summaries of sector research 

notes, allowing the Board to understand 
the key opinions being communicated to 
investors by analysts.

Retail shareholder 
engagement strategy
The Board has an active shareholder 
engagement strategy, the main elements 
of which are set out below.

The Annual Report and Accounts is 
the principal means of communicating 
with shareholders. The Group has 
adopted e-communications as an 
alternative method of sending company 
information. Following a consultation with 
shareholders in March 2017, a significant 
majority of shareholders, 85%, now view 
and download the Annual Report online, 
whilst 15% continue to receive a hard 
copy. The next consultation will take place 
in 2019.

Our website contains an archive of 
Annual Reports together with other 
information relevant to investors, including 
comprehensive share price information, 
financial results, Company news and 
financial calendars. The Company offers 
a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (‘DRIP’), 
details of which are available on our 
website and the website of Equiniti, 
our registrar.

Additional investor engagement
Presentations are made to shareholders 
and city analysts following the release 
of the half-year and year end results. 
Furthermore, the Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer regularly meet 
shareholders during the year. 

The Chairman and Senior Independent 
Director also meet with shareholders 
without the Executive Directors at least 
once every year and are available to meet 
with them at any other time upon request.

In line with the Code, we recognise that 
the Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue with 
shareholders takes place. The Chairman, 
Chief Executive and the Chief Financial 
Officer report to the Board at least 
quarterly the views of shareholders about 
the Company. The Company Secretary 
also provides regular updates on wider 
investment and institutional sentiment.

In March 2017, the Board reviewed and 
approved an investor relations strategy, 
setting out the Investor Relations 
team’s approach to identification of 
and engagement with the Company’s 
shareholders, sell-side analysts and 
debt investors.

2016/17 engagement
During 2016/17, the key topics for our 
investors have been a combination 
of company specific, performance-
orientated factors and broader regulatory 
and macro factors. 

At a company level, much of the interest 
has been around Severn Trent’s 
outperformance against its regulatory 
contract, specifically in the three key areas 
which feed into the return on regulatory 
equity (‘RoRE’) calculation; customer 
outcome delivery incentives (‘ODIs’), 
totex, the pension deficit and financing. 
Our current debt strategy has also been 
a source of interest, with upcoming 
maturities and new debt issuance creating 
opportunities to reduce our cost of debt. 
Our sector-leading renewable energy 
programme attracted a greater degree of 
interest as it grows in importance, and our 
acquisition during the year of Dee Valley 
captured the attention of investors in the 
second half of the year. The progress on 
the formation of our joint venture with 
United Utilities, enabling us to compete 
more effectively in the recently opened 
non-household retail market, was also 
of interest. 

At a broader level, investor focus has been 
on the further clarity received from Ofwat 
on a number of regulatory developments, 
giving us greater visibility through to 
the end of the next regulatory period in 
2025. Such developments include the 
introduction of competitive markets for 
water resources and bio-resources, the 
phased introduction of Consumer Price 
Index (‘CPI’) indexation and changes 
to the methodology for calculating 
the cost of debt. Ofwat’s review of the 
benefits of introducing competition to the 
retail household market also attracted 
attention. More widely, increases in the 
Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) and its impact on 
the business, as well as the consequences 
of the leave vote in the European Union 
membership referendum, were of great 
interest to our investors. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Stakeholder Engagement

95

Primary investor events 

May 2016

May 2016

June 2016

June 2016

June 2016

June 2016

June 2016

June 2016

London Roadshow

Edinburgh Roadshow

New York Roadshow

Netherlands Roadshow

Credit Suisse Global Energy Conference

Paris Roadshow

Bank of America Merrill Lynch Utilities & Renewables Conference

Private Client Roadshow – London

September 2016

Private Client Roadshow – London

September 2016

North American Roadshow

September 2016

Morgan Stanley Power and Utilities Summit

September 2016

Bernstein Strategic Decisions Conference

November 2016

London Roadshow

November 2016

Edinburgh Roadshow

November 2016

JP Morgan Utilities Conference

December 2016

London Roadshow

December 2016

Private Client Roadshow – London

December 2016

Frankfurt Roadshow

January 2017

January 2017

Citi European Utilities Conference

USA Roadshow

February 2017

Australia Roadshow

March 2017

March 2017

Barclays Utilities Sector Update Conference

Severn Trent Digital, Innovation & Technology showcase event

Looking ahead to 2017/18
We have already established a structured 
programme of investor engagement 
for 2017/18, incorporating roadshows 
to many of the key locations where our 
shareholder base is located, including 
London, Edinburgh, North America and 
several cities throughout Europe. We have 
also confirmed attendance at a number of 
industry conferences. 

We expect the main themes for investors 
in the coming year to be focused around 
regulatory developments. Ofwat will 
be publishing further clarification on 
their proposals for the next regulatory 
period, AMP7, later in 2017, which will give 
stakeholders a greater understanding 
of the impacts of proposed changes and 
what that means for Company business 
plans. At a Company level, we expect 
focus will continue to be on how well 
we are performing against the current 
regulatory contract.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201796

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report

Philip Remnant
Chairman of the  
Remuneration  
Committee

The Committee determines, on behalf of 
the Board, the Company’s policy on the 
remuneration of Executive Directors, other 
members of the Executive Committee and 
the Chairman of the Board. The Committee 
determines the total remuneration packages 
and contractual terms and conditions for 
these individuals. The policy framework for 
remunerating all senior executive managers 
is consistent with the approach taken for 
Executive Directors.

The Remuneration Committee Terms of 
Reference were updated in March 2017 and 
can be found at www.severntrent.com

Contents
Chairman’s Statement

At a Glance

Summary of Remuneration Policy 
and Implementation in 2016/17 
and 2017/18

Employment at Severn Trent

Annual Report on Remuneration

Page
96

99

102

104

106

Chairman’s Statement

Severn Trent performance

ODI £m

RoRE %

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

23.2

11.0

47.6

8.4

12.0

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

ODIs(1)

RoRE

2015/16

2016/17

1 Based on 2012/13 prices pre-tax.

Total shareholder return (value £)

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

Severn Trent Plc

FTSE 100 index

Source: Datastream

Dear Shareholder 

Our performance
This year the management team has 
made good progress towards our 
goal of being the most trusted water 
company by 2020, as well as delivering 
great performance in a number of key 
areas. This is the second consecutive 
year where we have outperformed on 
the commitments that our customers 
care most about. In particular, we 
have outperformed on sewer flooding, 
interruptions to supply and pollution, 
resulting in fewer incidents. This has 
resulted in better outcomes for our 
customers and a customer Outcome 
Delivery Incentive (‘ODI’) reward of 
£47.6 million, up £24.4 million year on 
year. We continue to invest responsibly for 
sustainable growth; through our capital 
programme we have invested around 
£680 million for the future of our network 
and we continue to have the lowest 
combined bills in Britain. In addition, 
strong financial performance continues, 
delivering a Return on Regulatory Capital 
Value (‘RoRCV’) of 1.27 times the Final 
Determination and a Return on Regulated 
Equity (‘RoRE’) of 11.0%. 

The charts to the right show:

• our customer ODI and RoRE 

performance since the beginning of the 
current AMP; and

• how continued outperformance 

by the Company is reflected in the 
absolute and comparative total 
shareholder return.

Demonstrating the alignment between the 
Remuneration Policy and the Company 
strategy, this strong sustained level 
of performance has flowed through 
to the level of reward received by our 
Executive Directors, including for the year 
under review. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201797

• Long term incentives: in line with 2016 
levels, awards worth 150% of salary 
for the Chief Executive Officer, 100% 
of salary for the Chief Financial Officer 
and 80% for the Managing Director, 
Wholesale Operations will be made in 
June 2017. The performance targets for 
the awards to be granted in 2017 will 
require average RoRE equal to Ofwat’s 
Final Determination (5.65%) for 25% 
of the award to vest, increasing on a 
straight-line basis to 100% vesting for 
outperforming the Final Determination 
by 1.39 times (7.85%). The Committee 
considers that the 1.39 times the Final 
Determination stretch target remains 
challenging because it would require 
very significant outperformance on 
customer ODIs, financing and total 
expenditure efficiencies. The target 
requires Severn Trent to deliver upper 
quartile RoRE performance, based on 
AMP6 sector wide performance to date.

Remuneration

Remuneration for the year 
under review
The business has continued to perform 
strongly in 2016/17 against a set of 
stretching annual bonus targets, which 
required delivery of improvements across 
all areas, as well as absorbing a number 
of headwinds. Respective outturns 
were 91.0% of base salary for the Chief 
Executive Officer, 90.4% of base salary 
for the Chief Financial Officer and 90.6% 
of base salary for the Managing Director, 
Wholesale Operations, out of a maximum 
annual bonus opportunity of 120% of 
base salary. 

The long term incentive plan (‘LTIP’) 
based on RoRCV over the three years 
to 31 March 2017 will vest in full for the 
Chief Executive Officer. The Recruitment 
Awards for the Chief Financial Officer 
and Managing Director, Wholesale 
Operations, which are based on the same 
performance measures, will also vest in 
full. This is representative of outstanding 
performance in financing and total 
expenditure delivering RoRCV of 5.03%, 
up by 0.67% year on year.

There is a detailed breakdown of the 
targets set and the payments under the 
annual bonus and LTIP on pages 107 
to 109.

Our success as a business is shared by 
all our employees through our bonus 
scheme. Set out on pages 104 to 105 
is more information on this and on our 
approach to pay and benefits throughout 
the organisation. 

Application of the policy for 2017/18
The Committee continues to operate 
within the Remuneration Policy agreed by 
97.99% of shareholders at the 2015 AGM. 
Set out below is a brief overview of how 
the policy will be applied in the year ahead:

• Base salaries: an increase of 2% will be 
applied to base salaries with effect from 
1 July 2017, in line with the average level 
of increase for the wider workforce.
• Benefits and pension: there will be no 

changes to benefits and pension during 
2017/18.

• Annual bonus: the maximum 

bonus opportunity remains 120% of 
salary and 50% of any bonus paid 
will be deferred in shares for three 
years. We have delivered excellent 
performance in customer service 
shown by our ODI outperformance 
and we want to deliver the same 
performance in customer experience. 
Therefore, we have introduced a 
customer experience measure into 
our bonus, based on reducing written 
complaints, to drive improvements 
in customer experience and improve 
the alignment between incentives and 
strategy. Driving a reduction in written 
complaints is important as it ensures 
we are resolving issues earlier for 
customers and ultimately building 
strong customer focus into all our 
processes to minimise complaints at 
any stage. It is a measure which is well 
understood by all key stakeholders 
(employees, customers, investors 
and regulators) and the Consumer 
Council for Water (‘CCW’) report on 
the reduction in customer complaints 
in their annual report on water 
companies, making it an externally 
recognised measure. The Committee 
considers the forward-looking 
targets to be commercially sensitive 
but full disclosure of the targets and 
performance outcome will be set out in 
next year’s remuneration report. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201798

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

We have an active Company employee 
forum which meets every quarter 
to discuss business challenges and 
opportunities. The forum is chaired jointly 
by a member of the Executive Committee 
and the Trade Unions. Members include 
representatives from HR, joint Trade 
Unions and employees from other 
individual employee Business Forums 
representing each part of our business. 
The objectives of the Company employee 
forum are to:

• involve employees by sharing 

information on the future of our 
business and the water industry;

• work together on issues which affect 

our employees; and

• work in partnership to deliver better 

solutions that improve the way we work.

During 2016/17 the Chief Executive Officer 
discussed with the Company employee 
forum the health of the business, 
key financial information and ideas 
for efficiencies.

Wider workforce considerations
Embedding customers at the heart of 
what we do is a key goal for us and we 
understand that our people are crucial 
to achieving this. We seek to create an 
inclusive working environment and 
reward our employees in a fair manner. 
The Committee and management are 
committed to aligned pay across the 
organisation, and we are pleased to have 
made significant progress in recent 
years, which is outlined in the information 
on the wider workforce remuneration 
set out in this report. We believe that 
employees should share in the success 
of Severn Trent and, as such, we have 
ensured that reward is aligned with 
performance and that all of our people 
benefit from our success, both through 
the all-employee annual bonus plan 
we introduced two years ago and the 
opportunity to purchase shares through 
the tax advantaged Save As You Earn 
Scheme. All-employee bonus measures 
are aligned with management and the 
executive, and we report on progress 
against these targets to employees 
explaining where we are performing 
well and seeking input into how we could 
perform better. We also offer excellent 
benefits in addition to salary and bonus, 
including a comprehensive flexible 
benefits package and a market leading 
defined contribution pension scheme. 

Future policy
The Committee will not bring a policy vote 
to this year’s Annual General Meeting 
(‘AGM’) and therefore will be operating 
within the policy approved by shareholders 
in 2015. The Committee intends to 
engage fully with shareholders in a timely 
manner on a new policy prior to seeking 
shareholder approval at the 2018 AGM. 

Board changes
Emma FitzGerald joined Severn Trent’s 
Executive Committee as Managing 
Director, Wholesale Operations on 
1 July 2015 and was appointed to the 
Board on 1 April 2016. Details of Emma’s 
remuneration package are contained 
within this report. 

Structure of the report
This year, we have amended the structure 
of the remuneration report by adding 
an ‘At a Glance’ section, which sets out 
our remuneration framework, how the 
Remuneration Policy was implemented in 
2016/17 and how the Committee intends 
to apply the Remuneration Policy in 
2017/18. The Policy Report is now detailed 
in an Appendix on page 115 for reference. 
We believe that you will find the new 
structure of the report easier to navigate 
and more transparent. 

I trust that you remain supportive of our 
Remuneration Policy and will approve 
the Resolution on the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at the AGM.

Philip Remnant
Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 201799

Remuneration

At a Glance

The following section sets out our remuneration framework, how the Remuneration Policy was implemented in 2016/17 and how the 
Committee intends to apply the policy in 2017/18.

Approach to remuneration
The approach to remuneration throughout Severn Trent is guided by a framework of common principles, which are outlined below. 

Reward principles
•  Design will be as simple and transparent as possible, and it will be easy to understand and communicate;

•  Reward will be relevant to our business goals and objectives, and be affordable;

•  Performance measures and targets will be objectively determined; and

•  We aim to be competitive in the market so we can attract, recruit and retain talented people.

How our executive pay supports our strategy
The Committee believes it is important that for Executive Directors and senior management a significant proportion of the 
remuneration package is performance related and performance conditions applying to incentive arrangements support the delivery 
of the Company’s strategy. The following table sets out how each of our key strategic objectives are reflected in the annual bonus 
and LTIP.

Key objectives
Embed customers at the heart of what we do Customer ODIs

Measure

Incentive scheme
Annual bonus and LTIP

Customer experience measure

Profit before interest and tax (PBIT)

Annual bonus

Annual bonus

Drive operational excellence and continuous 
innovation

Customer ODIs

Health & safety

Invest responsibly for sustainable growth

RoRE

Change the market for the better

Personal objectives

Create an awesome place to work

Health & safety

Annual bonus and LTIP

Annual bonus

LTIP

Annual bonus

Annual bonus

2016/17 remuneration outcomes
This table shows how the successful implementation of our strategy has flowed through to the rewards provided to our Executive 
Directors. The table below provides a summary total single figure of remuneration for 2016/17 and the 2015/16 total for comparison. 
The full explanatory notes for each element of remuneration are detailed on page 106 following the total single figure of remuneration 
table in the Annual Report on Remuneration.

Executive 
Directors
CEO 

CFO

Year
2016/17

2016/17

MD, Wholesale 
Operations(ii)

2016/17

Salary 
(£’000)(i)
673.7

406.0

395.9

Benefits 
(£’000)
18.0

19.8

17.6

Annual  
bonus  
(£’000)
615.8

368.7

Long term 
incentive plan 
(£’000)
974.8

324.7

Pension  
(£’000)
168.4

101.5

360.2

333.5

99.0

Other  
(£’000)
–

–

–

Total  
2016/7  
(£’000)
2,450.7

1,220.6

Total  
2015/6  
(£’000)
2,493.6

1,264.8

1,206.2

–

(i) Base salaries are shown before the deduction of benefits purchased through the Company’s salary sacrifice scheme. 

(ii) Emma FitzGerald (Managing Director, Wholesale Operations) was appointed to the Board on 1 April 2016.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017100

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Total single figure of remuneration 2016/17
The total single figure of remuneration for each Executive Director for 2016/17 is shown in chart form below.

£’000

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

2,451

40%

25%

8%

27%

1,221

27%

30%
10%

33%

1,206

27%

30%
10%

33%

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director, Wholesale Operations

Salary

Benefits and Pension

Annual bonus

Long term share awards

Remuneration scenarios 
At the time the Remuneration Policy was approved the Company set out the potential remuneration received by the Executive 
Directors for various performance levels. The following chart shows the remuneration scenarios under our approved 
Remuneration Policy. 

£’000

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

2,691

38%

30%
7%

25%

1,777

29%

23%
10%

38%

863
22%

78%

975
21%

25%
12%

42%

527
23%

77%

1,424

29%

34%
8%

29%

514
23%

77%

912
17%

26%
13%

44%

1,310

24%

37%
9%

30%

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director, Wholesale Operations

Salary

Benefits and Pension

Annual bonus

Long term share awards

Note: Minimum remuneration is fixed pay only (i.e. salary + benefits + pension). On-target pay includes fixed pay, 50% of the maximum bonus (equal to 60% of base salary) and 50% vesting of the 
LTIP awards (with grant levels of 150% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer, 100% of salary for the Chief Financial Officer and 80% of salary for the Managing Director, Wholesale Operations). 
Maximum remuneration includes fixed pay and assumes 100% vesting of both the annual bonus (worth 120% of base salary) and the LTIP awards. No share price growth has been factored into the 
above chart and all amounts have been rounded to the nearest £1,000. Salary levels (which are the base on which other elements of the package are calculated) are based on those applying at 1 July 
2017. The value of taxable benefits is the cost of providing those benefits in the year ended 31 March 2017. The Executive Directors are also permitted to participate in HMRC tax advantaged all-employee 
share plans, on the same terms as other eligible employees, but they have been excluded from the above graph for simplicity. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

101

Annual bonus
An annual bonus was awarded of 75.8% of maximum for the Chief Executive Officer; 75.3% of maximum for the Chief Financial 
Officer and 75.5% for the Managing Director, Wholesale Operations. Annual bonus payments for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer are circa 12% lower than last year. This is reflective of the stretching targets we set ourselves at the start of the year, 
which required significant and sustained improvements in all areas.

Severn Trent Water 
Limited Group PBIT(i)

STW customer ODIs(ii)

Threshold  
(0% payable)

Target  
(50% payable)

Maximum  
(100% payable)

Actual: (£512.8m)

(£493.5m)

(£506.6m)

(£519.9m)

(£10.0m)

(£15.0m)

(£20.0m)

Weighting  
(% total award)
47%  

Outcome  
(% total award)
73%

Actual: (£47.6m)

25%  
(35% in respect 
of the MD, WO)  

100%

Business Services PBIT(iii)

Actual: (£36.7m)

(£34.2m)

(£36.1m)

(£37.1m)

Health and safety(iv)

Actual: (0.22)

Personal performance

(0.18)

(0.16)

(0.14)

10% (excluding 
MD, WO)  

68%

8%  

0%

10%  

95% – CEO  
90% – CFO  
60% – MD, WO

Details on page 108

(i)  The outturn figures shown in the table above include six weeks of Dee Valley’s revenue and costs. These are immaterial with a net £0.4 million loss for the period. STW PBIT shown 

pre exceptional items.

(ii) Based on 2012/13 prices pre-tax.

(iii)  The outturn is calculated using the same exchange rate as setting the targets (as approved by the Remuneration Committee) and as such differs from the PBIT of £37.2 million reported in the 

financial statements.

(iv) Measured as no. of lost time incidents divided by no. of hours worked multiplied by 100,000.

Full details of the bonus targets, their calibration and satisfaction are set on page 108.

Long term incentive plan
The table below provides a summary of the 2014 LTIP, which vested at maximum. Further information is provided on pages 109 and 110.

RoRCV – measured 
against multiple of Ofwat 
Final Determination

Threshold  
(0% payable)

Target  
(50% payable)

Maximum  
(100% payable)

Actual: (1.27x)

Vesting outcome as % of award

CEO

CFO

MD, WO

(1x)

(1.02x)

(1.07x)

100%

100%

100%

Shareholding requirements
The Committee believes that it is an essential part of the Company’s Remuneration Policy that Executive Directors become material 
shareholders. The retention and build up of equity is important in a long term business such as Severn Trent as it encourages 
decisions to be made on a long term sustainable basis for the benefit of customers and shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director, Wholesale Operations have now exceeded the shareholding requirement of 200% and 125% of base salary. 
The Chief Financial Officer is on track to meet his shareholding requirement of 125% of base salary in 2017. 

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director,
 Wholesale Operations

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Shareholding guideline as % of salary

125% (Guideline for CFO + MD, WO)

(Guideline for CEO)

Shareholding beneficially owned

Shareholding needed to achieve requirement

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Summary of Remuneration Policy and Implementation in 2016/17 and 2017/18

The table below summarises key information relating to our Remuneration Policy, how it was implemented during the year and how 
the Committee is proposing to implement the Policy in 2017/18. The Remuneration Policy was approved by 97.99% of shareholders 
for three years from the date of the 2015 AGM. No changes to the Remuneration Policy are proposed this year and therefore there will 
be no shareholder vote on the Policy at the 2017 AGM. For a full version of the Remuneration Policy, please refer to the Appendix on 
page 115. 

Element and link to strategy
Salary

To recruit and reward 
Executives of a suitable 
calibre for the role and 
duties required.

Key features of policy
Base salaries for 
individual Directors 
are reviewed annually 
by the Committee and 
normally take effect 
from 1 July.

Pension

To provide pension 
arrangements 
comparable with 
similar companies in 
the market to enable 
the recruitment and 
retention of Directors.

Annual bonus 

To encourage 
improved financial 
and operational 
performance and 
align the interests 
of Directors with 
shareholders 
through the partial 
deferral of payment 
in shares.

LTIP

To encourage strong 
and sustained 
improvements in 
financial performance, 
in line with the 
Company’s strategy 
and long term 
shareholder returns.

A defined contribution 
scheme and/or cash 
supplement in lieu 
of pension.

•  50% in cash
•  50% in shares which 
vest after three years 
(with the value of any 
dividends to be rolled 
up and paid on vesting).

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply.

Awards are granted 
annually and are 
subject to a three year 
performance condition.

A clawback mechanism 
applies to allow the 
recoupment of vested 
incentive awards within 
three years of vesting.

How we will implement the policy in 2017/18
A salary increase of 2% will be applied at 
the salary review date. From 1 July 2017, 
Executive Director salaries will be:

•  CEO – £690,600
•  CFO – £416,200
•  MD, WO – £405,800

The general employee base salary 
increase is 2%.

No changes are proposed for 2017/18.

How we implemented the policy in 2016/17
Executive Director salaries for 2016/17 
were as follows:

•  CEO – £677,000
•  CFO – £408,000
•  MD, Wholesale Operations (‘WO’) – 

£397,800

Salary increases were 2% in 2016/17, 
in line with the average increase that 
applied to the general UK workforce.

Executive Director pension 
arrangements for 2016/17 were 
as follows:

•  CEO – 25% of base salary
•  CFO – 25% of base salary
•  MD, WO – 25% of base salary

The annual bonus is 
normally delivered:

Maximum opportunity in 2016/17 was 
as follows:

•  CEO – 120% of base salary
•  CFO – 120% of base salary
•  MD, WO – 120% of base salary.

For details of 2016/17 performance 
measures, see page 103.

A customer experience measure has 
been introduced. For details of 2017/18 
performance measures, see page 103. All 
other performance conditions will remain 
the same.

No changes to maximum opportunity 
are proposed for 2017/18.

Grant level for 2016/17 was as follows:

•  CEO – 150% of base salary
•  CFO – 100% of base salary
•  MD, WO – 80% of base salary

The performance measure was Return 
on Regulated Equity (‘RoRE’) over the 
three year period to 31 March 2019.

The following grant levels will apply in 
2017/18:

•  CEO – 150% of base salary
•  CFO – 100% of base salary
•  MD, WO – 80% of base salary

The performance measure will be RoRE.

The performance conditions will remain 
the same.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

103

Annual bonus measures in 2017/18
We have reviewed the current bonus measures against our vision and how we operate, and whilst they remain well aligned to our 
key strategic drivers, we believe the addition of a specific customer experience measure worth 8% of the total annual bonus will 
serve to strengthen the link between what our people do and desired outcomes for customers. The metric will assess reduction in 
written complaints. Driving a reduction in written complaints is important as it ensures we are resolving issues earlier for customers 
and ultimately building strong customer focus into all our processes to minimise complaints at any stage. It is a measure which is 
well understood by all key stakeholders (employees, customers, investors and regulators) and the CCW report on the reduction 
in customer complaints in their annual report on water companies, making it an externally recognised measure. A corresponding 
reduction in the customer ODI measure from 35% to 30% and of the personal objectives from 10% to 7% will also apply. The diagram 
below sets out how the annual bonus measures in 2017/18 will differ compared with 2016/17: 

Chief Executive Officer & Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director, Wholesale Operations

2016/17

10%

8%

10%

25%

47%

2017/18

8%

7%

8%

10%

20%

2016/17

10%

8%

2017/18

8%

7%

8%

47%

47%

47%

35%

30%

STW PBIT

Customer ODIs

Business Services PBIT

Health & safety

Personal objectives

Customer experience

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees (audited)
From 1 April 2017, Non-Executive Director base fees were increased by 2% from £52,400 to £53,450 and the Chairman’s fee was 
increased by 2% from £275,000 to £280,500. These increases are the same as awarded to the wider workforce.

An additional supplementary fee, of £15,000 per annum, has been introduced in respect of the Chairmanship of the Treasury 
Committee from 1 April 2017, in recognition of the significant time commitment involved in chairing this Board Committee.

The current fee levels and those for the future financial year are set out in the table below: 

Chairman’s fee

Base fee paid to all Non-Executive Directors

Supplementary fees:

– Senior Independent Director

– Audit Committee Chairman

– Remuneration Committee Chairman

– Corporate Responsibility Committee Chairman

– Treasury Committee Chairman

Fees 2017/18 
£280,500

Fees 2016/17
£275,000

Increase %
2%

£53,450

£52,400

£10,000

£15,000

£15,000

£13,000

£15,000

£10,000

£15,000

£15,000

£13,000

n/a

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

n/a

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors normally serve for terms of three years. The current expiry dates of their letters of 
appointment are Kevin Beeston (1 June 2019), Dominique Reiniche (20 July 2019), John Coghlan (23 May 2020), Andrew Duff (9 May 
2019), Philip Remnant (31 March 2020), and Dr. Angela Strank (24 January 2020). However, all of the Directors are subject to annual 
appointment or reappointment at the AGM.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
104

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Employment at Severn Trent

Embedding customers at the heart of what we do is one of our core goals and we recognise that our employees are crucial to 
achieving this. We seek to create an inclusive working environment and reward our employees in a fair and equitable manner 
by providing all our employees with:

Item
A competitive 
pay package

An opportunity to 
share in our success

Details
We position ourselves as a median employer in relation to the external market. 

At Severn Trent our policy is to ensure that employees who are not on a training rate of pay receive at least the 
voluntary Living Wage as set by the Living Wage Foundation.

We operate an all-employee bonus plan based on Company performance, whereby all employees are aligned with 
the same measures. This aligns employee reward with our key objectives and ensures everyone shares in the 
success of the business. We also operate a Save As You Earn Scheme which gives employees a chance to save up 
to £500 per month over three or five years, with the option to buy Severn Trent Plc shares at a discounted rate at 
the end of the period.

A tailored 
benefits offering

We provide a flexible benefits scheme and we believe our offering is amongst the industry best. It includes 
insurance and health cover, and retail and childcare vouchers to support a positive work-life balance.

An opportunity to 
save for the future

We offer a market leading defined contribution pension scheme and double any contributions employees make 
(up to a maximum of 15% of salary).

Training and 
development 
opportunities

We are focused on leadership and technical development across the whole organisation, and have delivered:

•  a 20% increase in training days this year;
•  a new comprehensive training programme, ‘Skilled by Choice’, within Wholesale, assuring the competency 

of over 300 staff and team managers operating our Water Treatment Works; and

•  40 training sessions to over 550 colleagues to help them write personal development plans that drive 

development and performance.

We have an established programme of training and development, and have trebled our intake of apprentices and 
doubled our graduate numbers. We were recognised as a top 100 Apprenticeship Employer in 2016 at the National 
Apprentice Awards. In addition, we were recently named top employer for engineering and manufacturing at the 
2016 Asian Apprenticeship Awards.

This investment in growing our own talent has strengthened our career progression activity and has resulted in 
almost 700 internal moves with 141 being promotions.

A diverse and 
inclusive workplace

We are recognised for leading performance in the FTSE 100 for women’s representation at Board and Executive 
Committee level.

We continue to have great scores for diversity and inclusion in our global employee engagement survey.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

105

Alignment of pay throughout Severn Trent
The Committee recognises that pay should be fair throughout the Company. Therefore, part of how the Committee makes decisions 
in relation to the structure of executive pay is in the context of the cascade of pay structures throughout the business, shown in the 
diagram below:

Element of pay
LTIP

Annual bonus (all employees aligned to the same measures)

Pension

Benefits

* A proportion of this population by annual invitation.

CEO

Board

Executive 
Committee

Senior 

Management Management
*

*

Wider 
workforce

Percentage increase in the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer
The table below shows the movement in salary, benefits and annual bonus for Liv Garfield (Chief Executive Officer) between the 
current and previous financial year compared with that of the average employee. The Committee looks to ensure that the approach 
to fair pay is implemented in practice throughout the Company. 

Chief Executive Officer (£’000)

Average per employee (£’000)

2017
677.0

18.0

615.8

2016
663.7

17.1

702.1

% Change
2.0%

5.3%

-12.3%

2017
29.9

0.4

2.0

2016
29.5

0.3

2.2

% Change

1.5(iv)

17.8

-10.3

The Committee has elected to use the 
average earnings per employee as this 
avoids the distortions that can occur 
to the Company’s total wage bill as a 
result of movements in the number 
of employees. The comparator group 
used is Severn Trent Water employees 
based in the UK as this is where the 
vast majority of employees are based.

17.8%

2.0%

1.5%

5.3%

– Base salary(i)

– Benefits(ii)

– Bonus(iii)

% change

18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14

Salary

Benefits 

Bonus

-12.3%

-10.3%

CEO

Average per employee

(i)  The base salary figures shown are based on full time equivalent comparisons. 

(ii)  The benefits figures include car allowance and family level private medical insurance for senior and middle managers. 

Benefits were not increased during the year therefore the increase shown relates to changes in the employee populations 
receiving benefits. 

(iii)  The figures shown are reflective of any bonus earned during the respective financial year. Bonuses are paid in the following June.

(iv)  The average pay increase for the wider workforce during the year was 2.0%. The average change in base salaries due to the 

composition of the employee comparator group was 1.5%.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017106

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration  
The Annual Report on Remuneration and the Annual Statement will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the Annual General 
Meeting on 19 July 2017. The information on pages 106 to 114 is audited. 

Total single figure of remuneration (audited)
The total single figure of remuneration table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors for 2016/17 (or for 
performance periods ending in 2016/17 in respect of the long term incentives) and, for the purposes of comparison, for 2015/16. 
Where necessary, further explanations of the values provided are included below. This table and the explanatory notes below this 
table have been audited.

Year ending 31 March 2017

Year ending 31 March 2016

Executive 
Directors
Liv Garfield

Salary 
and fees 
(£’000)(i)
673.7

Benefits 
(£’000)(ii)
18.0

Annual 
bonus 
(£’000)(iii)
615.8

Long 
term 
incentive 
plan 
(£’000)(iv)
974.8

Pension 
(£’000)(v)
168.4

Other 
(£’000)

Total 
(£’000)
– 2,450.7

Salary 
and fees 
(£’000)(i)
660.2

Benefits 

(£’000)(ii) 
17.1

Annual 
bonus 
(£’000)(iii)
702.1

Long 
term 
incentive 
plan 
(£’000)(vi)
936.4

Pension 
(£’000)(v)
165.1

Other 
(£’000)(vii)
12.7

Total 
(£’000)
2,493.6

James Bowling

406.0

19.8

368.7

324.7

101.5

– 1,220.6

400.0

18.8

416.0

320.6

100.0

9.4

1,264.8

Emma 
FitzGerald(viii)

Non-Executive 
Directors
Andrew Duff 
(Chairman)

John Coghlan

Gordon Fryett(ix)

Martin Lamb(ix)

Philip Remnant

Kevin Beeston(x)

Dominique 
Reiniche(xi)

Dr Angela 
Strank

395.9

17.6

360.2

333.5

99.0

– 1,206.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Salary 
and fees 
(£’000)

Benefits 
(£’000)

Annual 
bonus 
(£’000)

Long 
term 
incentive 
plan 
(£’000)

Pension 
(£’000)

Other 
(£’000)

Total 
(£’000)

Salary 
and fees 
(£’000)

Benefits 
(£’000)

Annual 
bonus 
(£’000)

Long 
term 
incentive 
plan 
(£’000)

Pension 
(£’000)

Other 
(£’000)

Total 
(£’000)

275.0

67.4

20.0

19.1

67.4

50.7

36.6

61.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

275.0

257.0

67.4

20.0

19.1

67.4

50.7

36.6

66.4

64.4

61.4

66.4

–

–

61.5

51.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

257.0

66.4

64.4

61.4

66.4

–

–

51.4

(i)  Base salaries are shown before the deductions of benefits purchased through the Company’s salary sacrifice scheme. This is a change of approach adopted this year for the ease of the reader. 

In previous years we have shown base salaries after the deduction of benefits purchased through the Company’s salary sacrifice scheme. In the 2015/16 Annual Report and Accounts, the base salary 
figure shown for Liv Garfield in the single figure table was after £49,995 pension contribution made via salary sacrifice to her defined contribution pension scheme. The current year equivalent figure 
is £9,953. In the table above, these amounts have now been reported as part of the base salary figure rather than as part of pensions. The 2017/18 base salary for James Bowling is reported before 
£9,983 (2016: £nil) pension contribution made via salary sacrifice to his defined contribution pension scheme. The pension contributions made via salary sacrifice are reported as part of the base 
salary in the table above. 

(ii) Benefits include a car allowance of £15,000 per annum, family level private medical insurance, life assurance worth six times base salary and participation in an incapacity benefits scheme.

(iii) The annual bonus is paid 50% in cash and 50% in shares with the portion deferred into shares subject to an additional holding period of three years with no further performance conditions attached.

(iv)  This relates to the vesting of the 2014 LTIP, and the respective Recruitment Awards for James Bowling and Emma FitzGerald which were based on RoRCV performance over the three year period to 

31 March 2017. The value of the shares has been estimated using the average share price for the period from 1 January 2017 to 31 March 2017 of £23.00. 

(v) The Executive Directors’ pension provision is equal to 25% of base salary. 

(vi)  This relates to the vesting of the third tranche of Liv Garfield’s Recruitment Award and the second tranche of James Bowling’s Recruitment Award. The performance condition for these awards was 
the same as for the 2013 LTIP grant, which was based on RoRCV performance over the three year period to 31 March 2016. The awards vested at 100% and the figures shown have been updated to 
reflect the actual share price on vesting (£22.72).

(vii)  For Non-Executive Directors, this figure relates to taxable expenses relating to travel. For Liv Garfield and James Bowling this relates to their respective disturbance expenses claimed in 

accordance with our relocation policy. The expenses typically relate to travel and overnight accommodation. 

(viii) Appointed to the Board on 1 April 2016.

(ix) Resigned from the Board on 20 July 2016.

(x) Appointed to the Board on 1 June 2016. 

(xi) Appointed to the Board on 20 July 2016.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

107

Salary for 2016/17 (audited)
Base salaries for individual Directors are reviewed annually by the Committee and normally take effect from 1 July. The Committee 
considered the Executive Directors’ pay review in July 2016 in light of pay review budgets across the Group. As a result, the Committee 
determined that the salaries for the Executive Directors would increase by 2% in 2016/17, in line with the average increase that applied 
to the general UK workforce. For 2017/18, a 2% increase to salaries for Executive Directors has been agreed, in line with the average 
increase that will apply to the general UK workforce (see page 105).

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director, Wholesale Operations

Base salary 01/07/2016
£677,000

£408,000

£397,800

Base salary 01/07/2015
£663,700

Percentage increase
2%

£400,000

£390,000

2%

2%

Benefits for 2016/17 (audited)
The value of benefits is based on the cost to the Company and there is no pre-determined maximum limit. The range and value of the 
benefits offered is reviewed periodically. In line with our Remuneration Policy outlined in the Appendix on page 115. We show below 
the benefits received by the individual Directors in the year, and their typical annual value where possible. 

Car allowance

Private medical insurance 

Life assurance

Personal accident cover

Biennial health screening

Incapacity benefits 

Typical annual value 2016/17
£15,000

£1,500

Typical annual value 2015/16
£15,000

Percentage increase
0%

£1,500

Up to 6 x base salary

Up to 6 x base salary

As per the group-wide policy

As per the group-wide policy

£620 per health screen 

£620 per health screen

Worth 50% of base salary for a period of 
five years (subject to qualifying criteria)

Worth 50% of base salary for a period of 
five years (subject to qualifying criteria)

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

Annual bonus outturn for 2016/17 (audited)
Annual bonus performance is measured over a single financial year against a range of financial and non-financial targets and against 
personal objectives. The maximum bonus opportunity was 120% of salary. An annual bonus was awarded of 75.8% of maximum for 
the Chief Executive Officer, 75.3% for the Chief Financial Officer and 75.5% for the Managing Director, Wholesale Operations. The table 
below shows a summary of the metrics and targets which were used to determine the annual bonus awards:

Severn Trent Water 
Limited Group PBIT(i)

STW customer ODIs(ii)

Threshold  
(0% payable)

Target  
(50% payable)

Maximum  
(100% payable)

Actual: (£512.8m)

(£493.5m)

(£506.6m)

(£519.9m)

(£10.0m)

(£15.0m)

(£20.0m)

Actual: (£47.6m)

Business Services PBIT(iii)

Actual: (£36.7m)

(£34.2m)

(£36.1m)

(£37.1m)

Health and safety (iv)

Actual: (0.22)

Personal performance

(0.18)

(0.16)

(0.14)

Weighting  
(% total award)
47% 

Outcome  
(% total award)
73%

25%  
(35% in respect 
of the MD, WO) 

100%

10% (excluding 
MD, WO)  

68%

8%  

0%

10%  

95% – CEO  
90% – CFO  
60% – MD, WO

Details on page 108

(i)  The outturn figures shown in the table above include six weeks of Dee Valley’s revenue and costs. These are immaterial with a net £0.4 million loss for the period. STW PBIT shown 

pre exceptional items.

(ii) Based on 2012/13 prices pre-tax.

(iii)  The outturn is calculated using the same exchange rate as setting the targets (as approved by the Remuneration Committee) and as such differs from the PBIT of £37.2 million reported in the 

financial statements.

(iv) Measured as no. of lost time incidents divided by no. of hours worked multiplied by 100,000.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

The 2016/17 targets were set on the basis of delivering PBIT growth in a lower RPI environment decreasing revenue growth, and 
required us to absorb a number of headwinds such as inflation, increasing energy costs and the costs of setting up our non-household 
retail operation. Against a challenging target in excess of the Final Determination and better than consensus expectations, we 
delivered Severn Trent Water Limited Group PBIT (pre exceptional items) of £512.8 million. The customer ODI targets are reset at 
the beginning of each year and the targets for 2016/17 were significantly more challenging, with reduced deadbands and improved 
performance levels, compared with 2015/16. Delivery of the target would represent improved operational performance on last year, 
when we delivered exceptionally strong performance and benefited from mild weather. Our outturn of £47.6 million represents an 
outstanding result, driven by significant improvements in sewer flooding, supply interruptions and sustained performance on category 
3 pollutions, while continuing to benefit from another year of relatively benign weather. We assume normal weather patterns will 
return in the future. In Severn Trent Water we have experienced 22 LTIs resulting in an LTI rate of 0.22 higher than our threshold target 
of 0.18 and therefore this portion of the bonus lapses. In Operating Services there were no LTIs which will result in that portion of their 
bonus paying out in full.

Personal objectives for the executives are linked to our strategic framework which will move us towards our ambition to be the most 
trusted water company. Objectives were shared across the team with each Director leading on the areas which best align with their 
accountabilities and expertise.

Liv Garfield’s key objectives related to improving the financial health and performance of the business, maintaining excellent 
customer service, ensuring the business is ready for market opening and PR19, supporting industry thinking and creating an 
awesome place to work. The Committee awarded Liv Garfield a personal performance rating at 95% of the maximum. This is based 
on the following: identification of a further £100 million in total expenditure efficiencies and strong year on year RCV growth; improved 
customer service resulting in an ODI reward of £47.6 million; on time delivery of Water Plus, our joint venture with United Utilities, and 
setting up our Severn Trent Wholesale Market Unit in readiness for non-household competition; on track delivery of the AMP6 asset 
management strategy; building and maintaining constructive regulatory relationships, contributing to the thinking on opportunities for 
developing the customer ODI framework and PR19; and delivery of a three percentage point increase in employee engagement, which 
continues to track above the global benchmark. Whilst acknowledging a strong financial performance and an exceptional operational 
year, the Board noted that there remains more to do in relation to health and safety and SIM.

James Bowling’s key objectives related to strengthening the wider Finance team, including Internal Audit and Enterprise Risk 
Management, development and delivery of key financial plans, minimising risk and liability in relation to pensions, enhancing investor 
relationships and creating value in Business Services. The Committee awarded James Bowling a personal performance rating at 
90% of the maximum. This is based on the following: transformation of the Internal Audit and Enterprise Risk Management teams, 
developing a strong co-source function to embed risk management and controls into the way we work; successful development 
and delivery of our investor engagement plan, cash enhancement plan, and balanced and floating finance plan; management of the 
defined benefit pension liability through the development of a revised plan following the triennial valuation; successful delivery of 
Business Services’ business plans, including the sale of Severn Trent Italia and growth in Energy and Renewables; and improved 
development planning within the Finance team to identify and build talent breadth and depth at all levels. Whilst acknowledging a 
strong financial performance, the Board noted that there remains more to do in relation to financing risk management. 

Emma FitzGerald’s key objectives related to maximising value from key contracts and capital expenditure, ensuring Wholesale is 
ready for market opening and PR19, improving customer experience and improving leadership succession planning for operational 
roles. The Committee awarded Emma FitzGerald a personal performance rating at 60% of the maximum. This is based on the 
following: implementation of a contract management framework, in collaboration with Group Commercial, to maximise value from 
key contracts, sustain efficiencies across the capital programme and embed new capital prioritisation mechanisms; delivery of 
functional separation in readiness for market opening; on track delivery of PR19 work streams including proactive asset management 
and partnerships with the Environment Agency and Drinking Water Inspectorate; and improved development planning across 
Wholesale to strengthen leadership development. Whilst acknowledging an exceptional operational year, the Board noted that there 
remains more to do in relation to health and safety, customer complaints and SIM.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
Remuneration

109

Long term incentive awards vesting in relation to performance in 2016/17 (audited)
The table below shows the outcome of long term share awards which had performance periods ended 31 March 2017:

RoRCV – measured 
against multiple of Ofwat 
Final Determination

Threshold  
(0% payable)

Target  
(50% payable)

Maximum  
(100% payable)

Actual: (1.27x)

CEO 
Outcome  
(vesting as 
% of award)

CFO  
Outcome  
(vesting as 
% of award)

MD, WO  
(vesting as 
% of award)

(1x)

(1.02x)

(1.07x)

100%

100%

100%

Executive
CEO 

CFO

MD, WO

Award type
2014 LTIP

Number 
of shares 
granted
42,383

End of 
performance 
period
31/03/17

%  
Number  
award  
of shares 
vesting
vesting
100% 42,383

Grant date
16/07/14

Value of 
resultant 
award
£’000s(i)
£974.8

 Vesting  
date
16/07/17

Recruitment Award (Tranche 3)

29/05/15

14,116

31/03/17

Recruitment Award (Tranche 2)

21/07/15 

14,498

31/03/17

100%

100%

14,116

£324.7

16/07/17

14,498

£333.5

16/07/17

(i) Based on the average share price over the final three months of the performance period (£23.00) as the awards will not be released until after the end of the closed period. 

LTIP vesting
The chart below sets out a breakdown of the respective LTIP and Recruitment Awards for the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and Managing Director, Wholesale Operations as disclosed in the total single figure of remuneration table. We have split the 
value of the awards into two components: the face value of the award and the growth in the share price since the awards were made. 

Value of long term incentive awards

v
i
L

d
l
e
fi
r
a
G

s
e
m
a
J

g
n
i
l

w
o
B

a
m
m
E

d
l
a
r
e
G
z
t
i
F

Recruitment Award – Tranche 3 (Vested in 2016)

2014 LTIP (Vesting in 2017)

Recruitment Award – Tranche 2 (Vested in 2016)

Recruitment Award – Tranche 3 (Vesting in 2017)

Recruitment Award – Tranche 2 (Vesting in 2017)

N/A

Face value at award

Share price growth

£’000s

200

400

600

800

1,000

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

2014 LTIP outcome
The 2014 LTIP awards were granted as conditional shares and are subject to RoRCV performance condition measured over three 
financial years. RoRCV is calculated as current cost operating profit less tax paid divided by our average regulatory capital value. 
0% of each award vests if average RoRCV equals that set in the Final Determination, increasing on a straight-line basis to 50% 
vesting for 1.02 times the Final Determination and 100% vesting for 1.07 times the Final Determination. Ofwat is no longer publishing 
a baseline RoRCV figure in AMP6 which impacts the final two years of the 2014 LTIP award. However, an equivalent baseline figure 
can be constructed using the component numbers set out in the Ofwat model giving a baseline figure of 3.49% for 2015/16 and 3.60% 
for 2016/17. 

Our final RoRCV of 1.27 times the Final Determination results in a vesting of 100% of the maximum. This is representative of 
outstanding performance in financing and total expenditure delivering RoRCV of 5.03%, up by 0.67% year on year.

Recruitment Awards
The third tranche of the Recruitment Award made to James Bowling and the second tranche of the Recruitment Award to Emma 
FitzGerald vested in respect of the performance period ended 31 March 2017. The performance measures for these awards reflected 
those under the 2014 LTIP and therefore both awards vested in full.

Outstanding scheme interests, including share awards granted during the year (audited)
The table below sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards as at 31 March 2017.

Awards granted during the year

Executive
Liv Garfield

James Bowling

Award type
2014 LTIP
2015 LTIP
2015 ABS
2015 SAYE
2016 LTIP

2016 ABS
2016 SAYE
Total
Recruitment Award 
(Tranche 3)
2015 LTIP
2016 LTIP

2016 ABS
2016 SAYE
Total

Emma FitzGerald Recruitment Award 

(Tranche 2)
2015 LTIP
2016 LTIP

2016 ABS
2016 SAYE
Total

Maximum 
number of 
shares(i)
42,383
37,808
9,668
1,136
46,115

16,260
–
153,370
14,116

14,890
18,529

9,634
1,044
58,213
14,498

14,518
14,453

7,112
–
50,581

Percentage 
vesting at 
threshold 
performance
0%
25%
–
–
25%

Exercise 
price (p)
–
–
–
1584
–

–
–

0%

25%
25%

–
–

–

–
–

End of 
performance 
period
31/03/17
31/03/18
31/03/15
–
31/03/19

31/03/16
–

Vesting/
exercise

date(ii)
16/07/17
15/07/18
29/06/18
May-18
21/06/19

Basis of award
–
–
–
–
150% of  
base salary
28/06/19 Deferred bonus 
–

–

Face value 
(£’000)
–
–
–
–
£995.5

£351.1
–

31/03/17

16/07/17

–

–

31/03/18
31/03/19

15/07/18
21/06/19

–
100% of  
base salary
28/06/19 Deferred bonus 
–

May-19

–
£400.0

£208.0
–

–
–

–
1724

31/03/16
–

0%

25%
25%

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

31/03/17

16/07/17

–

–

31/03/18
31/03/19

31/03/16
–

15/07/18
21/06/19

–
80% of  
base salary
28/06/19 Deferred bonus
–

–

–
£312.0

£153.6
–

Notes
(a)
(b)
(d)
(e)
(c)

(d)
(e)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)

(a)

(b)
(c)

(d)
(e)

(i) Additional dividend equivalent shares may be released where provided in the rules.

(ii) Awards that are due to vest in a closed period will be released as soon as practicable after the end of the closed period.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration

111

a) 2014 LTIP award
The 2014 LTIP awards were granted on 16 July 2014. The share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was £19.17 
(being the average price over the preceding three days). Further details of the 2014 LTIP awards are set out on the previous page.

Tranche 3 of James Bowling’s Recruitment Award and Tranche 2 of Emma FitzGerald’s Recruitment Award are both subject to 
the performance conditions set out on the previous page for the 2014 LTIP. 

Tranche 3 of James Bowling’s Recruitment Award was granted on 29 May 2015. The share price used to calculate the number 
of shares granted was £21.82 (being the average price over the preceding three days). 

Tranche 2 of Emma FitzGerald’s Recruitment Award was granted on 21 July 2015. The share price used to calculate the number 
of shares granted was £21.52 (being the average price over the preceding three days). 

b) 2015 LTIP award 
The 2015 awards are subject to a RoRE performance condition measured over three financial years. Average RoRE performance is 
compared with the baseline RoRE figure set by Ofwat in our Final Determination. 25% of the award will vest if average RoRE matches 
the baseline figure of 5.65%, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for outperforming the baseline by 1.29 times (equivalent 
to 7.29%). 

The 2015 LTIP awards were granted on 15 July 2015. The share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was £21.49 
(being the average price over the preceding three days). 

c) 2016 LTIP award (awards granted during the year)
The 2016 awards are subject to a RoRE performance condition measured over three financial years. Average RoRE performance is 
compared with the baseline RoRE figure set by Ofwat in our Final Determination. 25% of the award will vest if average RoRE matches 
the baseline figure of 5.65%, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for outperforming the baseline by 1.39 times (equivalent 
to 7.86%). 

The 2016 LTIP awards were granted on 21 June 2016. The share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was £21.59 
(being the average price over the preceding three days). 

At the start of the AMP we set our RoRE measure (which is also used to calculate LTIP payments) based on the Ofwat measure 
of RoRE as was published at that time, with two minor exceptions better to reflect our actual performance. First, we used actual 
gearing rather than the notional capital structure. Secondly, we seek to reflect cash performance through the inclusion of: profit/
loss associated with land sales, miscellaneous activities (such as bulk supplies and rental income) and the impact of the wholesale 
revenue forecasting incentive mechanism. 

Ofwat have provided clarificatory guidance on RoRE to ensure consistency across companies and will be reporting on this shortly. 
On this basis we estimate our RoRE would be 10%. We intend to calculate and publish both RoRE numbers annually, and for LTIP 
purposes we will continue to use the measure defined at the start of the AMP to maintain internal consistency and because it provides 
a clearer reference point for an individual year to set targets. This year our performance is 11% on the LTIP measure.

d) Deferred shares under the annual bonus scheme (awards granted during the year)
Each year, 50% of an Executive Director’s annual bonus is deferred in shares for three years. The awards are granted in the form of 
deferred shares. The 2016 award relates to the deferral of the annual bonus for 2015/16. The awards were granted on 28 June 2016. 
The share price used to calculate the number of shares granted was £21.59 (being the average price over the preceding three days). 
The deferred shares relating to the annual bonus for 2016/17 will be granted in June 2017.

e) Save As You Earn
The Executive Directors, in common with all eligible UK employees of the Group, are entitled to participate in the Company’s HMRC 
tax-advantaged SAYE Scheme. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017112

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

External directorships 
Emma FitzGerald was appointed as a non-executive director of DCC Plc in December 2016 and, in respect of her appointment for 
the year ended 31 March 2016, she was paid fees of £18,836 (converted from EUR using the exchange rate of 1 EUR = 0.86105 GBP), 
which she retained. 

Directors’ shareholdings and summary of outstanding share interests (audited)
The Company operates shareholding guidelines under which Executive Directors are expected to build and maintain a shareholding in 
the Company of 200% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 125% of salary for other Executive Directors. Details of the current 
shareholdings of the Directors and whether Executive Directors have met the shareholding guidelines are set out below.

Interests in shares as at 31 March 2017

Outstanding scheme interests

Director
Kevin Beeston

Dominique Reiniche

John Coghlan

Andrew Duff 

Philip Remnant

Dr. Angela Strank

Liv Garfield

James Bowling

Emma FitzGerald

Beneficially  
owned
2,244

LTIP and  
recruitment awards
–

Deferred shares under 
the annual bonus
–

SAYE options
–

–

2,670

8,184

1,400

459

75,127

15,263

17,703

–

–

–

–

–

126,306

47,535

43,469

–

–

–

–

–

25,928

9,634

7,112

–

–

–

–

–

1,136

1,044

–

Total
2,244

–

2,670

8,184

1,400

459

228,497

73,476

68,284

% shareholding 
guideline 
achieved(i)
–

–

–

–

–

–

154%

93%

101%

(i)  The share price used to calculate the percentage of the shareholding guideline achieved was £23.82 (as at 31 March 2017). The guideline figures include unvested ABS shares (50% deducted to cover 

statutory deductions).

Shares counting towards achievement of the guideline include beneficially owned shares (including shares held by connected 
persons) and the net of tax value of deferred shares under the annual bonus since they are not subject to performance conditions. 
The Executive Directors are expected to retain all shares received through the vesting of any incentive schemes (after the settlement 
of any tax liability) until the shareholding guidelines are met.

There has been no change in the Directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company between those set out above and 
22 May 2017. 

Payments to past Directors (audited)
No payments, other than those disclosed in the total single figure of remuneration table on page 106, have been made to past 
Directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
No payments have been made for loss of office during the year.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

113

Total shareholder return chart and total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer
This graph shows the value at 31 March 2017 of £100 invested in Severn Trent Plc on 1 April 2009 compared with the value of £100 
invested in the FTSE 100 index. The FTSE 100 was chosen as the comparator index because the Company is a constituent of that index. 
The intermediate points show the value at the intervening financial year ends.

The figure of remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer over the last eight financial years is shown in the table below. The annual 
bonus pay out and LTIP vesting level as a percentage of the maximum opportunity is also shown.

Total shareholder return (value £)

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Severn Trent Plc

FTSE 100 index

Total remuneration (£’000)

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Source: Datastream

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Year ending 31 March

Chief Executive Officer
Total remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

SMP vesting (% of maximum)

2010
Tony Wray
1,027.0

2011
Tony Wray
949.8

2012
Tony Wray
1,244.1

2013
Tony Wray
1,635.3

2015

2014

2017
Tony Wray Liv Garfield Liv Garfield Liv Garfield
2,450.7

2,493.6

1,818.4

2,197.6

2016

51.5%

60.3%

 N/A

43.2%

0.0%

 N/A

48.1%

28.4%

82.4%

57.5%

 N/A 

 78.0% 

78.7%

100.0%

64.3%

52.0%

100.0%

N/A

88.2%

100.0%

N/A

75.8%

100%

N/A

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below shows the expenditure of the Company on staff costs against dividends paid to shareholders for both the current and 
prior financial periods, and the percentage change between the two periods. 

Staff costs (£’m)(i)

Dividends (£’m)

(i) Staff costs from continuing and discontinued operations.

2017
356.8

190.4

2016
337.8

197.0

% Change
5.6%

-3.4%

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017114

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Membership of the Remuneration Committee and its advisers
The members of the Committee are listed in the table below. All are independent Non-Executive Directors, as defined under the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, with the exception of the Company Chairman who was independent on his appointment. During the 
year ended 31 March 2017, the Committee met four times to discuss key remuneration issues arising, the review and operation of the 
Company’s Remuneration Policy and market updates by its advisers.

Remuneration Committee member
Philip Remnant (Chairman)

Andrew Duff

Kevin Beeston (Appointed 1 June 2016)

Dr. Angela Strank

Martin Lamb (Retired 20 July 2016)

Attendance in 2016/17
4/4

4/4

3/3

4/4

1/1

The Committee members have no personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the matters to be decided. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Director of Human Resources and by invitation the Head of Economic Regulation and Reward & Pensions Manager 
also attended the Committee meetings to provide advice and respond to specific questions. Such attendances specifically excluded 
any matter concerning their own remuneration. The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

To ensure that the Company’s remuneration practices are in line with best practice, the Committee has access to advice from 
advisers. During the year, PricewaterhouseCoopers (‘PwC’) were appointed as independent advisers to the Committee following 
a competitive tender process and the previous advisers, New Bridge Street (‘NBS’), stepped down. Fees for advice provided to the 
Remuneration Committee during the year were £24,676 excluding VAT to NBS and £68,000 excluding VAT to PwC (2015/16: £77,211 
paid to NBS). Separate teams within PwC also provided unrelated tax consulting, pensions, and other assurance and advisory 
services during the year. Fees for other work performed by NBS and Aon Hewitt (an associated company) during the year totalled 
£56,083 excluding VAT and related to remuneration advice to management (£11,083 excluding VAT) and to the execution of the 2016 
employee engagement survey (£45,000 excluding VAT). PwC is one of the founding members of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
Code of Conduct and adheres to this Code in its dealings with the Committee. The Committee reviews the appointment of its advisers 
annually and is satisfied that the advice it receives is objective and independent. 

How the policy will be applied in 2017 onwards
See pages 102 to 103. 

Statement of shareholder voting at the 2016 AGM 
At last year’s AGM, the Directors’ remuneration report received the following votes from shareholders:

Resolution
Approve Directors’ remuneration report

Votes for
142,619,806

(98.26%)

Votes against
2,527,085

(1.74%)

Votes withheld
1,187,566

The Committee believes that the strong level of shareholder support for both the policy and its implementation in 2015/16 mean that 
no changes are required for 2017/18.

Philip Remnant
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

22 May 2017

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

115

Appendix: Policy Report 
This section sets out the Remuneration Policy approved by 97.99% of shareholders at the 2015 AGM. 

Setting the Remuneration Policy 
The Committee sets the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors and other senior executive managers, taking into account the 
Company’s strategic objectives over the short and the long term and the external market. 

The Committee addresses the need to balance risk and reward. The Committee monitors the variable pay arrangements to take 
account of risk levels, ensuring an emphasis on long term and sustainable performance. The Committee believes that the incentive 
schemes are appropriately managed and that the choice of performance measures and targets does not encourage undue risk 
taking by the Executives so that the long term performance of the business is not compromised by the pursuit of short term 
value. The schemes incorporate a range of internal and external performance metrics, measuring both operational and financial 
performance over differing and overlapping performance periods, providing a rounded assessment of overall Company performance. 

Linkage to all-employee pay 
The Committee reviews changes in remuneration arrangements in the workforce generally. It ensures that Executive Director salary 
increases are normally aligned to the increases for the rest of the workforce. Furthermore, the annual bonus operates on a broadly 
similar basis with the bonus schemes operated throughout STW and all UK employees may participate in the HMRC tax-advantaged 
Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) scheme. The Company has not directly consulted with employees on the topic of Executive Remuneration; 
however, the Committee does consider the general base salary increase, remuneration arrangements and employment conditions for 
the broader employee group when determining the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors. 

Shareholder views 
The Committee engages proactively with the Company’s major shareholders and takes their views into account. The Committee 
reviews any feedback received from shareholders as a result of the AGM process and throughout the rest of the year and takes 
into consideration the latest views of investor bodies and their representatives, including the Investment Association, the National 
Association of Pension Funds1 and proxy advice agencies such as Institutional Shareholder Services. When any significant changes are 
proposed to be made to the Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee Chairman discusses these with major shareholders 
in advance and may offer meetings for more detailed discussion.
1 Now the Pension and Lifetime Savings Association.

Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors 
The following table sets out a summary of each element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages. 

Element
Salary

Purpose and link to strategy
To recruit and reward 
Executives of a suitable 
calibre for the role and 
duties required.

Benefits

To provide competitive 
benefits in the market 
to enable the recruitment 
and retention of Directors.

Operation (including performance metrics)
Base salaries for individual Directors are reviewed annually 
by the Committee and normally take effect from 1 July. 

Salaries are set with reference to individual performance, 
experience and contribution, together with developments in 
the relevant employment market (having regard to similar 
roles in publicly quoted companies of a comparable size 
(currently FTSE 51-150) and practice in other water companies), 
Company performance, affordability and internal relativities.

The Company, where appropriate, may set base salary levels 
below the market reference salary at the time of appointment, 
with the intention of bringing the base salary levels in line with 
the market as the individual gains the relevant experience.

A car allowance, family level private medical insurance, life 
assurance, personal accident insurance, health screening, 
an incapacity benefits scheme and other incidental benefits 
and expenses. Relocation, disturbance and expatriate 
allowances and tax equalisation may be paid as appropriate. 
Directors will be reimbursed for any reasonable business 
expenses incurred in the course of their duties, including 
the tax payable thereon.

Maximum opportunity
Details of the current salary 
levels for the Directors are set 
out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration on page 106.

Any increase to Directors’ 
salaries will generally be 
no higher than the average 
increase for the UK workforce. 
However, a higher increase may 
be proposed in the event of a role 
change or promotion, or in other 
exceptional circumstances.

The value of benefits is based 
on the cost to the Company 
and there is no pre-determined 
maximum limit. The range and 
value of the benefits offered is 
reviewed periodically.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017116

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Element
Pension

Annual 
bonus

Purpose and link to strategy
To provide pension 
arrangements comparable 
with similar companies 
in the market to enable 
the recruitment and 
retention of Directors.

To encourage improved 
financial and operational 
performance and align 
the interests of Directors 
with shareholders 
through the partial 
deferral of payment 
in shares.

LTIP

To encourage strong and 
sustained improvements 
in financial performance, 
in line with the Company’s 
strategy and long term 
shareholder returns.

Operation (including performance metrics)
A defined contribution scheme and/or cash supplement in 
lieu of pension.

Maximum opportunity
Company contribution to a 
pension scheme and/or cash 
allowance up to a maximum 
of 25% of salary. 

Bonuses are based on financial, operational and personal 
performance. No more than 20% of the bonus will relate to 
personal contribution for any Executive.

Maximum annual bonus 120% 
of base salary (target annual 
bonus of 60% of base salary).

50% of the bonus is paid in cash and 50% in shares which 
vest after three years (with the value of any dividends to be 
rolled up and paid on vesting).

A clawback mechanism applies to allow the recoupment 
within three years of the payment of the cash bonus or 
the grant of deferred shares in the event of financial 
misstatement, error in the calculation or gross misconduct.

Awards are granted annually and are subject to a three 
year performance condition which requires the Company’s 
RoRE to outperform the target set out in Ofwat’s Final 
Determination. A sliding scale of targets is set. Different 
targets and/or performance measures may be set for future 
LTIP awards to reflect the business strategy and regulatory 
framework operating at that time.

The value of dividends paid on the shares comprising 
the award will be rolled up and paid on vesting.

The award may be structured as a conditional share award 
(awards may also be settled in cash in certain circumstances).

A clawback mechanism applies to allow the recoupment 
of vested incentive awards within three years of vesting 
in the event of financial misstatement, an error in 
calculating the level of vesting or gross negligence, 
fraud or gross misconduct.

Maximum limit is 150% of base 
salary (with 200% being used 
in exceptional circumstances). 
The grant level for 2016/17 is 
150% for the Chief Executive 
Officer, 100% for the Chief 
Financial Officer and 80% 
for the Managing Director, 
Wholesale Operations.

Up to 25% of an award may vest 
for threshold performance.

All-
employee 
share 
plans

To encourage widespread 
employee share ownership 
to enable employees to 
share in the success of 
the business, and to align 
their interests with those 
of shareholders.

The Executive Directors are able to participate in HMRC tax 
advantaged all-employee share plans on the same terms as 
other eligible employees. 

The maximum limits under the 
plans are as set by HMRC.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

117

Further details on the variable pay policy

Annual bonus 
The performance measures and targets for the annual bonus are selected annually to align with the business strategy and the key 
drivers of performance set under the regulatory framework. The annual weighting of the bonus between the various metrics and 
personal contribution may vary depending on the key priorities of the business for the year ahead. Robust and demanding targets 
are set taking into account the operating environment and priorities, market expectations and the business plan for the year ahead. 
Further details on the performance measures and weightings to be used for the forthcoming year are set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration on page 106.

Long term incentives (‘LTIP’) 
For LTIP awards granted in 2015 onwards, RoRE will be used to assess performance. Using RoRE to assess long term performance 
reflects the focus of Ofwat in AMP6 and is consistent with our aim to deliver efficient returns to shareholders. RoRE is calculated 
as profit after tax (plus incentives earned in the year) divided by the average equity proportion of our regulatory capital value. 
The Committee believes that the use of RoRE provides a strong alignment between the long term financial and operational 
performance of the Group and the reward delivered to management. 

LTIP awards granted in 2013 and 2014 are subject to a performance condition relating to RoRCV. RoRCV is calculated as current cost 
operating profit less tax paid divided by our average regulatory capital value. Details of the performance targets applying to the 2013 
and 2014 awards are set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration on page 106. 

The Committee reserves the discretionary power to adjust the formulaic outturn of the LTIP performance conditions to ensure that 
the vesting result is reflective of the underlying financial and operational performance of the Company over the performance period. 
The use of this discretion is expected to be exceptional and the Committee would consult with its major shareholders before making 
any upwards adjustment. In relation to the awards granted in 2013, there is a cap and collar limiting the extent to which this discretion 
can be applied (if the vesting result indicated by the performance condition is greater than 50% the Committee may reduce the vesting 
to a number not less than 50%; and if it is 0% it may increase it to any figure not greater than 50%). This cap and collar approach does 
not apply to awards granted from 2014 onwards.

In addition, for any awards to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that there has been no compromise to the commercial practices 
or operational standards of the Group. If the Committee is not so satisfied, then the vesting percentage may be scaled back as 
appropriate (including to 0%).

Legacy Share Matching Plan
Until 2013, awards were also made under a Share Matching Plan (‘SMP’). Under the SMP, the Executive Directors could receive up to 
0.5 matching shares for each share deferred under the annual bonus plan (the maximum award level was therefore 30% of salary). 
The matching awards were subject to achievement of a relative total shareholder return performance condition and a financial 
underpin. At the time of release, participants also receive the value of the dividends which would have been paid on vested shares over 
the performance period. The outstanding awards will be allowed to pay out under the approved policy, subject to achievement of the 
performance conditions on which they were granted. None of the Executive Directors hold outstanding awards under this legacy plan.

Remuneration Committee discretion 
The Committee will operate all incentive plans according to the rules of each respective plan and the discretions contained therein. 
The discretions cover aspects such as the timing of grant and vesting of awards, determining the size of the award (subject to the 
policy limits), the treatment of leavers (see policy on Payments for Loss of Office on page 112), retrospective adjustment of awards 
(e.g. for a rights issue, a corporate restructuring or for special dividends) and, in exceptional circumstances, the discretion to adjust 
previously set targets for an incentive award if events happen which cause the Committee to determine that it would be appropriate 
to do so. In exercising such discretions, the Committee will take into account generally accepted market practice, best practice 
guidelines, the provisions of the Listing Rules and the Company’s approved Remuneration Policy. 

External directorships 
Executive Directors are permitted to take on external non-executive directorships, though normally only one other appointment, 
to bring a further external perspective to the Group and help in the development of key individuals’ experience. In order to avoid any 
conflicts of interest, all appointments are subject to the approval of the Nominations Committee. Executive Directors are permitted 
to retain the fees arising from one appointment.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017118

Remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Shareholding guidelines 
The Company operates shareholding guidelines under which Executive Directors are expected to build and maintain a shareholding 
in the Company. The Chief Executive Officer is expected to build and maintain a holding of shares to the value of 200% of salary, and 
other Executive Directors 125% of salary. Executive Directors are expected to retain all of the net of tax number of shares they receive 
through the LTIP and deferred share bonus until the shareholding guidelines have been met. 

Service contracts and policy on Payments for Loss of Office
The remuneration related elements of the current contracts for Executive Directors are shown in the table below.

Provision
Notice period

Policy
12 months from either party.

Termination payment Payments for loss of office comprise a maximum of 12 months’ salary and benefits only. 

Mitigation

Change of control

Annual bonus

LTIP & legacy SMP

Any termination payment will not be made automatically but will be subject to both phasing and mitigation 
(including offset against any earnings from new employment).

There are no specific contractual payments or benefits which would be triggered in the event of a change in control 
of the Company. Outstanding incentive awards would vest in line with the treatment set out below for a good leaver 
except that the performance and vesting period will end on the date of the change of control.

The Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus to a departing executive, subject to performance and 
pro-rated to reflect the proportion of the year worked. The bonus would be paid at the same time as for the other 
Directors and, if the Executive has left employment by that date, it may be paid solely in cash. 

Any outstanding deferred bonus shares will vest on cessation of employment unless the departure is a result 
of summary dismissal.

The default treatment is that all awards will lapse on cessation of employment. However, an Executive will be 
considered a good leaver in certain prescribed circumstances or by the discretion of the Committee. If an Executive 
is a good leaver, the award will ordinarily vest on the normal vesting date, subject to performance and time pro-
rating (as set out below). The Committee also has the discretion to determine that the awards for a good leaver 
should vest early (e.g. on cessation of employment) subject to performance with time pro-rating (as set out below). 

For the outstanding awards under the legacy 2005 LTIP (awards granted in 2013 and prior), the time pro-rating 
is calculated by rounding up to the nearest full year unless otherwise specified. Time pro-rating under the 2014 
LTIP (awards granted since 2014) is calculated on a daily basis and under the legacy SMP is rounded up to the 
nearest month. In exceptional circumstances the Committee may time pro-rate the 2005 LTIP, 2014 LTIP and 
SMP awards to a lesser extent or not at all. For the Recruitment Awards granted on appointment to Liv Garfield, 
James Bowling and Emma FitzGerald, no time pro-rata reduction will be applied in a good leaver situation. 
This is in recognition of the fact that the expected value of the forfeited awards from their previous employment 
was significantly higher in each case (with much of it being non-performance related) and which would not have 
been scaled back for a similar event.

Copies of the service contracts of the Executive Directors and the letters of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are available 
for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal business hours.

Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may be provided where appropriate. Any statutory entitlements or sums 
to settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination would be paid as necessary. Outstanding savings/awards under 
the SAYE and the legacy Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) would be transferred in accordance with the terms of the plans as approved 
by HMRC.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Remuneration

119

Approach to recruitment and promotion 
The Committee will seek to align the remuneration package offered to new Executive Directors with the policy but may offer variable 
remuneration appropriate and necessary to recruit and retain the individual. A summary of the policy is set out below.

Item
Philosophy

Policy
The remuneration packages for all new Executive Directors will be set in line with the Company’s approved policy. 
The Committee will take into account, in arriving at a total package, the skills and experience of the candidate, the 
market rate for a candidate of that level of experience, as well as the importance of securing the best candidate. 

Variable remuneration Annual bonuses and long term incentives will be awarded in line with the maximum limits outlined in the policy 

on page 116. Participation in the bonus plan will normally be pro-rated for the year of joining.

Buyout awards

The Committee may make additional cash and/or share based awards if deferred pay is forfeited by an Executive 
on leaving a previous employer. Such awards would take into account the nature of awards forfeited (i.e. cash or 
shares), time horizons, attributed expected value and any performance conditions. Awards would typically be made 
under the terms of the LTIP or under the exemptions permitted under the Listing Rules. Non-performance related 
payments unrelated to the forfeiture of awards, i.e. ‘golden hellos’, will not be made.

Expenses

Other payments may be made in relation to relocation expenses and other incidental expenses as appropriate.

Internal promotions

In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role would be 
allowed to pay out according to the terms on which it was originally granted.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
The Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors, other than the Chairman, is determined by the Severn Trent Executive 
Committee. The fee for the Chairman is determined by the Remuneration Committee (without the Chairman present).

Element
Fee

Purpose and link to strategy
To recruit and retain 
Non-Executive 
Directors of a suitable 
calibre for the role 
and duties required.

Operation
Base Board fee with additional fees paid for the Senior 
Independent Director and chairmanship of the Board 
Committees. The Chairman receives a total fee in respect 
of his Board duties. Fees are paid monthly. Directors will 
be reimbursed for any reasonable business expenses 
incurred in the course of their duties, including the tax 
payable thereon.

The fees for the Non-Executive Directors and Chairman 
are set taking into account the time commitment of the role 
and market rates in comparable companies. The fees are 
normally reviewed annually (but not necessarily increased).

Maximum opportunity
Details of the current fee levels 
for the Directors are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

The fee levels are set subject to 
the maximum limits set out in the 
Articles of Association.

Non-Executive Directors normally serve terms of three years. They do not have service contracts. Instead, they are engaged by letters 
of appointment which are terminable by either party with no notice period and no compensation in the event of such termination, other 
than accrued fees and expenses. All of the Directors are subject to annual appointment or reappointment at the AGM.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017120

Other disclosures
Directors’ report

The Directors present their report and 
the audited Group financial statements, 
for the year ended 31 March 2017. 
The performance review of the Company 
can be found within the Strategic report 
on the inside cover through to page 69. 
This provides detailed information relating 
to the Group, its business models and 
strategy, the operation of its businesses, 
future developments and the results 
and financial position for the year ended 
31 March 2017. The governance section set 
out on pages 70 to 124 is incorporated by 
reference into this report and, accordingly, 
should be read as part of this report.

Details of the Group’s policy on addressing 
the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group are set out in the risk 
management section on pages 47 to 55.

Principal activity
The principal activity of the Group is to 
treat and provide water and remove waste 
water in the UK and internationally.

Details of the principal joint ventures, 
associated and subsidiary undertakings 
of the Group as at 31 March 2017 
are shown in note 20 and 48 to the 
financial statements on pages 153 and 
182 respectively.

Areas of operation 
During the course of 2016/17, the Group 
had activities and operations in the 
United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy and the 
United States. 

Directors and their interests
Biographies of the Directors currently 
serving on the Board are set out on pages 
72 and 73. 

All of the Directors will be offering 
themselves for appointment or 
reappointment at the Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’), as set out in the 
governance report on page 78.

Details of Directors’ service contracts are 
set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on page 118. The interests of the 
Directors in the shares of the Company 
are shown on page 112 of that report. 
The Board has a documented process in 
place in respect of conflicts.

Insurance and indemnities
The Company maintains Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance in respect of 
legal action that might be brought against 
its Directors and Officers. As permitted 
by the Company’s Articles of Association 
(the ‘Articles’), and to the extent permitted 
by law, the Company indemnifies each 
of its Directors and other Officers of the 
Group against certain liabilities that may 
be incurred as a result of their positions 
with the Group. The indemnity was in force 
throughout the tenure of each Director 
during the last financial year, and is 
currently in force.

Severn Trent Plc does not have in place 
any indemnities for the benefit of the 
External Auditor.

Employees 
The average number of employees within 
the Group is shown in note 10 to the 
financial statements on page 146.

Severn Trent Plc believes a diverse and 
inclusive workforce is a key factor in 
being a successful business. Through our 
Diversity and Equal Opportunities Policy, 
the Company seeks to ensure that every 
employee, without exception, is treated 
equally and fairly and that all employees 
are aware of their responsibilities. 
This means more than ensuring we don’t 
discriminate in any way – we want to 
create and maintain a culture open to a 
diverse population. 

We are an equal opportunities employer 
and welcome applications from all 
individuals, including those with a 
disability. We are fully committed 
to supporting applications made by 
disabled persons, and make reasonable 
adjustments to their environment where 
possible (having regard to their particular 
aptitudes and abilities). We are also 
responsive to the needs of our employees. 
As such, should any employee become 
disabled during their time with us, we 
will actively re-train that employee and 
make reasonable adjustments to their 
environment where possible, in order to 
keep them in employment with us.

All our training, promotion and career 
development processes are in place for 
all our employees to access, regardless 
of their gender, race, age or disability. 
The provision of occupational health 
programmes is of crucial importance to 
Severn Trent with the aim of keeping our 
employees fit, healthy and well, including 
an employee assistance programme.

Employee engagement 
We continuously engage with our 
employees in a number of ways to 
accommodate different working 
patterns. This includes: 

• all people briefings, ‘Team Talk’;
• corporate communications events and 
roadshows held by functions across 
the Company;

• a dedicated intranet, ‘Streamline’; 
• online news portal and weekly roundup, 

‘Pipeline News’; 

• an active employee social media 

presence, ‘Yammer’;

• conference calls and email;
• leadership engagement channels 
– Chief Executive’s weekly blog, 
senior management monthly visibility 
programme and quarterly events;

• employee forum; and 
• regular meetings with Unions.

Details of the financial and economic 
factors affecting the performance of the 
Company are shared with all employees 
at the appropriate time using the methods 
listed above.

We provide opportunities for employees 
to give their feedback to the Company 
in a number of ways, from team or 
shift meetings and annual employee 
satisfaction surveys.

The Company is keen to encourage 
greater employee involvement in the 
Group’s performance through share 
ownership. To help align employees’ 
interests with the success of the 
Company’s performance, we operate 
an HMRC approved all-employee plan, 
the Severn Trent Sharesave Scheme 
(‘Sharesave’), which is offered to UK 
employees on an annual basis. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017121

With regard to the appointment and 
replacement of Directors, the Company 
is governed by its Articles, the Code, 
the Companies Act 2006 and related 
legislation. The Articles may be amended 
by Special Resolution of the shareholders. 
The powers of Directors are described in 
the Severn Trent Plc Board Governance 
document which can be found on our 
website, the Articles and the Governance 
report on pages 70 and 124.

Under the Articles, the Directors have 
authority to allot Ordinary Shares, subject 
to the aggregate nominal amount limit set 
at the 2016 AGM.

Change of control 
There are a number of agreements that 
take effect after, or terminate upon, 
a change of control of the Company, 
such as commercial contracts, bank 
loan agreements, property lease 
arrangements and employee share 
plans. None of these are considered to be 
significant in terms of their likely impact 
on the business of the Group as a whole. 
There are no agreements between the 
Company and its Directors or employees 
that provide for compensation for loss 
of office or employment because of a 
takeover bid. 

Other disclosures

Over 70% of Severn Trent’s UK employees 
participate in one or more of our schemes, 
with the average participant contributing 
£265 each month.

During the year, the Company has 
remained within its headroom limits for 
the issue of new shares for share plans as 
set out in the rules of the above plan. 

Dividend Policy 
We have enhanced our Dividend Policy 
for the period 2015-2020, with effect from 
2017/18, and will now increase the dividend 
by growth of at least RPI +4% each year. 
This replaced the previous Dividend Policy 
of annual growth of the dividend at no less 
than RPI until March 2020. 

Research and development 
Innovative use of existing and emerging 
technologies will continue to be crucial 
to the successful development of new 
products and processes for the Group 
and our products must continue to deliver 
value for customers. 

Expenditure on research and development 
is set out in note 8 to the financial 
statements on page 145.

Internal controls
Further details of our internal control 
framework can be found in the Audit 
Committee report on page 88.

Treasury management
The disclosures required under the 
European Union (‘EU’) Fair Value 
Directive in relation to the use of financial 
instruments by the Company are set out 
in note 36 to the financial statements on 
pages 166 to 171. Further details on our 
Treasury Policy and management are set 
out in the Chief Financial Officer’s review 
on page 45.

Post balance sheet events
Details of post balance sheet events are 
set out in note 46 to the Group financial 
statements on page 181.

Dividends
An interim dividend of 32.60 pence per 
Ordinary Share was paid on 6 January 
2017. The Directors recommend a final 
dividend of 48.90 pence per Ordinary 
Share to be paid on 21 July 2017 to 
shareholders on the register on 16 June 
2017. This would bring the total dividend 
for 2016/17 to 81.50 pence per Ordinary 
Share (2015/16: 80.66 pence). The payment 
of the final dividend is subject to 
shareholder approval at the AGM.

The Dividend Policy reflects our strong 
operational delivery and financial 
performance, while ensuring that our 
bills are affordable for all our customers. 
When determining the policy the Board 
considered various scenarios and 
sensitivities, and reviewed the impact of 
adverse changes in inflation and interest 
rates on key metrics. The Board believes 
that the Dividend Policy is commensurate 
with a sustainable investment grade 
credit rating. 

Capital structure
Details of the Company’s issued share 
capital and of the movements during 
the year are shown in note 31 to the 
Company financial statements on page 
163. The Company has one class of 
Ordinary Shares which carries no right 
to fixed income. Each share carries the 
right to one vote at General Meetings of 
the Company. The issued nominal value 
of the Ordinary Shares is 100% of the total 
issued nominal value of all share capital.

There are no specific restrictions on the 
size of a holding nor on the transfer of 
shares, which are both governed by the 
general provisions of the Articles and 
prevailing legislation. The Directors are 
not aware of any agreements between 
holders of the Company’s shares that may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights.

Details of employee share schemes 
are set out in note 38 to the financial 
statements on pages 173 to 175. 
For shares held by the Severn Trent 
Employee Share Ownership Trust, the 
Trustee abstains from voting.

No person has any special rights of control 
over the Company’s share capital and all 
issued shares are fully paid.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017122

Other disclosures
Directors’ report continued

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 March 2017, the Company had 
been notified in accordance with Chapter 5 
of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules 
of the following major shareholdings:

No. of Ordinary 
Shares of  
9717/19p each
14,983,517

Percentage of 
voting rights and 
issued share 
capital
6.36%

8,357,689

3.55%

Name of holder
Blackrock Inc 

Legal & 
General 
Group Plc

As at 22 May 2017, the Company had been 
notified of the following holdings of voting 
rights in the Ordinary Share capital of 
the Company: Blackrock Inc 16,102,542 
(6.82%); Legal & General Group Plc 
8,453,879 (3.58%).

The percentage of voting rights detailed 
above was calculated at the time of the 
relevant disclosures made in accordance 
with Rule 5 of the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules.

Authority to purchase shares 
The Company was given authority at its 
AGM in 2016 to make market purchases 
of Ordinary Shares up to a maximum 
number of 23,554,028 Ordinary Shares. 
During the year, no Ordinary Shares have 
been repurchased. 

Authority will again be sought from 
shareholders at this year’s AGM to 
purchase up to a maximum of 23,603,888 
Ordinary Shares.

The Directors believe that it is desirable 
to have the general authority to buy 
back the Company’s Ordinary Shares in 
order to provide maximum flexibility in 
the management of the Group’s capital 
resources. However, the Directors 
would only make such purchases if the 
Board was satisfied at the time that 
to do so would be in the best interests 
of shareholders generally (taking into 
account, for example, the financial 
resources of the Company, the Company’s 
share price, future funding opportunities 
and the impact on the Company’s earnings 
per share).

Contributions for political and 
charitable purposes 
Donations to charitable organisations 
during the year amounted to £312,588 
(2016: £86,864). Donations are given to 
charities whose projects align closely 
with our aim to promote the responsible 
use of water resources and waste water 
services which provide the opportunity for 
longer term partnerships. In addition, we 
provide donations to employee nominated 
charities through a matched funding 
scheme and health and safety reward 
schemes. We are also committed to 
supporting WaterAid, the UK’s only major 
charity dedicated to improving access to 
safe water, hygiene and sanitation in the 
world’s poorest countries.

Severn Trent’s policy is not to make 
any donations for political purposes 
in the UK, or to donate to EU political 
parties or incur EU political expenditure. 
Accordingly neither Severn Trent Plc 
nor its subsidiaries made any political 
donations or incurred political expenditure 
in the financial year under review.

Under the provisions of the Political 
Parties Elections and Referendums Act 
2000 (the relevant provisions of which are 
now contained in Part 14 of the Companies 
Act 2006), shareholder authority is 
required for political donations to be made 
or political expenditure to be incurred by 
the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
in the EU and disclosure of any such 
payment must be made in the Annual 
Report and Accounts. The legislation 
gives a wide definition of what constitutes 
political donations and political 
expenditure including sponsorship, 
subscriptions, payment of expenses, 
paid leave for employees fulfilling 
public duties and support for bodies 
representing the business community 
in policy review or reform. The Company 
has therefore obtained limited authority 
from shareholders as a precautionary 
measure to allow the Company to 
continue supporting the community and 
such organisations without inadvertently 
breaching the legislation.

At the 2016 AGM, shareholders gave 
the Company authority to make political 
donations or to incur political expenditure 
in the EU (which would not ordinarily be 
regarded as political donations) up to an 
aggregate annual limit of £150,000 for the 
Company and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to 
those authorities, during the year ended 
31 March 2017 the Group incurred costs 
of £nil (2016: £nil). Those authorities will 
expire at the 2017 AGM and, in line with 
market practice to renew the authorities 
on an annual basis, the Board has decided 
to put forward a resolution to this year’s 
AGM to renew the authorities to make 
donations to political organisations and 
to incur political expenditure up to a 
maximum aggregate of £150,000 p.a. 
As permitted under the Companies Act 
2006, this resolution also covers any 
political donations made or political 
expenditure incurred by any subsidiaries 
of the Company.

Supplier payment policy 
Individual operating companies within the 
Group are responsible for establishing 
appropriate policies with regard to 
the payment of their suppliers, in 
accordance with the Prompt Payment 
Code (‘PPC’). The companies agree 
terms and conditions under which 
business transactions with suppliers 
are conducted. It is Group policy that 
provided a supplier is complying with the 
relevant terms and conditions, including 
the prompt and complete submission of 
all specified documentation, payment 
will be made in accordance with agreed 
terms. It is also Group policy to ensure 
that suppliers know the terms on which 
payment will take place when business 
is agreed. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017123

Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosures required by law 
relating to the Group’s greenhouse gas 
emissions are included in the Corporate 
Responsibility report on page 66.

Accounts of Severn Trent Water Limited 
and Dee Valley Water plc
Separate Annual Performance Reports 
for each of Severn Trent Water Limited 
and Dee Valley Water plc are prepared and 
provided to Ofwat. Copies will be available 
on our website or on request to the 
Company Secretary. There is no charge 
for these publications.

Annual General Meeting 
The AGM of the Company will be held at 
the Ricoh Arena, Phoenix Way, Coventry, 
CV6 6GE at 11am on Wednesday 19 July 
2017. The notice convening the meeting, 
together with details of the business to 
be considered and explanatory notes for 
each resolution, is distributed separately 
to shareholders. It is also available on 
our website.

By order of the Board

Bronagh Kennedy
Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

22 May 2017

Other disclosures

Relevant audit information
The Directors confirm that:

• so far as each of them is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and

• each of them has taken all the steps 
that he/she ought to have taken as a 
Director to make himself/herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s Auditor is 
aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

External Auditor
Having carried out a review of their 
effectiveness during the year, details 
of which can be found in the Audit 
Committee report on page 88, the Audit 
Committee has recommended to the 
Board the reappointment of Deloitte LLP. 
The reappointment and a resolution to that 
effect will be on the agenda at the AGM. 
Deloitte LLP indicated their willingness to 
continue as Auditor. The Audit Committee 
will also be responsible for determining 
the audit fee on behalf of the Board.

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 
9.8.4R
The information required to be disclosed 
by Listing Rule 9.8.4R can be located in 
the following pages of this Annual Report 
and Accounts:

Section
(1)

(4)

(8)

(2), (5), 
(6), (7), 
(9)–(14)

Information to be included
A statement of the 
amount of interest 
capitalised

Details of long term 
incentive schemes

Section 7 in relation 
to subsidiary 
undertakings

Location 
Page 147

Page 109

Pages 182 
and 183

Not 
applicable

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017124

Other disclosures
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and 
applicable law) including FRS101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’. Under company 
law the Directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Company for that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent;

• state whether applicable UK Accounting 

Standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on 
the Going Concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial 
statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that Directors:

• properly select and apply 

accounting policies;

• present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information; 

• provide additional disclosures 

when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

• make an assessment of the Company’s 
ability to continue as a Going Concern. 

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement 
Each of the Directors confirm that to the 
best of their knowledge:

• the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the relevant financial 
reporting framework, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit or loss of 
the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole; and

• the Strategic report includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and 
the position of the Company and 
the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.
• the Annual Report and financial 

statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy. 

This Responsibility Statement was 
approved by the Board of Directors on 
22 May 2017 and is signed on its behalf by:

Andrew Duff 
Chairman 

James Bowling 
Chief Financial Officer

22 May 2017

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017125

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of Severn Trent Plc

Opinion on financial statements of Severn Trent plc
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2017 and of the group’s profit 

for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 

European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, 

including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group financial 

statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The financial statements that we have audited comprise:

•  the Consolidated income statement;
•  the Consolidated and Company statements of comprehensive income;
•  the Consolidated and Company balance sheets;
•  the Consolidated cash flow statement;
•  the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity; and
•  the related Notes to the group financial statements 1 to 48 and the related Notes to the parent company financial statements 1 to 17.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable law 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice), including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”.

Summary of our audit approach

Key risks

The key risks that we identified in the current year were:

•  Determination of the provision for impairment of trade receivables in Severn Trent Water Limited;
•  Revenue recognition risk in relation to the estimation of metered unbilled revenue in Severn Trent Water Limited;
•  Determining the classification of costs between operating expenditure and capital expenditure in Severn Trent Water 

Limited;

•  Determining the amount of the group’s retirement benefit obligations; and
•  Determination of current and deferred tax balances.

The materiality that we used in the current year was £18 million (2016: £18 million) which was determined on the basis of 
profit before tax, losses/gains on financial instruments and exceptional items.

Our audit scoping has resulted in over 90% of the group’s net operating assets and profit before tax, gains/losses on 
financial instruments and exceptional items being subject to audit testing.

Changes to our scoping approach include:

•  Audit of the newly incorporated joint venture, Water Plus Limited
•  Audit of the acquisition balance sheet of Dee Valley Group plc 

Materiality

Scoping

Significant changes 
in our approach

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017126

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of Severn Trent Plc continued
Going concern and the directors’ assessment of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the group
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the directors’ statement regarding the appropriateness of the going concern basis of accounting contained 
within note 2 to the financial statements and the directors’ statement on the longer-term viability of the group contained within the strategic report on page 49.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation on page 50 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the group, including those that would 

threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•  the disclosures on pages 50 to 55 that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated;
•  the directors’ statement in note 2 to the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements; and

•  the directors’ explanation on page 49 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period they have done so and why they consider 

that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications 
or assumptions.

We confirm that we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in respect of these matters.

We agreed with the directors’ adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not identify any such material uncertainties. However, because 
not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Independence
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standards for Auditors and confirm that we are independent of the group and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards.

We confirm that we are independent of the group and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also 
confirm we have not provided any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

There have been no changes to the risks identified in the prior year.

Determination of the provision for impairment of trade receivables in Severn Trent Water Limited (£125.4 million (note 22)

Risk description

A proportion of Severn Trent Water Limited’s customers do not or cannot pay their bills which results in the need for 
provisions to be made for non-payment of the customer balance. Management makes estimates regarding future cash 
collection when calculating the bad debt provision. 

Provisions are made against Severn Trent Water Limited’s trade receivables based on historical experience of levels of 
recovery from accounts in particular ageing categories. The risk has been focussed on the determination of the ageing 
of the trade receivables balance as this determines the level of provisioning to be recorded.

The Audit Committee also considered this as a significant issue as discussed in the Audit Committee Report on page 87. 
Management has included this as a key source of estimation uncertainty in note 5 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the risk

We reviewed and challenged the information used to determine the bad debt provision by considering cash collection 
performance against historical trends and the level of bad debt charges over time.

Specifically, we reviewed the actual history of slow paying customers in Severn Trent Water Limited in the year using 
data analytics to understand the collection of previously aged trade receivables and to recompute the ageing analysis.

We evaluated the design and implementation of key management review controls and those relating to the production of 
the data used in the bad debt model.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the assumptions applied in assessing the impairment of trade receivables and the calculation of 
the ageing of trade receivable are appropriate and no additional provision was identified from the audit work performed.

Revenue recognition risk in relation to the estimation of unbilled metered revenue in Severn Trent Water Limited  
(£113.4 million of the £143 million in Severn Trent Water Limited) (note 22)

Risk description

For water and waste water customers with water meters, the amount of unbilled revenue recognised depends upon the 
volume supplied, including an estimate of the sales value of units supplied between the date of the last meter reading 
and the year end. There is a risk that these estimates are incorrect.

The risk has been focussed on the usage estimate, because this is based on historical data and assumptions around 
consumption patterns upon which management then recognises unbilled revenue.

The Audit Committee also considered this as a significant issue as discussed in the Audit Committee Report on page 87. 
Management has included this as a key source of estimation uncertainty in note 5 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the risk

We used data analytics to recompute the total level of unbilled revenue for the current year in Severn Trent Water 
Limited as well as evaluating the design and implementation of key management review controls and those relating to 
the key data inputs to the model.

In addition, we challenged the validity of management’s estimate of current year accrued revenue by comparing actual 
amounts billed to the estimate made in the prior year to determine the accuracy of the estimation techniques.

Key observations

We are satisfied that management’s assumptions around the recognition of unbilled revenue are appropriate.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017127

Determining the classification of costs between operating expenditure and capital expenditure in Severn Trent Water Limited (note 19) 

Risk description

Severn Trent Water Limited has a substantial capital programme (property, plant and equipment additions in the year 
were £466.4 million) which has been agreed with the regulator (‘Ofwat’) and therefore incurs significant expenditure in 
relation to the development and maintenance of both infrastructure and non-infrastructure assets.

Expenditure in relation to increasing the capacity or enhancing the network is treated as capital expenditure. 
Expenditure incurred in maintaining the operating capability of the network is expensed in the year (£136.2 million) in 
which it is incurred. Capital projects often contain a combination of enhancement and maintenance activity which are not 
distinct and therefore the risk has been focused on the allocation of costs between capital and operating expenditure as 
this process is inherently judgemental.

Whilst under AMP 6, total expenditure, or ‘Totex’, is a key driver of regulatory performance rather than capital 
expenditure which was monitored under AMP 5, the accounting distinction between operating and capital expenditure 
remains, and therefore it is important that capital project expenditure is accounted for correctly in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards.

The Audit Committee also considered this as a significant issue as discussed in the Audit Committee Report on page 87. 
Management has included this as a critical judgement in note 5 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the risk

We assessed the group’s capitalisation policy to determine compliance with relevant accounting standards and 
evaluated the design and implementation and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the application of 
the policy to expenditure incurred on projects within the group’s capital programme during the year. This includes 
consideration of the allocation of costs between capital and operating expenditure.

In addition, for a sample of capital projects, we assessed the application of the capitalisation policy to the costs incurred 
by understanding the initial business case for the project and ensuring that it had been approved by the relevant capital 
programme board. We also agreed a sample of costs to third party invoices and assessed whether the split between 
capital and operating expenditure split is aligned to the original approved business plan.

Key observations

Based on our audit of a sample of capital projects, and our review of the project budgets, we consider that the 
classification of costs between operating and capital expenditure is appropriate.

Determining the amount of the group’s retirement benefit obligations (£574.6 million net deficit) (note 29) 

Risk description

This is an area involving significant estimation because the process is complex and requires management (after taking 
advice from their actuarial advisers) to make a number of assumptions concerning the discount rate, inflation and 
pension increases, along with investment returns and the longevity of current pensioners in order to determine the value 
of the scheme’s liabilities.

The Audit Committee also considered this as a significant issue as discussed in the Audit Committee Report on page 87. 
Management has included this as a key source of estimation uncertainty in note 5 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the risk

We evaluated the design and implementation of key controls and with support from the pension specialists within our 
audit team, we challenged the assumptions used in the calculation of the pension scheme deficit as detailed in note 
29, specifically challenging the change in methodology in calculating the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality 
assumptions with reference to comparable market and other third party data.

Key observations

We are satisfied that management’s assumptions in the valuation of the retirement benefit obligation, including discount 
rates are appropriate and within a reasonable range.

Determination of current and deferred tax balances (£7.1 million charge) (note 14)

Risk description

The group has entered into a number of one-off transactions during the year, which involve complex tax accounting 
considerations. The risk has been focused on the tax accounting consequences for these one-off transactions, 
specifically in relation to the acquisition of Dee Valley Group plc and the asset-backed funding structure for the group’s 
pension scheme.

The Audit Committee also considered this as a significant issue as discussed in the Audit Committee Report on page 87. 
Management has included this as a critical judgement in note 5 to the financial statements.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the risk

We evaluated the design and implementation of key controls and with support from the tax specialists within our audit 
team, using our technical expertise, we have assessed the tax accounting consequences for the one-off transactions in 
order to test whether the tax outcome is appropriate and the accounting is in compliance with IAS 12 Income taxes.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the tax outcome is appropriate and the accounting for tax related to the one-off transactions is in 
compliance with IAS 12 Income taxes.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017128

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of Severn Trent Plc continued
Our application of materiality 
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably 
knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of 
our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Group materiality

£18 million (2016: £18 million)

Basis for determining  
materiality

Rationale for the  
benchmark applied

Profit before tax*
£319.3 million

Approximately 6% (2016: approximately 6%) of profit before tax, losses/gains on financial instruments and exceptional 
items.

As in 2016, profit before tax, losses/gains on financial instruments and exceptional items has been used in order to focus 
on the group’s underlying trading performance consistent with the group’s internal and external reporting.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee 
all audit differences in excess of £750,000 (2016: £750,000), as well as 
differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure 
matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements.

Group materiality £18 million

Component materiality range 
£7.5 million to £16 million

Audit Committee reporting 
threshold £0.75 million

Profit before tax*

Group materiality

* Represents profit before tax, losses/gains on financial instruments and exceptional items.

An overview of the scope  
of our audit

Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group level.

Based on that assessment, we focused our group audit scope on the consolidation at the parent company level and the 
group’s two business segments being Regulated Water and Waste Water and Business Services.

Regulated Water and Waste Water

Regulated Water and Waste Water is primarily comprised of Severn Trent Water Limited which was subject to a full 
statutory audit using component materiality of £15 million (2016: £15 million) and accounts for over 90% (2016: over 90%) 
of the group’s net operating assets and operating profit. The group audit team performs the audit of Severn Trent Water 
Limited without the involvement of a component audit team. The audit procedures on Dee Valley Group plc were focussed 
on performing an audit on the acquisition balance sheet and analytical reviews on the income statement from acquisition 
date to the year end to component materiality of £7.5 million.

Business Services

The extent of our testing on the Business Services segment was based on our assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement and the materiality of the segment’s global business operations, principally in the UK and the US. 
These components were subject to full audit scopes. The materiality of each component is lower than that of the group, 
with materiality of £9 million (2016: £9 million) applied to each of the US and UK components.

Parent company and consolidation

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our 
conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the 
remaining components not subject to audit or audit of specified account balances. The audit of Water Plus Limited, the joint 
venture incorporated during the year, was performed by component auditors to a materiality of £9 million.

The group audit team follows a programme of planned visits to the auditors of each of the significant components of the 
group not audited by the group team. In years when we do not visit a significant component, we will include the component 
audit team in our team briefing, discuss their risk assessment and review documentation of the findings from their work.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 

Companies Act 2006; 

•  the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 

statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report.

Opinion on other matters 
prescribed by the  
Companies Act 2006

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017129

Matters on which we are  
required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; 

We have nothing to report in 
respect of these matters.

or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.
Directors’ remuneration

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the 
Directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.
Corporate Governance Statement

Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the company’s compliance with certain provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report

Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, information in the annual report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
•  apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our 
knowledge of the group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

We have nothing to report arising 
from these matters.

We have nothing to report arising 
from our review.

We confirm that we have 
not identified any such 
inconsistencies or misleading 
statements.

•  otherwise misleading.
In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any 
inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider the annual report is fair, balanced and understandable 
and whether the annual report appropriately discloses those matters that we 
communicated to the audit committee which we consider should have been disclosed.
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express 
an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and 
Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our audit methodology and 
tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, understood and applied. Our quality controls and 
systems include our dedicated professional standards review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit 
work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or 
error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s and the parent 
company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we 
read all the financial and non-financial information in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any apparent 
material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Respective responsibilities  
of directors and auditor

Scope of the audit of the  
financial statements

Kari Hale, ACA (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

22 May 2017

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017130

Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 March 2017

Turnover
Operating costs before exceptional items
Exceptional items
Total operating costs
Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items
Exceptional items
Profit before interest and tax
Finance income
Finance costs
Net finance costs
Net (losses)/gains on financial instruments
Share of net (loss)/profit of joint venture accounted for using the equity method
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
Current tax
Deferred tax
Exceptional tax
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities
Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Profit for the year
Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share

From continuing operations
Basic
Diluted
From continuing and discontinued operations
Basic
Diluted

2017 

£m
1,819.2
(1,294.1)
18.6
(1,275.5)
525.1
18.6
543.7
73.3
(277.3)
(204.0)
(1.8)
(1.8)
336.1
(36.9)
(22.4)
52.2
(7.1)
329.0
13.6
342.6

342.8
(0.2)
342.6

2016 
(restated) 
£m
1,753.7
(1,250.3)
1.0
(1,249.3)
503.4
1.0
504.4
73.1
(282.4)
(209.3)
7.7
0.1
302.9
(51.3)
(13.7)
78.6
13.6
316.5
14.8
331.3

330.0
1.3
331.3

2017 

pence

2016 
(restated) 
pence

140.1
139.5

145.9
145.3

133.5
132.8

139.8
139.1

Notes
6, 7
8
9

6
9

11
12

13
20

14
14
14
14

40

16
16

16
16

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

Net actuarial (loss)/gain
Tax on net actuarial loss/gain
Deferred tax arising on change of rate

Items that may be reclassified to the income statement:

Losses on cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement
Deferred tax on transfer to the income statement
Exchange movement on translation of overseas results and net assets
Cumulative exchange (gains)/losses taken to the income statement

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interests

131

2016 
£m
331.3

148.3
(26.7)
(9.6)
112.0

(2.7)
0.4
12.2
(2.2)
(1.1)
11.7
18.3
130.3
461.6

460.2
1.4
461.6

2017 
£m
342.6

(311.2)
56.3
(3.1)
(258.0)

(8.0)
1.3
2.9
(0.4)
5.2
(2.8)
(1.8)
(259.8)
82.8

83.1
(0.3)
82.8

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
132

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2017

As at 1 April 2015
Profit for the year
Losses on cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred 
to the income statement
Deferred tax on transfer to the income statement
Exchange movement on translation of overseas 
results and net assets
Cumulative exchange losses transferred 
to income statement
Net actuarial gains
Tax on net actuarial gains
Deferred tax arising from rate change
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share options and LTIPs
 – proceeds from shares issued
 – value of employees’ services
 – own shares purchased
Current tax on share based payments
Deferred tax on share based payments
Share buy back
Share cancellation
Disposal of non-controlling interest
Dividends paid
As at 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Losses on cash flow hedges
Deferred tax on losses on cash flow hedges
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred 
to the income statement
Deferred tax on transfer to the income statement
Exchange movement on translation of overseas 
results and net assets
Cumulative exchange gains transferred to income statement
Net actuarial losses
Tax on net actuarial losses
Deferred tax arising from rate change
Transfer net of deferred tax
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share options and LTIPs
 – proceeds from shares issued
 – value of employees’ services
Current tax on share based payments
Deferred tax on share based payments
Disposal of non-controlling interest
Dividends paid
As at 31 March 2017

Equity attributable to owners of the company

Share  
capital 
£m
233.7
–
–
–

Share 
premium 
£m
100.2
–
–
–

Other 
reserves 
£m
98.2
–
(2.7)
0.4

Retained 
earnings 
£m
323.5
330.0
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

0.7
–
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
234.3
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

6.6
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
106.8
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0.4
–
–
–
–
–
234.7

5.7
–
–
–
–
–
112.5

12.2
(2.2)

(1.2)

11.7
–
–
–
18.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
116.5
–
(8.0)
1.3

2.9
(0.4)

5.3
(2.8)
–
–
–
7.0
5.3

–
–
–
–
–
–
121.8

–
–

–

–
148.3
(26.7)
(9.6)
442.0

–
5.2
(4.6)
1.2
(0.5)
(10.0)
–
–
(197.0)
559.8
342.8
–
–

–
–

–
–
(311.2)
56.3
(3.1)
(7.0)
77.8

–
6.2
0.8
0.1
–
(190.4)
454.3

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m
13.4
1.3
–
–

–
–

0.1

–
–
–
–
1.4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(13.7)
–
1.1
(0.2)
–
–

–
–

(0.1)
–
–
–
–
–
(0.3)

–
–
–
–
(0.8)
–
–

Total 
£m
755.6
330.0
(2.7)
0.4

12.2
(2.2)

(1.2)

11.7
148.3
(26.7)
(9.6)
460.2

7.3
5.2
(4.6)
1.2
(0.5)
(10.0)
–
–
(197.0)
1,017.4
342.8
(8.0)
1.3

2.9
(0.4)

5.3
(2.8)
(311.2)
56.3
(3.1)
–
83.1

6.1
6.2
0.8
0.1
–
(190.4)
923.3

Total  
equity 
£m
769.0
331.3
(2.7)
0.4

12.2
(2.2)

(1.1)

11.7
148.3
(26.7)
(9.6)
461.6

7.3
5.2
(4.6)
1.2
(0.5)
(10.0)
–
(13.7)
(197.0)
1,018.5
342.6
(8.0)
1.3

2.9
(0.4)

5.2
(2.8)
(311.2)
56.3
(3.1)
–
82.8

6.1
6.2
0.8
0.1
(0.8)
(190.4)
923.3

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
133

Notes

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

17
18
19
20
21
22
29

22

21
23

24
26
27

30

24
26
27
28
29
30

31
32
33

81.0
80.9
8,116.4
37.4
67.0
58.1
9.8
–
8,450.6

16.2
517.8
7.3
–
44.6
585.9
9,036.5

(559.4)
(0.6)
(451.9)
– 
(17.5)
(1,029.4)

(4,719.6)
(184.1)
(955.7)
(623.7)
(584.4)
(16.3)
(7,083.8)
(8,113.2)
923.3

234.7
112.5
121.8
454.3
923.3
–
923.3

14.8
72.2
7,718.6
5.1
40.2
49.6
–
0.1
7,900.6

21.0
467.0
–
0.7
55.2
543.9
8,444.5

(280.6)
(1.1)
(454.1)
(11.1)
(12.3)
(759.2)

(4,626.1)
(178.0)
(870.8)
(664.7)
(309.5)
(17.7)
(6,666.8)
(7,426.0)
1,018.5

234.3
106.8
116.5
559.8
1,017.4
1.1
1,018.5

Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 March 2017

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other receivables
Retirement benefit surplus
Available for sale financial assets

Current assets
Inventory
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Current tax payable
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to owners of the company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Signed on behalf of the Board who approved the accounts on 22 May 2017.

Andrew Duff 
Chairman 

James Bowling
Chief Financial Officer

Company number: 02366619 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
134

Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 March 2017

Cash generated from operations
Tax received
Tax paid
Net cash generated from operating activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets and goodwill
Contributions and grants received
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiaries and other businesses net of cash disposed
Investment in joint ventures and associates
Cash flows from transfer of business to joint venture
Net loans advanced to joint ventures and associates
Proceeds on maturity of forward contract
Interest received
Net cash flow from investing activities
Interest paid
Interest element of finance lease payments
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent
Repayments of borrowings
Repayments of obligations under finance leases
New loans raised
Issues of shares
Share buy back
Purchase of own shares
Net cash flow from financing activities
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Effect of foreign exchange rates
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Cash and cash equivalents
Short term deposits
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

42
42
42

2017 
£m
851.0 
20.6 
(42.4)
829.2 
(519.2)
(29.1)
39.5 
7.5 
(77.7)
5.1 
(13.5)
(10.8)
(109.0)
4.3
1.4 
(701.5)
(172.6)
(5.8)
(190.4)
(276.2)
(1.5)
498.0 
6.1 
– 
– 
(142.4)
(14.7)
55.2 
4.1 
44.6 
25.8 
18.8 
44.6 

2016 
£m
797.5 
11.5 
(44.9)
764.1 
(431.4)
(24.3)
34.9 
10.8 
– 
45.7 
– 
– 
– 
–
5.3 
(359.0)
(188.1)
(6.8)
(197.0)
(924.6)
(62.8)
926.7 
7.3 
(92.5)
(4.6)
(542.4)
(137.3)
196.0 
(3.5)
55.2 
23.4 
31.8 
55.2 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017135

Notes to the group financial statements
For the year ended 31 March 2017

1  General information
The Severn Trent group has a number 
of operations. These are described in 
the segmental analysis in note 6.

Severn Trent Plc is a company incorporated 
and domiciled in the United Kingdom. 
The address of its registered office is 
shown on the back of the cover of the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

Severn Trent Plc is listed on the London 
Stock Exchange. 

2  Accounting policies

a) Basis of preparation
The financial statements for the group and 
the parent company have been prepared 
on the going concern basis (see strategic 
report on page 49) under the historical cost 
convention as modified by the revaluation 
of certain financial assets and liabilities at 
fair value.

(i) Consolidated financial statements
The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRS’), International Accounting Standards 
(‘IAS’) and IFRIC interpretations issued 
and effective and ratified by the European 
Union as at 31 March 2017. 

(ii) Parent company financial statements
The parent company financial statements 
have been prepared in accordance with 
United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
The company meets the definition of a 
qualifying entity as defined in FRS 100 
‘Application of Financial Reporting 
Requirements’, accordingly the company 
has elected to apply FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’.

Therefore the recognition and 
measurement requirements of EU-adopted 
IFRS have been applied, with amendments 
where necessary in order to comply with 
the Companies Act 2006 and The Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 
(SI 2008/410) as the parent company 
financial statements are Companies Act 
2006 accounts.

As permitted by FRS 101, the parent 
company has taken advantage of the 
disclosure exemptions available under that 
standard in relation to statement of cash 
flows, share based payments, financial 
instruments, capital management, 
presentation of comparative information 
in respect of certain assets, standards not 
yet effective, impairment of assets and 
related party transactions. Where required, 
equivalent disclosures are given in the 
consolidated financial statements.

As permitted by Section 408 of the 
Companies Act 2006, no profit or 
loss account is presented for the 
parent company. The profit for the 
year is disclosed in the statement of 
comprehensive income, the statement of 
changes in equity and the balance sheet. 

Severn Trent Plc is a partner in Severn 
Trent Limited Partnership and Severn 
Trent 2017 Limited Partnership 
(‘the partnerships’), which are registered 
in Scotland. As the partnerships are 
included in the consolidated accounts, the 
parent company has taken advantage of 
the exemption conferred by Regulation 7 
of The Partnership (Accounts) Regulations 
2008 from the requirements of Regulations 
4 to 6.

The key accounting policies for the group 
and the parent company are set out 
below and have been applied consistently. 
Differences in the accounting policies 
applied in the consolidated and the 
parent company financial statements 
are described below.

(iii) Prior year restatement
Prior year figures in the consolidated 
income statement and related notes 
have been restated to present separately 
amounts relating to operations classified 
as discontinued in the current year. 
For details, see note 40. 

b) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements 
include the results of Severn Trent Plc 
and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and 
associated undertakings. Results are 
included from the date of acquisition 
or incorporation and excluded from the 
date of disposal.

Subsidiaries are consolidated where the 
group has the power to control a subsidiary.

Joint venture undertakings are 
accounted for on an equity basis where 
the group exercised joint control under 
a contractual arrangement.

Associates are accounted for on an 
equity basis where the group holding is 
20% or more or the group has the power 
to exercise significant influence.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets 
of subsidiaries are identified separately 
from the group’s equity. Non-controlling 
interests consist of the amount of those 
interests at the date of the original business 
combination and the non-controlling 
interests’ share of changes in equity since 
that date. 

Transactions between the company and 
its subsidiaries have been eliminated on 
consolidation and are not included within 
the group financial statements.

c) Revenue recognition
Revenue includes turnover and 
interest income.

Turnover represents the fair value of 
consideration receivable, excluding value 
added tax, trade discounts and inter-
company sales, in the ordinary course of 
business for goods and services provided.

Turnover is not recognised until the service 
has been provided to the customer or the 
goods to which the sale relates have either 
been despatched to the customer or, where 
they are held on the customer’s behalf, title 
has passed to the customer.

Turnover includes an estimate of the 
amount of mains water and waste 
water charges unbilled at the year end. 
The accrual is estimated using a defined 
methodology based upon a measure 
of unbilled water consumed by tariff, 
which is calculated from historical 
billing information.

In respect of long term contracts, turnover 
is recognised based on the value of work 
carried out during the year with reference 
to the total sales value and the stage of 
completion of these contracts. The stage 
of completion is determined by reference 
to the physical proportion of contract 
work completed.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis 
by reference to the principal outstanding 
and at the effective interest rate applicable. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017136

2  Accounting policies continued

d) Exceptional items
Exceptional items are income or 
expenditure, which individually or, if of a 
similar type, in aggregate should, in the 
opinion of the directors, be disclosed by 
virtue of their size or nature if the financial 
statements are to give a true and fair view. 
In this context, materiality is assessed at 
the segment level. 

e) Taxation
Current tax payable is based on taxable 
profit for the year and is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date.

Deferred taxation is provided in full on 
taxable temporary differences between 
the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial 
statements. Deferred taxation is measured 
on a non-discounted basis using the tax 
rates and laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date and are expected to apply when 
the related deferred income tax asset 
is realised or the deferred tax liability 
is settled. 

A deferred tax asset is only recognised 
to the extent it is probable that sufficient 
taxable profits will be available in the future 
to utilise it.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset 
when there is a legally enforceable right to 
set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities. 

f) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the 
fair value of purchase consideration over 
the fair value of the net assets acquired. 
Goodwill arising on acquisition of 
subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, 
whilst goodwill arising on acquisition of 
associates or joint ventures is included in 
investments in associates or joint ventures 
respectively. If an acquisition gives rise to 
negative goodwill this is credited directly 
to the income statement. Fair value 
adjustments based on provisional 
estimates are amended within one year 
of the acquisition, if required, with a 
corresponding adjustment to goodwill.

Goodwill arising on all acquisitions prior 
to 1 April 1998 was written off to reserves 
under UK GAAP and remains eliminated 
against reserves. Purchased goodwill 
arising on acquisitions of subsidiaries after 
31 March 1998 is treated as an intangible 
fixed asset.

Goodwill is tested for impairment in 
accordance with the policy set out 
in note 2 l) below and carried at cost 
less accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill is allocated to the cash-
generating unit that derives benefit 
from the goodwill for impairment 
testing purposes.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-
generating unit and all or part of that unit 
is disposed of, the associated goodwill is 
included in the carrying amount of that 
operation when determining the gain or 
loss on disposal of the operation. 

g) Other intangible non-current assets
Intangible assets acquired separately 
are capitalised at cost. Following initial 
recognition, finite life intangible assets are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
estimated useful economic lives as follows:

Software
Other assets

Years
3 – 10
2 – 20

Amortisation charged on intangible assets 
is taken to the income statement through 
operating costs.

Intangible assets are reviewed for 
impairment where indicators of impairment 
exist (see 2 l) below).

Development expenditure is capitalised as 
an intangible asset and written off over its 
expected useful economic life where the 
following criteria are met:

•  it is technically feasible to create and 

make the asset available for use or sale; 
•  there are adequate resources available 
to complete the development and to use 
or sell the asset;

•  there is the intention and ability to use or 

sell the asset;

•  it is probable that the asset created will 
generate future economic benefits; and

•  the development costs can be 

measured reliably.

Research expenditure is expensed when 
it is incurred. 

h) Pre-contract costs
Costs incurred in bidding and preparing for 
contracts are expensed as incurred except 
where it is probable that the contract 
will be awarded, in which case they are 
recognised as a prepayment which is 
written off to the income statement over the 
life of the contract.

The group assesses that it is probable 
that a contract will be awarded when 
preferred bidder or equivalent status has 
been achieved and there are no significant 
impediments to the award of the contract. 

i) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is held at 
cost (or at deemed cost for infrastructure 
assets on transition to IFRS) less 
accumulated depreciation. Expenditure on 
property, plant and equipment relating 
to research and development projects 
is capitalised and depreciated over the 
expected useful life of those assets. 

The costs of like-for-like replacement 
of infrastructure components are 
recognised in the income statement as 
they arise. Expenditure which results in 
enhancements to the operating capability of 
the infrastructure networks is capitalised.

Where items of property, plant and 
equipment are transferred to the group 
from customers or developers, the fair 
value of the asset transferred is recognised 
in the balance sheet. Fair value is 
determined based on estimated 
depreciated replacement cost. Where the 
transfer is in exchange for connection to the 
network and there is no further obligation, 
the corresponding credit is recognised 
immediately in turnover. Where the transfer 
is considered to be linked to the provision 
of ongoing services the corresponding 
credit is recorded in deferred income 
and released to operating costs over the 
expected useful lives of the related assets.

Where assets take a substantial period 
of time to get ready for their intended use, 
the borrowing costs directly attributable to 
the acquisition, construction or production 
of these assets are added to their cost.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
137

2  Accounting policies continued

i) Property, plant and equipment continued
Property, plant and equipment is 
depreciated to its estimated residual 
value over its estimated useful life, with 
the exception of freehold land which is 
not depreciated. Assets in the course 
of construction are not depreciated 
until commissioned.

The estimated useful lives are:

Infrastructure assets
Impounding reservoirs
Raw water aqueducts
Mains
Sewers
Other assets
Buildings
Fixed plant and equipment
Vehicles and mobile plant

Years

250
250
80 – 150
150 – 200

30 – 80
20 – 40
2 – 15

j) Leased assets
Leases where the group obtains assets 
which transfer substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership to the group 
are treated as finance leases. The lower 
of the fair value of the leased asset or 
the present value of the minimum lease 
payments is capitalised as an asset with 
a corresponding liability representing the 
obligation to the lessor. Lease payments 
are treated as consisting of a capital 
element and a finance charge; the capital 
element reducing the obligation to the 
lessor and the finance charge being 
written off to the income statement at 
a constant rate over the period of the 
lease in proportion to the capital amount 
outstanding. Depreciation is charged over 
the shorter of the estimated useful life and 
the lease period.

Leases where substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership remain with the 
lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Rental costs arising under operating leases 
are expensed on a straight line basis over 
the term of the lease. Leases of land are 
normally treated as operating leases, 
unless ownership is transferred to the 
group at the end of the lease. 

k) Grants and contributions
Grants and contributions received in 
respect of non-current assets, including 
certain charges made as a result of new 
connections to the water and sewerage 
networks, are treated as deferred 
income and released to operating costs 
over the useful economic life of those 
non-current assets.

Grants and contributions which are given 
in compensation for expenses incurred 
with no future related costs are recognised 
in operating costs in the period that they 
become receivable. 

l) Impairment of non-current assets
If the recoverable amount of goodwill, an 
item of property, plant and equipment, or 
any other non-current asset is estimated 
to be less than its carrying amount, the 
carrying amount of the asset is reduced to 
its recoverable amount. Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are 
independent from other assets, the group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs. Recoverable amount is the higher 
of fair value less costs to sell or estimated 
value in use at the date the impairment 
review is undertaken. Fair value less costs 
to sell represents the amount obtainable 
from the sale of the asset in an arm’s 
length transaction between knowledgeable 
and willing third parties, less costs of 
disposal. Value in use represents the 
present value of future cash flows expected 
to be derived from a cash-generating unit, 
discounted using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments 
of the cost of capital of the cash-generating 
unit or asset.

The discount rate used is based on the 
group’s cost of capital adjusted for the 
risk profiles of individual businesses.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. 
Impairment reviews are also carried out if 
there is an indication that an impairment 
may have occurred, or, where otherwise 
required, to ensure that non-current assets 
are not carried above their estimated 
recoverable amounts.

Impairments are recognised in the 
income statement. 

m) Parent company investments
The parent company recognises 
investments in subsidiary undertakings 
at historical cost.

After initial recognition at cost (being 
the fair value of the consideration paid), 
investments which are classified as 
held for trading or available for sale are 
measured at fair value, with changes in 
fair value recognised in profit and loss or 
equity respectively. When an available for 
sale investment is disposed of or impaired, 
the gain or loss previously recognised in 
reserves is taken to the income statement. 

n) Loans receivable
Loans receivable are measured at fair 
value on initial recognition, less issue fee 
income received. After initial recognition, 
loans receivable are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method whereby 
interest and issue fee income are credited 
to the income statement and added to 
the carrying value of loans receivable at 
a constant rate in proportion to the loan 
amount outstanding. 

o) Trade receivables
Trade receivables, are measured at 
fair value on initial recognition. If there 
is objective evidence that the asset 
is impaired, it is written down to its 
recoverable amount and the irrecoverable 
amount is recognised as an expense in 
operating costs.

Trade receivables that are assessed not 
to be impaired individually are assessed 
collectively for impairment by reference 
to the group’s collection experience for 
receivables of similar age. 

p) Service concession agreements
Where the group has an unconditional right 
to receive cash from a government body in 
exchange for constructing or upgrading a 
public sector asset, the amounts receivable 
are recognised as a financial asset in 
prepayments and accrued income.

Costs of constructing or upgrading the 
public sector asset are recognised on 
a straight line basis, before adjusting 
for expected inflation, over the life of 
the contract. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
138

2  Accounting policies continued

q) Retirement benefits

r) Provisions
Provisions are recognised where:

(i) Defined benefit schemes
The difference between the value of 
defined benefit pension scheme assets and 
defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 
is recorded on the balance sheet as a 
retirement benefit asset or obligation.

Defined benefit pension scheme assets are 
measured at fair value using bid price for 
assets with quoted prices. Defined benefit 
pension scheme liabilities are measured at 
the balance sheet date by an independent 
actuary using the projected unit method 
and discounted at the current rate of 
return on high quality corporate bonds of 
equivalent term and currency to the liability. 

Service cost, representing the cost of 
employee service in the year, is included 
in operating costs. Net finance cost is 
calculated by applying the discount rate 
used for the scheme liabilities to the 
net deficit.

Changes in the retirement benefit 
obligation that arise from:

•  differences between the return on 

scheme assets and interest income 
included in the income statement;

•  actuarial gains and losses from 
experience adjustments; and
•  changes in demographic or 

financial assumptions,

are classified as remeasurements, 
charged or credited to equity and recorded 
in the statement of comprehensive income 
in the period in which they arise.

There is no contractual agreement, or 
stated policy, for charging the net defined 
benefit cost for Severn Trent schemes to 
participating group companies. Therefore, 
the parent recognises a charge in the profit 
and loss account which is equal to the 
contributions payable in the year. The net 
defined benefit cost for these schemes is 
recognised by the sponsoring employers, 
Severn Trent Water Limited and Dee Valley 
Group plc.

(ii) Defined contribution scheme
Contributions to defined contribution 
pension schemes are charged to the 
income statement in the period in which 
they fall due. 

•  there is a present obligation as a result of 

a past event;

•  it is probable that there will be an outflow 

of economic benefits to settle this 
obligation; and

•  a reliable estimate of this amount can 

be made.

Insurance provisions are recognised for 
claims notified and for claims incurred but 
which have not yet been notified, based 
on advice from the group’s independent 
insurance advisers.

Provisions are discounted to present value 
using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
the risks specific to the liability where the 
effect is material. 

s) Purchase of own shares
Where market purchases of Severn 
Trent ordinary shares are made through 
an obligating contract, a liability for the 
present value of the redemption amount 
is recognised and charged to retained 
earnings. Payments for the purchase 
of shares are charged to the liability 
when made. 

Shares held by the Severn Trent Employee 
Share Ownership Trust which have not 
vested unconditionally by the balance sheet 
date are deducted from shareholders’ funds 
until such time as they vest.

t) Borrowings
The accounting policy for borrowings that 
are the hedged item in a fair value hedge 
is set out in note 2 u). 

All other borrowings are initially recognised 
at fair value less issue costs. After initial 
recognition, borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method whereby 
interest and issue costs are charged 
to the income statement and added to 
the carrying value of borrowings at a 
constant rate in proportion to the capital 
amount outstanding.

Index-linked debt is adjusted for changes in 
the relevant inflation index and changes in 
value are charged to finance costs. 

Borrowings denominated in foreign 
currency are translated to sterling at 
the spot rate on the balance sheet date. 
Exchange gains or losses resulting from 
this are credited or charged to gains/losses 
on financial instruments. 

u) Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are 
stated at fair value, including accrued 
interest. Fair value is determined using 
the methodology described in note 35 a). 
The accounting policy for changes in fair 
value depends on whether the derivative 
is designated as a hedging instrument. 
The various accounting policies are 
described below. 

Interest receivable or payable in respect of 
derivative financial instruments is included 
in finance income or costs.

Derivatives not designated 
as hedging instruments
Gains or losses arising on remeasurement 
of derivative financial instruments that are 
not designated as hedging instruments 
are recognised in gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement. 

Derivatives designated 
as hedging instruments
The group uses derivative financial 
instruments such as cross currency 
swaps, forward currency contracts and 
interest rate swaps to hedge its risks 
associated with foreign currency and 
interest rate fluctuations. 

At the inception of each hedge relationship, 
the group documents:

•  the relationship between the hedging 

instrument and the hedged item;
•  its risk management objectives and 
strategy for undertaking the hedge 
transaction; and

•  the results of tests to determine whether 
the hedging instrument is expected to be 
highly effective in offsetting changes in 
fair values or cash flows (as appropriate) 
of the hedged item. 

The group continues to test and document 
the effectiveness of the hedge on an 
ongoing basis.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when 
the hedging instrument expires, is sold, 
terminated or exercised, or no longer 
qualifies for hedge accounting.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017139

2  Accounting policies continued

u) Derivative financial instruments 
continued

Fair value hedges
Where a loan or borrowing is in a fair value 
hedging relationship it is remeasured 
for changes in fair value of the hedged 
risk at the balance sheet date, with gains 
or losses being recognised in gains/
losses on financial instruments in the 
income statement. The gain or loss on 
the corresponding hedging instrument 
is also taken to gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement so 
that the effective portion of the hedge will 
offset the gain or loss on the hedged item.

If hedge accounting is discontinued, the fair 
value adjustment arising from the hedged 
risk on the hedged item is amortised to 
the income statement over the anticipated 
remaining life of the hedged item using the 
effective interest rate method.

Cash flow hedges
The portion of the gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument that is determined 
to be an effective hedge is recognised 
in equity and the ineffective portion is 
charged to gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement. 
When the gain or loss from the hedged 
underlying transaction is recognised in 
the income statement, the gains or losses 
on the hedging instrument that have 
previously been recognised in equity are 
recycled through gains/losses on financial 
instruments in the income statement. 

If hedge accounting is discontinued, any 
cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument previously recognised in 
equity is held in equity until the forecast 
transaction occurs, or transferred to 
gains/losses on financial instruments 
in the income statement if the forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur. 
From this point the derivative is accounted 
for in the same way as derivatives not 
designated as hedging instruments. If the 
hedging instrument is terminated, the 
gains and losses previously recognised 
in equity are held in equity until either the 
forecast transaction occurs or the forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur. 

Embedded derivatives
Where a contract includes terms that 
cause some of its cash flows to vary in 
a similar way to a derivative financial 
instrument, that part of the contract is 
considered to be an embedded derivative. 

Embedded derivatives are separated from 
the contract and measured at fair value 
with gains and losses taken to the income 
statement if:

•  the risks and characteristics of the 
embedded derivative are not closely 
related to those of the contract; and
•  the contract is not carried at fair value 
with gains and losses reported in the 
income statement.

In all other cases embedded derivatives are 
accounted for in line with the accounting 
policy for the contract as a whole. 

v) Share based payments
The group operates a number of equity 
settled share based compensation plans 
for employees. The fair value of the 
employee services received in exchange for 
the grant is recognised as an expense over 
the vesting period of the grant.

The fair value of employee services is 
determined by reference to the fair value 
of the awards granted, calculated using 
an appropriate pricing model, excluding 
the impact of any non-market vesting 
conditions. The number of awards that 
are expected to vest takes into account 
non-market vesting conditions including, 
where appropriate, continuing employment 
by the group. The charge is adjusted to 
reflect shares that do not vest as a result 
of failing to meet a non-market condition.

Share based compensation plans are 
satisfied in shares of the parent company. 
Where the fair value of the awards is 
not recharged to participating group 
companies, the parent company records 
the fair value of the awards as an increase 
in its investment in the subsidiary. 
The investment is adjusted to reflect shares 
that do not vest as a result of failing to meet 
a non-market based condition. 

w) Cash flow statement
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, 
cash and cash equivalents include 
highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash and 
which are subject to an insignificant risk 
of change in value. Such investments are 
normally those with less than three months 
maturity from the date of acquisition 
and include cash and bank balances and 
investments in liquid funds. 

Net cash and cash equivalents include 
overdrafts repayable on demand.

Interest paid in the cash flow statement 
includes amounts charged to the income 
statement and amounts included in the 
cost of property, plant and equipment. 

x) Net debt
Net debt comprises borrowings including 
remeasurements for changes in fair 
value of amounts in fair value hedging 
relationships, cross currency swaps 
that are used to fix the sterling liability 
of foreign currency borrowings (whether 
hedge accounted or not) net cash and cash 
equivalents, and loans to joint ventures. 

y) Foreign currency
The results of overseas subsidiary and 
associated undertakings are translated 
into sterling, the presentational currency of 
the group, using average rates of exchange 
ruling during the year.

The net investments in overseas subsidiary 
and associated undertakings are translated 
into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling 
at the year end. Exchange differences 
arising are treated as movements in 
equity. On disposal of a foreign currency 
denominated subsidiary, the deferred 
cumulative amount recognised in equity 
since 1 April 2004 relating to that entity 
is recognised in the income statement 
under the transitional rule of IFRS 1 
‘First-time Adoption of International 
Financial Reporting Standards’.

Foreign currency denominated assets 
and liabilities of the company and its 
subsidiary undertakings are translated 
into the relevant functional currency at the 
rates of exchange ruling at the year end. 
Any exchange differences so arising are 
dealt with through the income statement. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017140

Notes to the group financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2017

2  Accounting policies continued

y) Foreign currency continued
Foreign currency transactions arising 
during the year are translated into sterling 
at the rate of exchange ruling on the date 
of the transaction. All gains and losses on 
exchange arising during the year are dealt 
with through the income statement. 

z) Discontinued operations and assets 
held for sale
Where an asset or group of assets (a 
disposal group) is available for immediate 
sale and the sale is highly probable and 
expected to occur within one year then 
the disposal group is classified as held for 
sale. The disposal group is measured at 
the lower of the carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell. Depreciation is 
not charged on such assets.

a) Exceptional items 
See note 2 d).

b) Underlying PBIT
Underlying profit before interest and tax 
is profit before interest and tax excluding 
exceptional items.

c) Underlying earnings per share
Underlying earnings per share figures 
are presented for continuing operations. 
These exclude the effects of exceptional 
items, net gains/(losses) on financial 
instruments, current tax on exceptional 
items and on net gains/(losses) on financial 
instruments, exceptional current tax and 
deferred tax.

d) Net debt
See note 2 x).

Where a group of assets that comprises 
operations that can be clearly distinguished 
operationally and for financial reporting 
purposes from the rest of the group (a 
component), has been disposed of or 
classified as held for sale, and it:

e) Effective interest rate
The effective interest rate is calculated 
as net finance costs, excluding net finance 
costs from pensions, plus capitalised 
finance costs divided by the monthly 
average net debt during the year.

•  represents a separate major line 
of business or geographical area 
of operations; or

•  is part of a single co-ordinated plan 
to dispose of a separate major line 
of business or geographical area 
of operations; or

•  is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a 

view to resale;

then the component is classified 
as a discontinued operation. 

3 Alternative performance measures
Financial measures or metrics used in 
this report that are not defined by IFRS 
are alternative performance measures. 
The group uses such measures for 
performance analysis because they 
provide additional useful information 
on the performance and position of the 
group. Since the group defines its own 
alternative performance measures, these 
might not be directly comparable with 
other companies’ alternative performance 
measures. These measures are not 
intended to be a substitute for, or superior 
to, IFRS measurements.

f) Effective cash cost of interest
The effective cash cost of interest is 
calculated on the same basis as the 
effective interest rate except that it 
excludes finance costs that are not paid in 
cash but are accreted to the carrying value 
of the debt (principally RPI adjustments on 
index-linked debt).

g) PBITDA interest cover
The ratio of profit from continuing 
operations before interest, tax, exceptional 
items, depreciation and amortisation to net 
finance costs excluding net finance costs 
from pensions.

h) PBIT interest cover
The ratio of profit from continuing 
operations before interest, tax and 
exceptional items to net finance costs 
excluding net finance costs from pensions.

i) Underlying effective tax rate
Current tax charge for the year on 
continuing operations, excluding prior 
year charges, exceptional current tax, and 
current tax on exceptional items and on 
financial instruments, divided by profit from 
continuing operations before tax, net gains/
losses on financial instruments and 
exceptional items. 

4  New accounting policies 
and future requirements

The group has adopted all amendments 
to standards with an effective date 
relevant to this year end with no material 
impact on its results, assets or liabilities. 
All other accounting policies have been 
applied consistently. 

At the date of these financial statements, 
the following Standards and Interpretations 
were in issue but not yet effective:

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ will 
supersede IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement’ and is 
effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2018. IFRS 9 covers 
classification and measurement of financial 
assets and financial liabilities, impairment 
of financial assets and hedge accounting.

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’ provides a single model 
for accounting for revenue arising from 
contracts with customers, focusing 
on the identification and satisfaction of 
performance obligations, and is effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2018. IFRS 15 will supersede 
IAS 18 ‘Revenue’.

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ provides a new model 
for lessee accounting in which all leases, 
other than short-term and small-ticket-
item leases, will be accounted for by the 
recognition on the balance sheet of a 
right-to-use asset and a lease liability, 
and the subsequent amortisation of the 
right-to-use asset over the lease term. 
IFRS 16 will be effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017141

(iii) Classification of costs 
between operating expenditure 
and capital expenditure
Severn Trent Water’s business involves 
significant construction and engineering 
projects. Assessing the classification of 
costs incurred on such projects between 
capital expenditure and operating 
expenditure requires judgements to be 
made. The judgements are made based 
on objective criteria that the group has 
developed to facilitate the consistent 
application of its accounting policies. 

b) Estimates

(i) Depreciation and carrying amounts 
of property, plant and equipment
Calculating the depreciation charge and 
hence the carrying value for property, 
plant and equipment requires estimates 
to be made of the useful lives of the assets. 
The estimates are based on engineering 
data and the group’s experience of 
similar assets. Details are set out in note 
2 i). A one year change in the average 
remaining useful lives of property, plant 
and equipment would result in a £7 million 
change in the depreciation charge. 

(ii) Retirement benefit obligations
Determining the amount of the group’s 
retirement benefit obligations and the net 
costs of providing such benefits requires 
assumptions to be made concerning 
long term interest rates, inflation, salary 
and pension increases, investment 
returns and longevity of current and 
future pensioners. Changes in these 
assumptions could significantly impact 
the amount of the obligations or the cost 
of providing such benefits. The group 
makes assumptions concerning these 
matters with the assistance of advice from 
independent qualified actuaries. Details of 
the assumptions made and associated 
sensitivities are set out in note 29 to the 
financial statements. 

(iii) Unbilled revenue
Severn Trent Water raises bills and 
recognises revenue in accordance with 
its right to receive revenue in line with the 
limits established by the periodic regulatory 
price review processes. For water and 
waste water customers with water meters, 
the amount recognised depends on the 
volume supplied, including an estimate of 
the value of the volume supplied between 
the date of the last meter read and the 
year end. Meters are read on a cyclical 
basis and the group recognises revenue 
for unbilled volumes based on estimated 
usage from the last billing to the end of the 
financial year. The estimated consumption 
since the last bill, takes into account the 
most recent actual consumption data 
and the difference between actual and 
estimated consumption for the previous 
year. The difference between estimated and 
actual consumption is monitored regularly 
and is not material. 

(iv) Provision for impairment 
of trade receivables
Provisions are made against Severn 
Trent Water’s trade receivables based on 
historical experience of levels of recovery 
from accounts in a particular ageing 
category. The actual amounts collected 
could differ from the estimated level of 
recovery which could impact operating 
results. A 10% reduction in the cash 
collection estimate would increase the bad 
debt charge by £2.0 million.

(v) Goodwill arising on acquisition 
of Dee Valley Water
As set out in note 39, the fair values 
attributed to the assets and liabilities 
acquired are provisional and will be 
finalised in the year ending 31 March 2018. 
Any change to these estimates will result 
in an equal and opposite adjustment in the 
carrying value of the goodwill. 

4  New accounting policies 

and future requirements continued

The group’s evaluation of the effect of 
adoption of these standards is ongoing but 
it is not currently anticipated that IFRS 9, 
IFRS 15 nor IFRS 16 will have a material 
effect on the financial statements. The EU 
has adopted both IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 but 
has not yet adopted IFRS 16.

There are no other standards and 
interpretations in issue but not yet adopted 
that the directors anticipate will have a 
material effect on the reported income 
or net assets of the group.

5  Significant accounting 

judgements and key sources 
of estimation uncertainty

In the process of applying the group’s 
accounting policies, the group is required 
to make certain judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that it believes are 
reasonable based on the information 
available. Although these estimates are 
based on management’s best knowledge of 
the amount, event or actions, actual results 
may ultimately differ from those estimates.

a) Judgements

(i) Tax provisions
Assessing the outcome of uncertain tax 
positions requires judgements to be made 
regarding the result of negotiations with, 
and enquiries from, tax authorities in a 
number of jurisdictions. The assessments 
made are based on advice from 
independent tax advisers and the status 
of ongoing discussions with the relevant 
tax authorities. 

(ii) Provisions for other liabilities 
and charges
Assessing the financial outcome of 
uncertain commercial and legal positions 
requires judgements to be made regarding 
the relative merits of each party’s case 
and the extent to which any claim against 
the group is likely to be successful. 
The assessments made are based on 
advice from the group’s internal counsel 
and, where appropriate, independent 
legal advice. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017142

6 Segmental analysis
The group is organised into two main business segments:

Regulated Water and Waste Water includes the wholesale water and waste water activities of Severn Trent Water Limited, its retail 
services to domestic customers, and Dee Valley Water.

Business Services includes the group’s Operating Services businesses in the US, UK & Ireland and the group’s Renewable 
Energy business.

On 15 February 2017, the group completed the acquisition of Dee Valley Group plc. This business has been included in the Regulated 
Water and Waste Water segment with effect from that date. Further details of the acquisition are set out in note 39.

The group sold its Operating Services businesses in Italy on 23 February 2017.

The disposal of the group’s non-household retail business to the Water Plus joint venture with United Utilities received approval 
from the Competition and Markets Authority on 3 May 2016 and the business was classified as a discontinued operation on that date. 
The transaction was completed on 1 June 2016. The prior year segmental results have been restated to present the non-household retail 
business as a discontinued operation as set out in the stock market announcement dated 8 September 2016. See note 40.

The Water Purification business was also classified as a discontinued operation in the prior year. The sale of this business was completed 
on 2 July 2015. See note 40.

The Severn Trent Executive Committee (‘STEC’) is considered to be the group’s chief operating decision maker. The reports provided to 
STEC include segmental information prepared on the basis described above. Details of Regulated Water and Waste Water’s operations 
are described on pages 24 to 33 of the Strategic Review and those of Business Services on pages 36 to 40.

Results from interests in joint ventures and associates are not included in the segmental reports reviewed by STEC.

The measure of profit or loss that is reported to STEC for the segments is underlying PBIT. A segmental analysis of sales and underlying 
PBIT is presented below.

Transactions between reportable segments are included within segmental results, assets and liabilities in accordance with group 
accounting policies. These are eliminated on consolidation.

The group has a large and diverse customer base and there is no significant reliance on any single customer. 

a) Segmental results

External turnover
Inter-segment turnover
Total turnover
Underlying PBIT
Exceptional items (see note 9)
Profit before interest and tax

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water  
£m
1,527.6
1.2
1,528.8
494.7
26.4
521.1

2017 

Business 
Services  
£m
291.0
18.6
309.6
37.2
2.6
39.8

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water  
£m
1,504.4
1.7
1,506.1
482.5
1.0
483.5

Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items is stated after:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Loss/(profit) on disposal of fixed assets

The reportable segments’ turnover is reconciled to group turnover as follows:

299.4
17.4
0.8

9.6
1.8
(0.1)

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other
Consolidation adjustments

287.1
20.0
(3.0)

2017 

£m
1,528.8
309.6
6.2
(25.4)
1,819.2

2016 
(restated)

Business 
Services  
£m
257.2
19.5
276.7
28.4
–
28.4

8.7
2.0
(0.1)

2016 
(restated) 
£m
1,506.1
276.7
3.2
(32.3)
1,753.7

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
6 Segmental analysis continued

a) Segmental results continued
Segmental underlying PBIT is reconciled to the group’s profit before tax as follows:

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other
Consolidation adjustments
Underlying PBIT
Exceptional items:

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other

Net finance costs
Net (losses)/gains on financial instruments
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
Profit before tax

143

2017 

£m
494.7
37.2
(6.0)
(0.8)
525.1

26.4
2.6
(10.4)
(204.0)
(1.8)
(1.8)
336.1

2016 
(restated) 
£m
482.5
28.4
(7.9)
0.4
503.4

1.0
–
–
(209.3)
7.7
0.1
302.9

The group’s treasury and tax affairs are managed centrally by the Group Treasury and Tax departments. Finance costs are managed 
on a group basis and hence interest income and costs are not reported at the segmental level. Tax is not reported to STEC on a 
segmental basis. 

b) Segmental capital employed
Separate segmental analyses of assets and liabilities are not reviewed by STEC. The balance sheet measure reviewed by STEC 
on a segmental basis is capital employed, as shown below.

The following table shows the segmental capital employed:

Operating assets
Goodwill
Interests in joint ventures and associates
Segment assets
Segment operating liabilities
Capital employed

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water 
£m
8,477.1
67.3
–
8,544.4
(1,970.9)
6,573.5

2017

Business 
Services 
£m
213.1
14.9
37.4
265.4
(55.9)
209.5

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water 
£m
8,110.8
1.3
0.1
8,112.2
(1,546.3)
6,565.9

2016

Business 
Services 
£m
256.1
14.8
5.1
276.0
(125.8)
150.2

Operating assets comprise other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, retirement benefit surpluses, inventory and trade and 
other receivables.

Operating liabilities comprise trade and other payables, retirement benefit obligations and provisions.

The reportable segments’ assets are reconciled to the group’s total assets as follows:

Segment assets

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other

Other financial assets
Loan receivable from joint venture
Current tax receivable
Assets held for sale
Consolidation adjustments
Total assets

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

8,544.4
265.4
40.6
111.6
108.6
7.3
–
(41.4)
9,036.5

8,112.2
276.0
29.1
96.2
–
–
–
(69.0)
8,444.5

The consolidation adjustments comprise elimination of intra-group debtors and unrealised profits on disposal of fixed assets.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
144

6 Segmental analysis continued

b) Segmental capital employed continued
The reportable segments’ liabilities are reconciled to the group’s total liabilities as follows:

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

Segment liabilities

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other
Other financial liabilities
Current tax
Deferred tax
Consolidation adjustments
Total liabilities

The consolidation adjustments comprise elimination of intra-group creditors.

The following table shows the additions to other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment:

(1,970.9)
(55.9)
(67.5)
(5,463.7)
–
(623.7)
68.5
(8,113.2)

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water 
£m
26.1
541.5

2017

Business 
Services 
£m
4.2
41.8

Regulated 
Water and 
Waste Water 
£m
21.9
452.4

(1,546.3)
(125.8)
(40.1)
(5,085.8)
(11.1)
(664.7)
47.8
(7,426.0)

2016

Business 
Services 
£m
1.8
38.9

2017 

£m
1,632.1
160.5
26.6
1,819.2

2016 
(restated) 
£m
1,593.5
135.5
24.7
1,753.7

Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

c) Geographical areas
The group’s sales were derived from the following countries:

UK
US
Other

The group’s non-current assets (excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets and post-employment benefit assets) were located 
in the following countries:

UK
US
Other

7 Revenue

Water and waste water services
Other services
Service concession arrangements
Energy sales and related incentive payments
Turnover
Interest receivable

2017 
£m
8,345.6
28.2
–
8,373.8

2017 

£m
1,527.6
211.7
44.5
35.4
1,819.2
1.5
1,820.7

2016 
£m
7,833.7
24.7
2.0
7,860.4

2016 
(restated) 
£m
1,504.4
169.0
44.4
35.9
1,753.7
5.4
1,759.1

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
 
 
8 Net operating costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share based payments
Total employee costs
Power
Carbon Reduction Commitment
Raw materials and consumables
Rates
Charge for bad and doubtful debts
Services charges
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets
Hired and contracted services
Operating lease rentals
 – land and buildings
 – other
Hire of plant and machinery
Research and development expenditure
Profit on disposal of tangible fixed assets
Profit on disposal of subsidiary undertaking
Exchange (gains)/losses
Infrastructure renewals expenditure
Ofwat licence fees
Net other operating costs

Release from deferred credits
Own work capitalised

Before 
exceptional 
costs 
£m
305.3
22.7
21.2
6.2
355.4
73.3
6.3
77.1
78.8
21.9
33.1
308.8
19.3
262.0

2.7
0.5
4.6
2.2
(5.1)
(0.6)
(3.0)
136.2
3.6
49.9
1,427.0
(13.9)
(119.0)
1,294.1

Exceptional 
costs 
£m
–
–
(16.6)
–
(16.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
(2.0)
–
–
–
–
(18.6)
–
–
(18.6)

2017 

Total 
£m
305.3
22.7
4.6
6.2
338.8
73.3
6.3
77.1
78.8
21.9
33.1
308.8
19.3
262.0

2.7
0.5
4.6
2.2
(5.1)
(2.6)
(3.0)
136.2
3.6
49.9
1,408.4
(13.9)
(119.0)
1,275.5

Before 
exceptional 
costs 
£m
281.8
21.9
19.2
5.2
328.1
66.5
7.1
75.4
77.7
20.6
32.4
293.9
21.7
239.8

2.0
1.7
0.2
3.5
(0.9)
–
0.5
126.0
2.8
55.6
1,354.6
(10.5)
(93.8)
1,250.3

Exceptional 
costs 
£m
(0.3)
–
(0.7)
–
(1.0)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)

145

2016  
(restated)

Total 
£m
281.5
21.9
18.5
5.2
327.1
66.5
7.1
75.4
77.7
20.6
32.4
293.9
21.7
239.8

2.0
1.7
0.2
3.5
(0.9)
–
0.5
126.0
2.8
55.6
1,353.6
(10.5)
(93.8)
1,249.3

Further details of exceptional costs are given in note 9.

During the year the following fees were charged by the auditors:

Fees payable to the company’s auditors for:
 – the audit of the company’s annual accounts
 – the audit of the company’s subsidiary accounts
Total audit fees
Fees payable to the company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the group:
 – audit related assurance services
 – other services relating to taxation
 – other assurance services
Total non-audit fees

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

0.2
0.5
0.7

0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5

0.2
0.4
0.6

0.1
0.1
0.6
0.8

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 96 to 119.

Other assurance services also include certain agreed upon procedures performed by Deloitte in connection with Severn Trent Water’s 
regulatory reporting requirements to Ofwat. 

Details of the group policy on the use of the auditor for non-audit services and how auditor independence and objectivity are safeguarded are 
set out in the Audit Committee report on pages 85 and 90. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017146

9 Exceptional items before tax

Regulated Water and Waste Water
Restructuring costs
Profit on disposal of fixed assets
Gain arising on pension exchange arrangement

Business Services
Gain arising on pension exchange arrangement
Gain on disposal of businesses

Corporate and other
Elimination of intra-group profit on disposal of fixed assets
Gain arising on pension exchange arrangement

2017 
£m

–
(11.0)
(15.4)
(26.4)

(0.6)
(2.0)
(2.6)

11.0
(0.6)
10.4
(18.6)

2016 
£m

(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)

–
–
–

–
–
–
(1.0)

Regulated Water and Waste Water has realised a gain of £11.0 million from sales of property on an arm’s length basis to other 
group companies. The gain has been treated as exceptional in the segment results and has been eliminated on consolidation in the 
group results. The consolidation adjustment is shown in Corporate and other in the table above.

Exceptional tax is disclosed in note 14. 

10 Employee numbers
Average number of employees (including executive directors) during the year:

By type of business
Regulated Water and Waste Water
Business Services
Corporate and other

11 Finance income

Interest income earned on:
Bank deposits
Other financial income
Total interest receivable
Interest income on defined benefit scheme assets

Continuing 
operations 
number

Discontinued 
operations 
number

5,813
1,777
12
7,602

14
18
–
32

2017

Total 
number

5,827
1,795
12
7,634

Continuing 
operations 
number

Discontinued 
operations 
number

5,236
2,105
17
7,358

–
101
–
101

2017 
£m

0.2
1.3
1.5
71.8
73.3

2016

Total 
number

5,236
2,206
17
7,459

2016 
£m

0.4
5.0
5.4
67.7
73.1

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201712 Finance costs 

Interest expense charged on:
Bank loans and overdrafts
Other loans
Finance leases
Total borrowing costs
Other financial expenses
Interest cost on defined benefit scheme liabilities

147

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

22.7
167.4
4.2
194.3
0.3
82.7
277.3

21.9
170.6
6.8
199.3
0.3
82.8
282.4

Borrowing costs of £18.6 million (2016: £16.5 million) incurred funding eligible capital projects have been capitalised at an interest rate of 
3.94% (2016: 4.41%). Tax relief of £3.7 million (2016: £3.3 million) was claimed on these costs which was credited to the income statement, 
offset by a related deferred tax charge of £3.2 million (2016: £3.0 million). 

13 Net (losses)/gains on financial instruments

Gain/(loss) on swaps used as hedging instruments in fair value hedges
Loss arising on debt in fair value hedges
Exchange loss on other loans
Loss on cash flow hedges transferred from equity
Hedge ineffectiveness on cash flow hedges
Gain arising on swaps where hedge accounting is not applied
Amortisation of fair value adjustment on debt

The group’s hedge accounting arrangements are described in note 37. 

14 Taxation

a) Analysis of tax charge/(credit) in the year

2017 
£m
17.6
(16.9)
(11.1)
(2.9)
(0.1)
11.1
0.5
(1.8)

2016 
£m
(0.7)
(1.1)
(32.6)
(12.2)
0.5
53.8
–
7.7

Current tax at 20%
Current year
Prior years
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences:

Current year
Prior years

Exceptional credit from rate change
Total deferred tax

Before 
exceptional 
tax 
£m

Exceptional 
tax 
£m

47.9
(11.0)
36.9

16.4
6.0 
–
22.4 
59.3 

–
(16.4)
(16.4)

–
4.0 
(39.8)
(35.8)
(52.2)

2017 

Total 
£m

47.9
(27.4)
20.5

16.4
10.0
(39.8)
(13.4)
7.1

Before 
exceptional  
tax 
£m

Exceptional  
tax 
£m

53.7
(2.4)
51.3

10.9
2.8
–
13.7
65.0

–
–
–

–
–
(78.6)
(78.6)
(78.6)

2016  
(restated)

Total 
£m

53.7
(2.4)
51.3

10.9
2.8
(78.6)
(64.9)
(13.6)

The total tax charge for the year was £7.1 million (2016: credit of £13.6 million). 

The current tax charge before exceptional tax was £36.9 million (2016: £51.3 million). The exceptional current tax credit of £16.4 million 
(2016: nil) arises primarily from adjustments following agreement with HMRC of tax matters from several prior years. The deferred tax 
charge before exceptional tax was £22.4 million (2016: charge of £13.7 million). 

In September 2016 the Government enacted legislation to reduce the rate of corporation tax to 17% from 2020. As a result we recorded 
an exceptional deferred tax credit of £39.8 million as the provision was recalculated at the new lower tax rate. In 2016, there was an 
exceptional deferred tax credit of £78.6 million arising from a reduction in the corporation tax rate, enacted in that year, from 20% to 18% 
with effect from 1 April 2020. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017148

14 Taxation continued

b) Factors affecting the tax charge/(credit) in the year
The tax expense for the year is lower (2016: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20% (2016: 20%). The differences 
are explained below: 

Profit on ordinary activities before tax from continuing operations
Tax at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK 20% (2016:20%)
Tax effect of depreciation on non-qualifying assets
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
Impact of overseas tax rates
Tax effect of expenditure not deductible in determining taxable profits
Current year impact of rate change
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Exceptional deferred tax credit arising from rate change
Total tax charge/(credit)

2017 

£m
336.1
67.2
3.8
(2.7)
(0.7)
0.4
(3.7)
(17.4)
(39.8)
7.1

2016 
(restated) 
£m
302.9
60.6
3.8
–
–
1.4
(1.2)
0.4
(78.6)
(13.6)

c) Tax (credited)/charged directly to other comprehensive income or equity
In addition to the amount charged/(credited) to the income statement, the following amounts of tax have been (credited)/charged directly 
to other comprehensive income or equity:

Current tax
Tax on share based payments
Tax on pension contributions in excess of income statement charge
Total current tax credited to other comprehensive income or equity
Deferred tax
Tax on actuarial gain/loss
Tax on cash flow hedges
Tax on share based payments
Tax on transfers to the income statement
Effect of change in tax rate
Total deferred tax (credited)/charged to other comprehensive income or equity

15 Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to owners of the company in the period:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2016 (2015)
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 March 2017 (2016)
Total dividends

2017 
£m

(0.8)
(14.1)
(14.9)

(42.2)
(1.3)
(0.1)
0.4
3.1
(40.1)

Pence per 
share
48.40
32.60
81.00

2017

£m
114.0
76.4
190.4

Pence per 
share
50.94
32.26
83.20

2016 
£m

(1.2)
–
(1.2)

26.7
(0.4)
0.5
2.2
9.6
38.6

2016

£m
121.2
75.8
197.0

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 March 2017

48.90

115.2

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability 
in these financial statements.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
149

16 Earnings per share

a) Basic and diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held in the Severn Trent Employee Share Ownership Trust and treasury shares 
which are treated as cancelled.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares. 

Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations are calculated on the basis of profit from continuing 
and discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of the company.

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following:

(i) Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

Profit for the period attributable to owners of the company
Adjusted for profit from discontinued operations (see note 40)
Profit for the period from continuing operations attributable to owners of the company

(ii) Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
 – share options and LTIPs
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

b) Underlying earnings per share

Underlying basic earnings per share
Underlying diluted earnings per share

2017 

£m
342.8
(13.6)
329.2

2017 
m
235.0

1.0
236.0

2017 

pence
122.4
121.9

2016 
(restated) 
£m
330.0
(14.9)
315.1

2016 
m
236.1

1.1
237.2

2016 
(restated) 
pence
102.1
101.6

The directors consider that underlying earnings per share provides a useful additional indicator of performance. The denominators used 
in the calculations of underlying basic and diluted earnings per share are the same as those used in the unadjusted figures set out above.

The adjustments to earnings that are made in calculating adjusted earnings per share are as follows:

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
Adjustments for:
 – exceptional items before tax
 – current tax related to exceptional items
 – net losses/(gains) on financial instruments
 – current tax on net losses/gains on financial instruments
 – exceptional current tax
 – deferred tax
Earnings for the purpose of underlying basic and diluted earnings per share

2017  
£m
329.2

(18.6)
0.1 
1.8 
4.9 
(16.4)
(13.4) 
287.6 

2016 
£m
315.1

(1.0)
(0.2)
(7.7)
(0.2)
–
(64.9)
241.1

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
150

17 Goodwill

Cost
At 1 April 
Acquisition of Dee Valley Water
Disposal of Operating Services Italy
Exchange adjustments
At 31 March
Impairment
At 1 April 
Disposal of Operating Services Italy
At 31 March
Net book value at 31 March

2017 
£m

18.2 
66.0 
(5.4)
2.2 
81.0 

(3.4)
3.4 
–
81.0 

Goodwill is allocated to the group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) identified according to country of operation and business segment. 

A summary of the goodwill allocation by CGU is presented below.

Dee Valley Water
Operating Services US
Operating Services Italy

2017 
£m
66.0 
15.0 
–
81.0 

2016 
£m

17.7
–
–
0.5
18.2

(3.4)
–
(3.4) 
14.8 

2016 
£m
– 
13.0
1.8
14.8

The group has reviewed the carrying value of goodwill for impairment in accordance with the policy stated in note 2 l).
The value in use calculation for the Dee Valley Water CGU is based on the financial model used in the acquisition but restricted to the 
remaining three years of the current AMP. The key assumptions underlying this model are: RPI inflation in the final three years of the 
AMP, the operating cost efficiencies achieved and the growth rate beyond the three year period. The discount rate of 4.7% was based 
on an estimate for the weighted average cost of capital at the year end date based on the market rate for the cost of debt and the cost of 
equity included in the Dee Valley Water Final Determination for AMP6. The equivalent pre-tax rate discount rate is 5.9%.
Cash flows beyond the end of the three year period are extrapolated using an estimate of 2% for long term CPI and zero real growth.
The value in use calculations for Operating Services US use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management 
covering a three year period. The key assumptions underlying these budgets are revenue growth and margin. Management determines 
assumptions based on past experience, current market trends and expectations of future developments. Cash flows beyond the three 
year period are extrapolated using an estimated nominal growth rate of 3.0% (2016: 3.0%). The growth rate does not exceed the long term 
average growth rate for the economy in which the CGU operates and is consistent with the forecasts included in industry reports. 
Specific discount rates for Operating Services US are not available and hence a post tax discount rate of 3.5% (2016: 4.7%) reflecting 
risks relating to the CGU has been estimated and used to calculate the value in use of the CGU from its post tax cash flow projections. 
The equivalent pre-tax discount rate is 4.4% (2016: 5.9%).
Changes in the growth rate outside the five year period or in the discount rate applied to the cash flows may cause a CGU’s carrying value 
to exceed its recoverable amount. However, in the opinion of the directors, the changes in growth rate or discount rate that would be 
required to reduce the recoverable amount of the CGUs below their carrying value are not reasonably possible. Therefore no sensitivity 
analysis has been presented.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017151

Total 
£m

281.5 
23.9 
1.5 
306.9 
30.3 
(3.0)
(5.0)
1.2 
330.4 

(212.2)
(21.7)
(0.8)
(234.7)
(19.3)
1.7 
3.6 
(0.8)
(249.5)

80.9 
72.2 

Computer software

Internally 
generated 
£m

Purchased 
£m

Capitalised 
development 
costs and 
patents  
£m

178.9
10.1
(0.1)
188.9
14.7 
(1.1)
–
0.2
202.7 

(149.5)
(9.6)
–
(159.1)
(7.7)
0.7 
– 
(0.1)
(166.2)

36.5 
29.8 

89.1
13.8
1.6
104.5
14.5 
(1.2)
(5.0)
1.0 
113.8 

(51.3)
(10.9)
(0.8)
(63.0)
(10.8)
0.3
3.6 
(0.7)
(70.6)

43.2 
41.5 

13.5 
–
–
13.5 
1.1 
(0.7)
– 
– 
13.9 

(11.4)
(1.2)
–
(12.6)
(0.8)
0.7 
– 
– 
(12.7)

1.2 
0.9 

18 Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 April 2015
Additions
Exchange adjustments
At 1 April 2016
Additions
Disposals
Disposal of subsidiaries
Exchange adjustments
At 31 March 2017
Amortisation
At 1 April 2015
Amortisation for the year
Exchange adjustments
At 1 April 2016
Amortisation for the year
Disposals
Disposal of subsidiaries
Exchange adjustments
At 31 March 2017
Net book value
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017152

19 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 April 2015
Additions
Transfers on commissioning
Disposals
Exchange adjustments
At 1 April 2016
Additions
Transfers on commissioning
Disposals
Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking
Disposal of subsidiary undertaking
Exchange adjustments
At 31 March 2017
Depreciation
At 1 April 2015
Charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange adjustments
At 1 April 2016
Charge for the year
Disposals
Disposal of subsidiary undertaking
Exchange adjustments
At 31 March 2017
Net book value
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Infrastructure 
assets 
£m

Fixed plant 
and equipment 
£m

Moveable  
plant 
£m

Assets under 
construction 
£m

2,980.9 
2.7 
194.8 
(10.6)
0.2 
3,168.0 
15.5 
134.4 
(5.7)
0.8 
–
–
3,313.0 

(1,048.4)
(77.0)
6.0 
(0.1)
(1,119.5)
(81.2)
3.7 
–
–
(1,197.0)

2,116.0 
2,048.5 

4,762.0 
21.4 
156.8 
(0.3)
–
4,939.9 
73.7 
39.9 
(0.7)
61.4 
–
–
5,114.2 

(1,225.0)
(31.5)
–
–
(1,256.5)
(42.6)
0.2 
–
–
(1,298.9)

3,574.8 
16.0 
216.9 
(17.4)
(2.2)
3,788.1 
12.4 
214.7 
(24.7)
64.3 
(4.7)
2.2 
4,052.3 

(2,207.2)
(178.6)
16.6 
1.2 
(2,368.0)
(178.1)
23.4 
3.5 
(1.4)
(2,520.6)

3,815.3 
3,683.4 

1,531.7 
1,420.1 

65.0 
5.8 
–
(4.3)
0.5 
67.0 
1.7 
6.3 
(3.8)
–
–
2.7 
73.9 

(42.5)
(6.8)
4.1 
(0.4)
(45.6)
(6.9)
3.5 
–
(2.0)
(51.0)

22.9 
21.4 

Total 
£m

12,054.8 
491.6 
–
(36.7)
(1.5)
12,508.2 
583.9 
–
(34.9)
126.5 
(4.7)
4.9 
13,183.9 

(4,523.1)
(293.9)
26.7 
0.7 
(4,789.6)
(308.8)
30.8 
3.5 
(3.4)
(5,067.5)

672.1 
445.7 
(568.5)
(4.1)
–
545.2 
480.6 
(395.3)
–
–
–
–
630.5 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

630.5 
545.2 

8,116.4 
7,718.6 

The carrying amount of property, plant and equipment includes the following amounts in respect of assets held under finance leases:

Net book value
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

Infrastructure 
assets  
£m

Fixed plant 
and equipment  
£m

118.8 
119.8 

10.2 
16.4 

Total  
£m

129.0 
136.2 

The depreciation charge for 2017 includes £5.0 million (2016: nil) in respect of the write off of redundant plant and equipment.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
 
 
153

20 Interests in joint ventures and associates
Particulars of the group’s principal joint venture undertakings at 31 March 2017 were:

Name
Jackson Water Partnership
Water Plus Limited

Type
Joint venture
Joint venture

Country of incorporation
United States
Great Britain

Proportion of ownership interest
70%
50%

The partnership agreement for the Jackson Water Partnership requires that certain key decisions require the unanimous consent of the 
partners and consequently the partnership has been accounted for as a joint venture.

The results and net assets of principal joint ventures and associates are shown below:

Group’s share of carrying value
Group’s share of (loss)/profit and comprehensive (loss)/income

Interests in joint venture
2016 
£m
0.2
–

2017 
£m
37.4
(1.8)

Interests in associates
2016 
£m
4.9
0.1

2017 
£m
–
–

2017 
£m
37.4
(1.8)

Total
2016 
£m
5.1
0.1

All results are from continuing operations in both the current and preceding year.

As at 31 March 2017 and 2016 the joint ventures and associates did not have any significant contingent liabilities to which the group was 
exposed and the group did not have any significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interests in joint ventures or associates. The group 
had no capital commitments in relation to its interests in the joint ventures or associates at 31 March 2017 or 2016.

21 Categories of financial assets

Fair value through profit and loss
Cross currency swaps – not hedge accounted
Interest rate swaps – not hedge accounted
Foreign exchange forward contracts – not hedge accounted

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Cross currency swaps – fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps – fair value hedges

Total derivative financial assets
Available for sale investments carried at fair value
Unquoted shares
Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents)
Net trade receivables
Loan receivable from joint venture
Short term deposits
Cash at bank and in hand
Total loans and receivables
Total financial assets
Disclosed in the balance sheet as:
Non-current assets
Derivative financial assets
Loan receivable from joint venture
Available for sale financial assets

Current assets
Derivative financial assets
Net trade receivables
Loan receivable from joint venture
Cash and cash equivalents

Notes

22
22
23
23

2017 
£m

23.6
23.6
–
47.2

19.8
–
19.8
67.0

–

214.2
108.6
18.8
25.8
367.4
434.4

67.0
9.0
–
76.0

–
214.2
99.6
44.6
358.4
434.4

2016 
£m

10.4
–
0.7
11.1

17.7
12.1
29.8
40.9

0.1

177.8
–
31.8
23.4
233.0
274.0

40.2
–
0.1
40.3

0.7
177.8
–
55.2
233.7
274.0

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017154

22 Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Trade receivables
Bad debt provision
Net trade receivables
Other amounts receivable
Prepayments
Unbilled revenue
Loan receivable from joint venture

Non-current assets
Prepayments
Amounts receivable from contract work
Loan receivable from joint venture

The carrying values of trade and other receivables are reasonable approximations of their fair values.

Doubtful debts provision
Movements on the doubtful debts provision were as follows:

At 1 April
Charge for bad and doubtful debts (continuing and discontinued operations)
Acquisition of Dee Valley Water
Amounts written off during the year
At 31 March

The aged analysis of receivables that are specifically provided for is as follows:

Up to 90 days
91 – 365 days
1 – 2 years
2 – 3 years
More than 3 years

2017 
£m

344.7
(130.5)
214.2
38.5
5.7
159.8
99.6
517.8

21.4
27.7
9.0
58.1
575.9

2017 
£m
126.9
21.9
2.8
(21.1)
130.5

2017 
£m
1.0
6.3
2.8
3.9
6.9
20.9

2016 
£m

304.7
(126.9)
177.8
54.6
8.6
226.0
–
467.0

23.9
25.7
–
49.6
516.6

2016 
£m
125.0
24.0
–
(22.1)
126.9

2016 
£m
–
3.3
5.7
3.3
5.0
17.3

A collective provision is recorded against assets which are past due but for which no specific provision has been made. This is calculated 
based on historical experience of levels of recovery.

The aged analysis of receivables that were overdue at the reporting date but not individually provided for is as follows:

Up to 90 days
91 – 365 days
1 – 2 years
2 – 3 years
More than 3 years

2017 
£m
56.6 
85.8 
57.2 
35.1 
68.0 
302.7 

2016 
£m
38.6
83.1
51.0
32.4
65.2
270.3

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
 
155

22 Trade and other receivables continued

Doubtful debts provision continued
The amounts above are reconciled to gross and net debtors in the table below:

Not due
Overdue not specifically provided
Overdue and specifically provided

Credit risk

Gross 
£m
21.1
302.7
20.9
344.7

Provision 
£m
–
(109.6)
(20.9)
(130.5)

2017
Net 
£m
21.1
193.1
–
214.2

Gross 
£m
17.1
270.3
17.3
304.7

Provision 
£m
–
(109.6)
(17.3)
(126.9)

2016
Net 
£m
17.1
160.7
–
177.8

Trade receivables
Credit control policies and procedures are determined at the individual business unit level. By far the most significant business unit of the 
group is Severn Trent Water Limited, which represents 85% of group turnover and 88% of net trade receivables. Severn Trent Water has a 
statutory obligation to provide water and waste water services to customers within its region. Therefore there is no concentration of credit 
risk with respect to its trade receivables from these services and the credit quality of its customer base reflects the wealth and prosperity 
of all of the domestic households within its region. 

Water Plus
In the year ended 31 March 2017, the group’s joint venture, Water Plus, was the retailer for non-domestic customers in the Severn Trent 
region. The trade receivables and amounts shown as loans receivable from joint ventures are disclosed within the related parties note 47.

23 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand
Short term deposits

2017 
£m
25.8
18.8
44.6

2016 
£m
23.4
31.8
55.2

Short term bank deposits are held as security deposits for insurance obligations, which are not available for use by the group. In addition, 
£10.0 million (2016: £8.8 million) of cash at bank and in hand is restricted for use on the Ministry of Defence contract and is not available 
for use by the group. 

24 Borrowings

Current liabilities
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases

2017 
£m

151.2 
406.1 
2.1 
559.4 

922.1 
3,683.9 
113.6 
4,719.6 
5,279.0

2016 
£m

276.4 
2.6 
1.6 
280.6 

973.4 
3,537.1 
115.6 
4,626.1 
4,906.7

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017156

25 Finance leases
Obligations under finance leases are as follows:

Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
After more than 5 years
Gross obligations under finance leases
Less future finance charges
Present value of leases obligations

Net obligations under finance leases fall due as follows:

Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
After more than 5 years
Included in non-current liabilities

2017 
£m
6.1
6.5
22.6
121.9
157.1
(41.4)
115.7

2017 
£m
2.1
2.6
11.5
99.5
113.6
115.7

2016 
£m
5.7
6.1
21.1
129.8
162.7
(45.5)
117.2

2016 
£m
1.6
2.1
9.6
103.9
115.6
117.2

The remaining terms of finance leases ranged from 1 to 15 years at 31 March 2017. Interest terms are set at the inception of the 
leases. The leases bear fixed interest at a weighted average rate of 5.34% (2016: 5.35%). The lease obligations are secured against 
the related assets. 

There were no contingent rents, escalation clauses or material renewal or purchase options. The terms of the finance leases do not 
impose restriction on dividend payments, additional debt or further leasing. 

26 Categories of financial liabilities

Fair value through profit and loss
Interest rate swaps – not hedge accounted
Energy hedges – not hedge accounted
Foreign exchange forward contracts – not hedge accounted

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
Interest rate swaps – fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges
Energy hedges – fair value hedges

Total derivative financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade payables
Total other financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities
Disclosed in the balance sheet as:
Non-current liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings

Current liabilities
Derivative financial liabilities
Borrowings
Trade payables

Note

24
27

2017 
£m

163.2
0.8
– 
164.0

20.7
–
–
20.7
184.7

5,279.0
24.0
5,303.0
5,487.7

184.1
4,719.6
4,903.7

0.6
559.4
24.0
584.0
5,487.7

2016 
£m

164.9
–
0.7
165.6

–
10.3
3.2
13.5
179.1

4,906.7
18.1
4,924.8
5,103.9

178.0
4,626.1
4,804.1

1.1
280.6
18.1
299.8
5,103.9

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201727 Trade and other payables

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Deferred income
Accruals

Non-current liabilities
Accruals
Deferred income

157

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

24.0
5.8
13.5
12.2
396.4
451.9

2.1
953.6
955.7
1,407.6

18.1
6.2
16.9
10.9
402.0
454.1

3.4
867.4
870.8
1,324.9

28 Deferred tax
An analysis of the movements in the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group is set out below:

At 1 April 2015
Charge/(credit) to income
(Credit)/charge to income arising from rate change
Charge to equity
Charge to equity arising from rate change
At 1 April 2016
Reclassification
Acquired through business combinations
Charge/(credit) to income
(Credit)/charge to income arising from rate change
Credit to equity
Charge to equity arising from rate change
At 31 March 2017

Accelerated  
tax 
depreciation 
£m
840.0
10.2
(84.0)
–
–
766.2
–
11.9
23.3
(42.5)
–
–
758.9

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£m
(93.7)
1.8
1.9
26.7
7.5
(55.8)
15.5
1.7
–
–
(42.2)
2.1
(78.7)

Fair value 
of financial 
instruments 
£m
(61.4)
1.8
4.1
1.8
2.1
(51.6)
–
–
3.2
2.2
(0.9)
1.0
(46.1)

Other 
£m
6.1
(0.1)
(0.6)
0.5
–
5.9
(15.5)
(1.1)
(0.1)
0.5
(0.1)
–
(10.4)

Total 
£m
691.0
13.7
(78.6)
29.0
9.6
664.7
–
12.5
26.4
(39.8)
(43.2)
3.1
623.7

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The offset amounts, which are to be recovered/settled after more than 12 months, are 
as follows:

Deferred tax asset
Deferred tax liability

2017 
£m
(135.2)
758.9
623.7

2016 
£m
(107.5)
772.2
664.7

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017158

29 Retirement benefit schemes

a) Defined benefit pension schemes

(i) Background
The group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes in the UK which closed to future accrual on 31 March 2015. The defined 
benefit pension schemes cover increases in accrued benefits arising from inflation and future pension increases. Their assets are held 
in separate funds administered by trustees. The trustees are required to act in the best interests of the schemes’ beneficiaries. A formal 
actuarial valuation of each scheme is carried out on behalf of the trustees at triennial intervals by an independent professionally qualified 
actuary. Under the defined benefit pension schemes, members are entitled to retirement benefits calculated as a proportion (varying 
between 1/30 and 1/80 for each year of service) of their salary for the final year of employment with the group or, if higher, the average of 
the highest three consecutive years’ salary in the last ten years of membership, up to 31 March 2015. 

Dee Valley Water (‘DVW’) participates in the Water Companies Pension Scheme, which is a defined benefit sectionalised scheme. 
DVW participates in the Dee Valley Water plc Section of the scheme (‘the Section’). The Section funds are administered by trustees and 
are held separately from the assets of the group. Contributions are paid to the Section in accordance with the recommendations of an 
independent professionally qualified actuary, who carries out a formal actuarial valuation at triennial intervals. Members are entitled to 
retirement benefits calculated by reference to their pensionable service and pensionable salary history. 

The UK defined benefit pension schemes and the date of their last formal actuarial valuation are as follows:

Severn Trent Pension Scheme (‘STPS’)*
Severn Trent Mirror Image Pension Scheme (‘STMIPS’)
Water Companies Pension Scheme – Dee Valley Water plc Section (‘DVWS’)

* The STPS is by far the largest of the group’s UK defined benefit schemes.

Date of last formal actuarial valuation
31 March 2016
31 March 2016
31 March 2014

(ii) Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the group’s obligations under the defined benefit pension schemes

Fair value of assets
Present value of the defined benefit obligations – funded schemes

Present value of the defined benefit obligations – unfunded schemes
Retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet

STPS and STMIPS 
Fair value of scheme assets
Equities
Gilts
Corporate bonds
Property
Hedge funds
Cash
Total fair value of assets

DVWS 
Fair value of scheme assets
Equities
Diversified growth funds
Liquidity driven investment funds
Emerging markets multi-asset funds
High-yield bonds
Total fair value of assets

STPS and 
STMIPS 
£m
2,281.9 
(2,855.8)
(573.9)
(10.5)
(584.4)

2017

2016

DVWS 
£m
70.9
(61.1)
9.8
–
9.8

Total 
£m
2,352.8 
(2,916.9)
(564.1)
(10.5)
(574.6)

Total 
£m
2,039.8
(2,339.9)
(300.1)
(9.4)
(309.5)

2017  
£m

2016  
£m

897.9 
412.6 
670.8 
174.9 
1.2 
124.5 
2,281.9 

922.4
283.0
570.7
171.4
11.8
80.5
2,039.8

2017  
£m

16.4
5.3
42.6
3.3
3.3
70.9

The equities, gilts, corporate bonds and hedge funds have quoted prices in active markets.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
 
 
 
159

29 Retirement benefit schemes continued

a) Defined benefit pension schemes continued

(ii) Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the group’s obligations under the defined benefit pension schemes continued
Movements in the fair value of the schemes’ assets were as follows:

Fair value at 1 April
Interest income on scheme assets
Contributions from the sponsoring companies
Contributions from scheme members
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in finance income)
Scheme administration costs
Benefits paid
Acquisition of Dee Valley Water
Fair value at 31 March

Movements in the present value of the schemes’ defined benefit obligations were as follows:

Present value at 1 April
Exceptional past service credit
Interest cost
Contributions from scheme members
Actuarial gains arising from changes in demographic assumptions
Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from changes in financial assumptions
Actuarial (losses)/gains arising from experience adjustments
Benefits paid
Acquisition of Dee Valley Water
Present value at 31 March

Of which:

Amounts relating to funded schemes
Amounts relating to unfunded schemes
Present value at 31 March

2017 
£m
2,039.8
71.8
33.2
–
227.6
(3.3)
(87.2)
70.9
2,352.8

2017 
£m
(2,349.3)
17.3
(82.7)
–
16.6
(470.6)
(84.8)
87.2
(61.1)
(2,927.4)

2017 
£m
2,916.9
10.5
2,927.4

2016 
£m
2,086.8
67.7
27.8
0.3
(45.9)
(2.3)
(94.6)
–
2,039.8

2016 
£m
(2,555.7)
0.7
(82.8)
(0.3)
–
147.9
46.3
94.6
–
(2,349.3)

2016 
£m
2,339.9
9.4
2,349.3

The group has an obligation to pay pensions to a number of former employees, whose benefits would otherwise have been restricted by 
the Finance Act 1989 earnings cap. Provision for such benefits amounting to £10.5 million (2016: £9.4 million) is included as an unfunded 
scheme within the retirement benefit obligation. 

The group has assessed that is has an unconditional right to a refund of any surplus assets in each of the schemes following settlement of 
all obligations to scheme members and therefore the surpluses in the STMIPS and the DVWS have been recognised in full. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017160

29 Retirement benefit schemes continued

a) Defined benefit pension schemes continued

(iii) Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of these defined benefit pension schemes

Amounts credited/(charged) to operating costs
Exceptional past service credit
Scheme administration costs

Amounts charged to finance costs
Interest cost
Amounts credited to finance income
Interest income on scheme assets
Total amount credited/(charged) to the income statement

2017 
£m

17.3
(3.3)
14.0

2016 
£m

0.7
(2.3)
(1.6)

(82.7)

(82.8)

71.8
3.1

67.7
(16.7)

The actual return on scheme assets was a gain of £301.4 million (2016: £21.8 million).

Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of comprehensive income. The cumulative amount of actuarial 
gains and losses recognised in the statement of comprehensive income since the adoption of IFRS is a net loss of £622.0 million 
(2016: £310.8 million). 

(iv) Actuarial risk factors
The schemes typically expose the company to actuarial risks such as investment risk, inflation risk and longevity risk.

Investment risk
The group’s contributions to the schemes are based on actuarial calculations which make assumptions about the returns expected 
from the schemes’ investments. If the investments underperform these assumptions in the long term then the group will need to make 
additional contributions to the schemes in order to fund the payment of accrued benefits.

Inflation risk
The benefits payable to members of the schemes are linked to inflation measured by the RPI. The group’s contributions to the schemes 
are based on assumptions about the future level of inflation. If inflation is higher than the levels assumed in the actuarial calculations 
then the group will need to make additional contributions to the schemes in order to fund the payment of accrued benefits.

Longevity risk
The group’s contributions to the schemes are based on assumptions about the life expectancy of scheme members after retirement. 
If scheme members live longer than assumed in the actuarial calculations then the group will need to make additional contributions 
to the schemes in order to fund the payment of accrued benefits. 

(v) Actuarial assumptions
The major assumptions used in the valuation of the STPS and STMIPS schemes were as follows:

Price inflation – RPI
Price inflation – CPI
Discount rate
Pension increases in payment
Pension increases in deferment

2017 
%
3.1
2.1
2.7
3.1
3.1

2016 
%
3.0
2.0
3.6
3.0
3.0

The assumption for price inflation is derived from the difference between the yields on longer term fixed rate gilts and on 
index-linked gilts. 

We have revised our methodology for setting the discount rate to better reflect the credit risk for long dated bond yields where there is 
insufficient market data available. We now adjust the yield on long dated gilts for the market-implied spread that would be expected for 
an AA bond of similar term. Short dated yields are taken from market rates for AA corporate bonds. We project the expected cash flows 
of the schemes and adopt a single equivalent cash flow weighted discount rate based on this constructed yield curve. We estimate that 
the change in methodology increased the discount rate by 0.15% – 0.2%.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017161

29 Retirement benefit schemes continued

a) Defined benefit pension schemes continued

(v) Actuarial assumptions continued
The mortality assumptions are based on those used in the triennial valuation of the STPS as at 31 March 2016. The mortality assumptions 
adopted at the year end and the life expectancies at age 65 implied by the assumptions are as follows for STPS and STMIPS: 

Mortality table used
Mortality table compared with standard table
Future improvement per annum
Remaining life expectancy for members currently aged 65 (years)
Remaining life expectancy at age 65 for members currently aged 45 (years)

The assumptions used in the valuation of the DVWS scheme were as follows:

Price inflation – RPI
Price inflation – CPI
Discount rate
Pension increases in payment – uncapped CPI
Pension increases in payment – CPI capped at 5% per annum
Pension increases in deferment
Pension salary increases (capped at 2% per annum)
Life expectancy of a male aged 60 at the balance sheet date (years)
Life expectancy of a female aged 60 at the balance sheet date (years)
Life expectancy of a male aged 60, twenty five years after the balance sheet date (years)
Life expectancy of a female aged 60, twenty five years after the balance sheet date (years)

The mortality table used to calculate the DVWS assumptions were SAPS S2NA (1.5% for men, 1.25% for women).

Men

S2NMA
95%
1.0%
22.5
23.6

2017
Women

S2NFA
99%
1.0%
24.1
25.3

Men
SAPS 
S1NMA_L
116%
1.0%
21.4
22.8

2016
Women

S1NFA_L
92%
1.0%
24.6
26.1

2017
3.4%
2.4%
2.5%
2.5%
2.4%
2.5%
1.9%
27.9 years
29.8 years
30.9 years
32.3 years

The calculation of the scheme liabilities is sensitive to the actuarial assumptions and in particular to the assumptions relating to discount 
rate, price inflation and mortality. The following table summarises the estimated impact on STPS and STMIPS scheme liabilities from 
changes to key actuarial assumptions whilst holding all other assumptions constant.

Assumption
Discount rate
Price inflation
Mortality

Change in assumption
Increase/decrease by 0.1%
Increase/decrease by 0.1%
Increase in life expectancy by 1 year

Impact on scheme liabilities
Decrease/increase by £53 million
Increase/decrease by £46 million
Increase by £106 million

The following table summarises the estimated impact on DVWS scheme liabilities from changes to key actuarial assumptions whilst 
holding all other assumptions constant.

Assumption
Discount rate
Price inflation*
Mortality

*The impact of pension increases is not material.

Change in assumption
Increase/decrease by 0.1%
Increase/decrease by 0.1%
Increase in life expectancy by 1 year

Impact on scheme liabilities
Decrease/increase by £1 million
Increase/decrease by £0.8 million
Increase by £2 million

In reality, inter-relationships exist between the assumptions, particularly between the discount rate and price inflation. The above 
analysis does not take into account the effect of these interrelationships. 

As the STPS and STMIPS were closed to future accrual on 31 March 2015, pension increases are now linked to RPI inflation and there are 
no active members. Therefore the assumption for pension increases is the same as the RPI assumption and the sensitivities are identical.

In presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected 
unit credit method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefit obligation liability 
recognised in the balance sheet. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017162

29 Retirement benefit schemes continued

a) Defined benefit pension schemes continued

(vi) Effect on future cash flows
Contribution rates are set in consultation with the trustees for each scheme and each participating employer.

The average duration of the benefit obligation at the end of the year is 20 years for STPS and STMIPS (2016: 18 years) and 17 years 
for DVWS. The expected cash flows payable from the schemes are presented in the graph below:

Expected benefit payments (£millions)
140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

0

10

20

30

40

50
Year

60

70

80

90

100

The most recent formal triennial actuarial valuations and funding agreements were carried out as at 31 March 2016 for the STPS and 
STMIPS schemes and 31 March 2014 for DVWS. As a result of the STPS and STMIPS actuarial valuations, deficit reduction contributions 
of £10 million for the two financial years ending 31 March 2019 were agreed. Payments of £8 million per annum through an asset 
backed funding arrangement will continue to 31 March 2032. Further inflation linked payments of £15 million per annum will be made 
through a new asset backed funding arrangement, starting in the financial year ending 31 March 2018 and continuing to 31 March 2031. 
These contributions will cease earlier should a subsequent valuation of the STPS show that these contributions are no longer needed. 

b) Defined contribution pension schemes
The group also operates defined contribution arrangements for certain of its UK employees. 

The Severn Trent Pension Scheme, Choices section was replaced by the Severn Trent Group Personal Pension from 1 April 2015 and 
all members of other pension schemes were transferred. This scheme has been open since 1 April 2012 and new employees were 
automatically enrolled from this date.

The total cost charged to operating costs of £21.2 million (2016: £19.2 million) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the 
group at rates specified in the rules of the schemes. As at 31 March 2017, contributions amounting to £2.2 million (2015: £1.5 million) in 
respect of the current reporting period were owed to the schemes.

Dee Valley Water operates two defined contribution pension schemes, neither of which were material in the current year. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201730 Provisions

At 1 April 2016
Charged to income statement
Utilisation of provision
Disposal of subsidiary
Exchange differences
At 31 March 2017

Included in:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

163

Total 
£m
30.0
16.5
(10.5)
(2.3)
0.1
33.8

2016 
£m

12.3
17.7
30.0

Other 
£m
8.6
7.3
(1.7)
(2.1)
0.1
12.2

2017 
£m

17.5
16.3
33.8

Restructuring 
£m
0.2
– 
– 
(0.2)
– 
– 

Insurance 
£m
21.2
9.2
(8.8)
– 
– 
21.6

The restructuring provision reflects costs to be incurred in respect of committed restructuring programmes. 

Insurance includes provisions in respect of Derwent Insurance Limited and Lyra Insurance Guernsey Limited, captive insurance 
companies, which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the group, and insurance deductions in Severn Trent Water Limited. The associated 
outflows are estimated to arise over a period of up to five years from the balance sheet date.

Other provisions include provisions for dilapidations, commercial disputes and disposals. The associated outflows are estimated to arise 
over a period up to five years from the balance sheet date. 

31 Share capital

Total issued and fully paid share capital
239,793,915 ordinary shares of 97 17/19p (2016: 239,344,614)

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

234.7

234.3

On 13 February 2015 the group entered into an irrevocable, non-discretionary arrangement to enable market purchases of ordinary 
shares of 9717/19 pence each up to an amount of £110 million during the period commencing on 16 February 2015 and ending no later than 
23 November 2015. During the year the company did not repurchase any shares (2016: 4,274,576). Of these repurchased shares, in 2016 
51,514 were cancelled and the remaining 4,223,062 were held as treasury shares.

At 31 March 2017 4,223,062 treasury shares were held (2016: 4,223,062).

Changes in share capital were as follows:

Ordinary shares of 97 17/19p
At 1 April 2015
Shares issued under the Employee Sharesave Scheme
Shares repurchased and cancelled
At 1 April 2016
Shares issued under the Employee Sharesave Scheme
At 31 March 2017

32 Share premium

At 1 April
Share premium arising on issue of shares for Employee Sharesave Scheme
At 31 March

number

£m

238,683,513 
712,615 
(51,514)
239,344,614 
449,301 
239,793,915

2017 
£m
106.8
5.7
112.5

233.7 
0.7 
(0.1)
234.3 
0.4 
234.7 

2016 
£m
100.2
6.6
106.8

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017164

33 Other reserves

At 1 April 2015
Total comprehensive income for the year
Purchase of own shares
At 1 April 2016
Total comprehensive income for the year
At 31 March 2017

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m
157.0
–
0.1
157.1
–
157.1

Translation 
reserve  
£m
27.4
10.5
–
37.9
2.5
40.4

Hedging 
reserve  
£m
(86.2)
7.7
–
(78.5)
2.8
(75.7)

Total  
£m
98.2
18.2
0.1
116.5
5.3
121.8

The capital redemption reserve as at 1 April 2015 arose on the redemption of B shares. The movement in the prior year arose from the 
repurchase and cancellation of own shares, as outlined in note 31.

The translation reserve arises from exchange differences on translation of the results and financial position of foreign subsidiaries.

The hedging reserve arises from gains or losses on interest rate swaps taken directly to equity under the hedge accounting provisions of 
IAS 39 and the transition rules of IFRS 1. 

34 Capital management
The group’s principal objectives in managing capital are:

•  to access a broad range of sources of finance to obtain both the quantum required and lowest cost compatible with the need for 

continued availability;

•  to manage exposure to movements in interest rates to provide an appropriate degree of certainty as to its cost of funds; 
•  to minimise exposure to counterparty credit risk;
•  to provide the group with an appropriate degree of certainty as to its foreign exchange exposure;
•  to maintain an investment grade credit rating; and 
•  to maintain a flexible and sustainable balance sheet structure.

The group seeks to achieve a balance of long term funding or commitment of funds across a range of funding sources at the best possible 
economic cost. The group monitors future funding requirements and credit market conditions to ensure continued availability of funds.

The group has continued to increase exposure to currently low floating interest rates, primarily through raising £400 million of finance 
through a bond with a maturity of 15 years. The group has entered into a series of interest rate swaps in relation to this bond, to take 
advantage of low floating interest rates.

Whilst the group does not have a specific gearing target and seeks to maintain gearing at a level consistent with its capital management 
objectives described above, the group seeks to keep the net debt/RCV gearing ratio broadly in line with Ofwat’s notional assumption of 
62.5% for AMP6.

The group’s dividend policy is a key tool in achieving its capital management objectives. This policy is reviewed and updated in line with 
Severn Trent Water’s five year price control cycle and takes into account, inter alia, the planned investment programme, the appropriate 
gearing level achieving a balance between an efficient cost of capital and retaining an investment grade credit rating and delivering 
an attractive and sustainable return to shareholders. The board has decided to set the 2016/17 dividend at 81.50 pence, an increase of 
1% compared to the total dividend for 2015/16 of 80.66 pence. In the light of our strong operational and financial performance we have 
enhanced our policy and it is now to grow the dividend annually by at least RPI plus 4% until March 2020.

The group’s capital at 31 March 2017 was: 

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases
Cross currency swaps
Loans due from joint ventures and associated undertakings
Net debt
Equity attributable to owners of the company
Total capital

2017 
£m
44.6
(1,073.3)
(4,090.0)
(115.7)
43.4
108.6
(5,082.4)
(923.3)
(6,005.7)

2016 
£m
55.2
(1,249.8)
(3,539.7)
(117.2)
28.1
–
(4,823.4)
(1,017.4)
(5,840.8)

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017165

35 Fair values of financial instruments

a) Fair value measurements
The valuation techniques that the group applies in determining the fair values of its financial instruments on a recurring basis are 
described below. The techniques are classified under the hierarchy defined in IFRS 13 which categorises valuation techniques into Levels 
1 – 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable. All of the group’s valuation techniques are Level 2.

Cross currency swaps
Assets
Liabilities

Interest rate swaps
Assets
Liabilities

Energy swaps
Assets
Liabilities

Foreign currency forward contracts
Assets
Liabilities

2017 
£m

43.4
–

2016 

£m Valuation techniques and key inputs

Discounted cash flow

28.1 Future cash flows are estimated based on forward interest rates from 

–

observable yield curves at the year end and contract interest rates discounted 
at a rate that reflects the credit risk of counterparties. The currency cash flows 
are translated at the spot rate.
Discounted cash flow

23.6
(183.9)

12.1 Future cash flows are estimated based on forward interest rates from 

(175.2)

observable yield curves at the year end and contract interest rates discounted 
at a rate that reflects the credit risk of counterparties.

–
(0.8)

–
–

Discounted cash flow

– Future cash flows are estimated based on forward electricity prices from 

(3.2)

observable indices at the year end and contract prices discounted at a rate that 
reflects the credit risk of counterparties.

Discounted cash flow

0.7 Future cash flows are estimated based on observable forward exchange rates 
at the year end and contract forward rates discounted at a rate that reflects the 
(0.7)
credit risk of counterparties.

b) Comparison of fair value of financial instruments with their carrying amounts
The directors consider that the carrying amounts of cash and short term deposits, bank overdrafts, loans receivable from joint ventures, 
trade receivables and trade payables approximate their fair values. The carrying values and estimated fair values of other financial 
instruments are set out below:

Floating rate debt
Bank loans
Currency bonds
Floating rate notes

Fixed rate debt
Bank loans
Sterling bonds
Fixed rate notes
Other loans
Finance leases

Index-linked debt
Bank loans
Sterling bonds
Other loans

2017 
Carrying  
value 
£m

776.3
40.1
147.7
964.1

186.4
2,257.2
355.2
6.7
115.7
2,921.2

110.6
1,195.8
87.3
1,393.7
5,279.0

2017 
Fair  
value 
£m

782.0
40.1
156.4
978.5

186.6
2,746.2
397.4
6.7
130.5
3,467.4

126.7
2,063.1
87.3
2,277.1
6,723.0

2016 
Carrying  
value 
£m

2016 
Fair  
value 
£m

954.4
36.6
147.6
1,138.6

187.6
1,857.3
326.9
2.8
117.2
2,491.8

107.8
1,168.5
–
1,276.3
4,906.7

954.3
36.6
150.3
1,141.2

186.8
2,221.8
399.0
2.6
125.4
2,935.6

116.1
1,576.8
–
1,692.9
5,769.7

The above classification does not take into account the impact of unhedged interest rate swaps or cross currency swaps.

Fixed rate sterling and currency bonds are valued using market prices, which is a Level 1 valuation technique.

Index-linked bonds are rarely traded and therefore quoted prices are not considered to be a reliable indicator of fair value. 
Therefore, these bonds are valued using discounted cash flow models with discount rates derived from observed market 
prices for a sample of bonds, which is a Level 2 valuation technique.

Fair values of the other debt instruments are also calculated using discounted cash flow models, which is a Level 2 valuation technique. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017166

36 Risks arising from financial instruments
The group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: 

•  market risk (including interest rate risk, exchange rate risk and other price risk);
•  credit risk;
•  liquidity risk; and
•  inflation risk. 

The group’s overall risk management programme addresses the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce potential 
adverse effects on the group’s financial performance or position.

Financial risks are managed by a central treasury department (‘Group Treasury’) under policies approved by the board of directors. 
The board has established a Treasury Management Committee to monitor treasury activities and to facilitate timely responses to 
changes in market conditions when necessary. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation 
with the group’s operating units. The board defines written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering 
specific areas such as exchange rate risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and the use of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. 
The group’s policy is that derivative financial instruments are not held for trading but may be used to mitigate the group’s exposure to 
financial risk. The types of derivative instruments held and the related risks are described below.

Interest rate swaps are held to mitigate the group’s exposure to changes in market interest rates. Further details are set out in  
section a) (i) and note 37 b) (i).

Cross currency swaps are held to mitigate the group’s exposure to exchange rate movements on amounts borrowed in foreign 
currencies. Further details are set out in section a) (ii) and 37 a).

Energy swaps are held to mitigate the group’s exposure to changes in electricity prices. Further details are provided in note 37 b) (ii).

Severn Trent Water, the group’s most significant business unit, operates under a regulatory environment where its prices are linked to 
inflation measured by RPI. In order to mitigate the risks to cash flow and earnings arising from fluctuations in RPI, the group holds debt 
instruments where the principal repayable and interest cost is linked to RPI. 

a) Market risk
The group is exposed to fluctuations in interest rates and, to a lesser extent, exchange rates. The nature of these risks and the steps that 
the group has taken to manage them are described below. 

(i) Interest rate risk
The group’s income and its operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The group’s interest 
rate risk arises from long term borrowings. 

Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the group to the risk of adverse cash flow impacts from increases in interest rates. 

Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the group to the risk of interest costs above the market rate when interest rates decrease. 

The group’s policy is to maintain 40% to 70% of its interest bearing liabilities in fixed rate instruments during AMP6. In measuring this 
metric, management makes adjustments to the carrying value of debt to better reflect the amount that interest is calculated on. Details of 
the adjustments made are set out below:

Net debt (note 42)
Cash and cash equivalents
Loan receivable from joint venture
Cross currency swaps included in net debt at fair value
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments
Exchange adjustments on currency debt not hedge accounted
Interest bearing financial liabilities

2017 
£m
5,082.4
44.6
108.6
43.4
(31.5)
(21.2)
5,226.3

2016 
£m
4,823.4
55.2
–
28.1
(15.2)
(5.9)
4,885.6

The group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by borrowing at fixed or index-linked rates or by using interest rate swaps. 
Under these swaps the group receives variable rate interest and pays fixed rate interest calculated by reference to the agreed notional 
principal amounts. In practice the swaps are settled by transferring the net amount. These swaps have the economic effect of converting 
borrowings from variable rates to fixed rates. The group has entered into a series of these interest rate swaps to hedge future interest 
payments beyond 2030. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017167

36 Risks arising from financial instruments continued

a) Market risk continued

(i) Interest rate risk continued
The following tables show analyses of the group’s interest bearing financial liabilities by type of interest. Debt which is hedged by interest 
rate swaps or cross currency swaps is included in the category after taking account of the impact of the swap. Debt raised in foreign 
currencies has been included at the notional sterling value of the payable leg of the corresponding cross currency swap since this is the 
amount that is exposed to changes in interest rates. 

Valuation adjustments that do not impact the amount on which interest is calculated, such as fair value hedge accounting adjustments, 
are excluded from this analysis. 

The net principal amount of unhedged swaps is shown as an adjustment to floating rate and fixed rate debt to demonstrate the impact of 
the swaps on the amount of liabilities bearing fixed interest.

2017
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases

Impact of swaps not matched against specific debt instruments
Interest bearing financial liabilities
Proportion of interest bearing financial liabilities that are fixed
Weighted average interest rate of fixed debt
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed (years)

2016
Bank loans
Other loans
Finance leases

Impact of swaps not matched against specific debt instruments
Interest bearing financial liabilities
Proportion of interest bearing financial liabilities that are fixed
Weighted average interest rate of fixed debt
Weighted average period for which interest is fixed (years)

Index-  
linked 
£m
(110.6)
(1,283.3)
–
(1,393.9)
–
(1,393.9)

Index-  
linked 
£m
(107.8)
(1,168.5)
–
(1,276.3)
–
(1,276.3)

Total 
£m
(1,073.3)
(4,037.3)
(115.7)
(5,226.3)
–
(5,226.3)

Total 
£m
(1,249.8)
(3,518.6)
(117.2)
(4,885.6)
–
(4,885.6)

Floating  
rate 
£m
(776.3)
(167.6)
–
(943.9)
(205.3)
(1,149.2)

Floating  
rate 
£m
(954.4)
(394.6)
–
(1,349.0)
419.8
(929.2)

Fixed  
rate 
£m
(186.4)
(2,586.4)
(115.7)
(2,888.5)
205.3
(2,683.2)
51%
5.16%
9.2

Fixed  
rate 
£m
(187.6)
(1,955.5)
(117.2)
(2,260.3)
(419.8)
(2,680.1)
55%
5.16%
10.2

Interest rate swaps not hedge accounted
The group has a number of interest rate swaps which are not accounted for as cash flow or fair value hedges. Economically these swaps 
act to fix the interest cost of debt within the group which is denominated as floating rate and fixed rate debt, but they do not achieve hedge 
accounting under the strict criteria of IAS 39. This has led to a charge of £3.3 million (2016: credit of £14.4 million) in the income statement.

Pay fixed rate interest
5 – 10 years
10 – 20 years

Receive fixed rate interest
5 – 10 years
10 – 20 years

 Average contract fixed 
interest rate
2016 
%

2017 
%

Notional principal amount
2016 
£m

2017 
£m

5.06
5.45
5.11

3.34
2.92 
2.97 

5.06
5.45
5.11

– 
– 
– 

(450.0)
(68.1)
(518.1)

75.0
550.0
625.0
106.9

(450.0)
(68.1)
(518.1)

– 
– 
– 
(518.1)

2017 
£m

(125.3)
(37.8)
(163.1)

5.8
17.8
23.6
(139.5)

Fair value
2016 
£m

(129.2)
(35.7)
(164.9)

– 
– 
– 
(164.9)

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017168

36 Risks arising from financial instruments continued

a) Market risk continued

(i) Interest rate risk continued

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity after tax of the group’s profits, cash flow and equity, including the impact on derivative financial instruments, to changes in 
interest rates at 31 March is as follows:

Profit or loss
Cash flow
Equity

1.0% 
£m
(36.1)
8.8
(36.1)

2017
-1.0% 
£m
54.3
(8.8)
54.3

1.0% 
£m
45.9
6.2
45.9

2016
-1.0% 
£m
(51.3)
(6.2)
(51.3)

(ii) Exchange rate risk
Except for debt raised in foreign currency, which is hedged, the group’s business does not involve significant exposure to foreign exchange 
transactions. Although the group operates internationally and its net investments in foreign operations are subject to exchange risk, 
substantially all of the group’s profits and net assets arise from Severn Trent Water, which has very limited and indirect exposure to 
changes in exchange rates, and therefore the sensitivity of the group’s results to changes in exchange rates is not material.

Certain of the group’s subsidiaries enter into transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the operation. Exchange  
risks relating to such operations are not material but are managed centrally by Group Treasury through forward exchange contracts to 
buy or sell currency. These contracts led to a charge of £0.1 million (2016: credit of £0.2 million) in the income statement.

In order to meet its objective of accessing a broad range of sources of finance, the group has raised debt denominated in currencies other 
than sterling. In order to mitigate the group’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuations, it has entered into cross currency swaps to swap 
the proceeds into sterling debt bearing interest based on LIBOR. 

Where the terms of the receivable leg of the swap closely match the terms of the underlying debt, the swaps are expected to be effective 
hedges, hence the swaps have been accounted for as fair value hedges. The notional value and fair value of these swaps is shown in 
note 37 a).

The group also has cross currency swaps with a sterling value of £98.3 million (2016: £98.3 million) which are not accounted for as 
fair value hedges. Economically these swaps act to mitigate the exchange rate risk of debt within the group which is denominated in 
foreign currency, but they do not achieve hedge accounting under the strict criteria of IAS 39. This has led to a credit of £13.1 million 
(2016: credit of £39.2 million) in the income statement which is partly offset by the exchange loss of £15.4 million (2016: £32.6 million) 
on the underlying debt.

The group’s gross and net currency exposures arising from currency borrowings are summarised in the tables below. These show, in the 
relevant currency, the amount borrowed and the notional principal of the related swap or forward contract. The net position shows the 
group’s exposure to exchange rate risk in relation to its currency borrowings.

2017
Borrowings by currency
Cross currency swaps – hedge accounted
Cross currency swaps – not hedge accounted
Net currency exposure

2016
Borrowings by currency
Cross currency swaps – hedge accounted
Cross currency swaps – not hedge accounted
Net currency exposure

Euro 
€m
(20.1)
19.9
– 
(0.2)

Euro 
€m
(23.2)
19.9
– 
(3.3)

US Dollar 
$m
(150.0)
– 
150.0
– 

US Dollar 
$m
(150.0)
– 
150.0
– 

Yen 
¥bn
(2.0)
2.0
– 
– 

Yen 
¥bn
(2.0)
2.0
– 
– 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017169

36 Risks arising from financial instruments continued

b) Credit risk
Operationally the group has no significant concentrations of credit risk. It has policies in place to ensure that sales of products are made 
to customers with an appropriate credit history, other than in Severn Trent Water Limited, whose operating licence obliges it to supply 
domestic customers even in cases where bills are not paid. Amounts provided against accounts receivable and movements on the 
provision during the year are disclosed in note 22. 

Cash deposits and derivative contracts are only placed with high credit quality financial institutions, which have been approved by the 
board. Group Treasury monitors the credit quality of the approved financial institutions and the list of financial institutions that may be 
used is approved annually by the board. The group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. 

Credit risk analysis
At 31 March the aggregate credit limits of authorised counterparties and the amounts held on short term deposits were as follows:

AAA
Double A range
Single A range
Triple B range

2017 
£m
5.0
100.0
625.0
10.0
740.0

Credit limit
2016 
£m
5.0
100.0
615.0
20.0
740.0

The fair values of derivative assets analysed by credit ratings of counterparties were as follows:

Double A range
Single A range
Triple B range

c) Liquidity risk

Amount deposited
2016 
£m
1.2
14.4
14.1
2.1
31.8

2017 
£m
1.2
1.8
13.9
2.0
18.9

Derivative assets
2016 
£m
– 
33.0
7.9
40.9

2017  
£m
0.8
66.2
– 
67.0

(i) Committed facilities
Prudent liquidity management requires sufficient cash balances to be maintained; adequate committed facilities to be available; and the 
ability to close out market positions. Group Treasury manages liquidity and flexibility in funding by monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows and the maturity profile of financial assets and liabilities, and by keeping committed credit lines available.

At the balance sheet date the group had committed undrawn borrowing facilities expiring as follows:

2 – 5 years

2017 
£m
1,000.0

2016 
£m
875.0

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017170

36 Risks arising from financial instruments continued

c) Liquidity risk continued

(ii) Cash flows from non-derivative financial instruments
The following tables show the estimated cash flows that will arise from the group’s non-derivative net financial liabilities. The information 
presented is based on the earliest date on which the group can be required to pay and represents the undiscounted cash flows including 
principal and interest.

Interest and inflation assumptions are based on prevailing market conditions at the year end date.

2017 
Undiscounted amounts payable:
Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
5 – 10 years
10 – 15 years
15 – 20 years
20 – 25 years
25 – 30 years
30 – 35 years
35 – 40 years
40 – 45 years
45 – 50 years
Total

Undiscounted amounts receivable:
Within 1 year
5 – 10 years
Total

2016 
Undiscounted amounts payable:
Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
5 – 10 years
10 – 15 years
15 – 20 years
20 – 25 years
25 – 30 years
30 – 35 years
35 – 40 years
40 – 45 years
45 – 50 years
50 – 55 years
Total

Undiscounted amounts receivable:
Within 1 year

Floating  
rate 
£m
(160.7)
(11.6)
(42.1)
(750.2)
(112.3)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,076.9)

Floating  
rate 
£m
(286.9)
(166.1)
(44.3)
(636.5)
(191.7)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,325.5)

Fixed  
rate 
£m
(538.7)
(108.7)
(469.8)
(1,383.4)
(1,110.0)
(60.9)
(310.9)
–
–
–
–
–
(3,982.4)

Loans due 
from joint 
ventures 
£m
99.6
12.5
112.1

Fixed  
rate 
£m
(121.8)
(519.7)
(437.4)
(1,230.8)
(768.9)
(76.9)
(60.9)
(262.2)
–
–
–
–
–
(3,478.6)

Index-  
linked 
£m
(25.4)
(26.6)
(84.6)
(440.2)
(347.1)
(221.3)
(160.3)
(190.1)
(643.2)
(1,226.5)
(2,089.7)
(365.0)
(5,820.0)

Trade 
payables 
£m
(24.0)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(24.0)

Payments 
on financial 
liabilities 
£m
(748.8)
(146.9)
(596.5)
(2,573.8)
(1,569.4)
(282.2)
(471.2)
(190.1)
(643.2)
(1,226.5)
(2,089.7)
(365.0)
(10,903.3)

Trade 
receivables 
£m
214.2
–
214.2

Cash and 
short term 
deposits 
£m
44.6
–
44.6

Receipts 
from financial 
assets 
£m
358.4
12.5
370.9

Index-  
linked 
£m
(25.3)
(25.7)
(80.4)
(423.9)
(334.0)
(125.7)
(153.1)
(183.0)
(217.8)
(646.6)
(3,163.9)
(29.4)
(426.5)
(5,835.3)

Trade  
payables 
£m
(18.1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(18.1)

Payments 
on financial 
liabilities 
£m
(452.1)
(711.5)
(562.1)
(2,291.2)
(1,294.6)
(202.6)
(214.0)
(445.2)
(217.8)
(646.6)
(3,163.9)
(29.4)
(426.5)
(10,657.5)

Loans due 
from joint 
ventures 
£m
–

Trade 
receivables 
£m
177.8

Cash and 
short term 
deposits 
£m
55.2

Receipts 
from financial 
assets 
£m
233.0

Index-linked debt includes loans with maturities up to 50 years. The principal is revalued at fixed intervals and is linked to movements 
in RPI. Interest payments are made biannually based on the revalued principal. The principal repayment equals the revalued amount at 
maturity. The payments included in the table above are estimates based on the forward inflation rates published by the Bank of England 
at the balance sheet date.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017171

36 Risks arising from financial instruments continued

c) Liquidity risk continued

(iii) Cash flows from derivative financial instruments
The following tables show the estimated cash flows that will arise from the group’s derivative financial instruments. The tables are based 
on the undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows) on the derivative financial instruments that settle on a net basis and the undiscounted 
gross inflows/(outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the 
amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest and foreign currency rates derived from the forward curves 
existing at the balance sheet date. Actual amounts may be significantly different from those indicated below.

2017
Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
5 – 10 Years
10 – 15 Years

2016
Within 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years
5 – 10 Years
10 – 15 Years
15 – 20 Years

Derivative liabilities

Interest rate 
swaps 
£m
(25.4)
(24.9)
(73.4)
(61.6)
(11.6)
(196.9)

Energy  
swaps 
£m
(0.2)
(0.5)
(0.3)
– 
– 
(1.0)

Interest rate 
swaps 
£m
6.9
6.2
13.1
4.3
(6.4)
24.1

Derivative liabilities

Interest rate 
swaps 
£m
(23.4)
(24.7)
(66.4)
(66.3)
(12.5)
(0.7)
(194.0)

Energy  
swaps 
£m
(0.4)
(0.8)
(2.9)
– 
– 
– 
(4.1)

Interest rate 
swaps 
£m
2.8
2.6
6.0
1.7
(0.4)
– 
12.7

Derivative assets
Cross currency swaps
Cash 
Cash 
payments 
receipts 
£m
£m
(0.2)
1.1
(0.2)
1.1
(0.8)
3.4
(13.1)
23.9
(9.0)
18.1
(23.3)
47.6

Derivative assets
Cross currency swaps
Cash 
Cash 
payments 
receipts 
£m
£m
(0.2)
1.0
(0.2)
1.0
(0.9)
3.1
(13.6)
23.5
(9.3)
16.7
– 
– 
(24.2)
45.3

Total 
£m
(17.8)
(18.3)
(58.0)
(46.5)
(8.9)
(149.5)

Total 
£m
(20.2)
(22.1)
(61.1)
(54.7)
(5.5)
(0.7)
(164.3)

d) Inflation risk
The group’s principal operating subsidiary, Severn Trent Water, operates under a regulatory environment where its prices are linked to 
inflation measured by RPI. Its operating profits and cash flows are therefore exposed to changes in RPI. In order to mitigate and partially 
offset this risk, Severn Trent Water has raised debt which pays interest at a fixed coupon based on a principal amount that is adjusted for 
the change in RPI during the life of the debt instrument (‘index-linked debt’). The amount of index-linked debt at the balance sheet date 
is shown in section a) (i) Interest rate risk, and the estimated future cash flows relating to this debt are shown in section c) (ii) Cash flows 
from non-derivative financial instruments.

Inflation rate sensitivity analysis
The finance cost of the group’s index-linked debt instruments varies with changes in RPI rather than interest rates. The sensitivity at 
31 March of the group’s profit and equity to changes in RPI is set out in the following table. This analysis relates to financial instruments 
only and excludes any RPI impact on Severn Trent Water’s revenues and Regulatory Capital Value, or accounting for defined benefit 
pension schemes.

Profit or loss
Equity

+1.0% 
£m
(11.2)
(11.2)

2017
-1.0% 
£m
11.2
11.2

+1.0% 
£m
(10.2)
(10.2)

2016
-1.0% 
£m
10.2
10.2

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017172

37 Hedge accounting
The group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates. Hedge accounting is 
adopted for such instruments where the criteria set out in IAS 39 are met.

a) Fair value hedges

(i) Cross currency swaps
The group raises debt denominated in currencies other than sterling. Cross currency swaps are entered into to swap the proceeds into 
sterling debt bearing interest based on LIBOR in order to mitigate the group’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. Where the terms of 
the receivable leg of the swap closely match the terms of the underlying debt, the swaps are expected to be effective hedges. 

At the year end the amounts of cross currency swaps designated as fair value hedges were as follows:

Euro
Yen

(ii) Interest rate swaps

Period to maturity
10 – 20 years

Notional principal amount
2016 
£m
11.4
8.5
19.9

2017 
£m
11.4
8.5
19.9

2017 
£m
10.4
9.4
19.8

Fair value
2016 
£m
9.8
7.9
17.7

Average contract fixed  
interest rate
2016 
%
3.36%

2017 
%
–

Notional principal amount
2016 
£m
225.0

2017 
£m
– 

2017 
£m
– 

Fair value
2016 
£m
12.1

Hedge accounting for swaps previously designated in fair value hedging relationships have been discontinued, as they no longer meet the 
criteria set out in IAS 39. These swaps continue to economically increase the portion of debt within the group at floating rates.

b) Cash flow hedges

(i) Interest rate swaps
The group has entered into interest rate swaps under which it has agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and floating interest 
rate amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the group to mitigate the risk of changing interest 
rates on future cash flow exposures arising from issued variable rate debt. Where the hedge is expected to be highly effective these 
interest rate swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Details of interest rate swaps that have been accounted for as cash flow hedges are summarised below:

Period to maturity
5 – 10 years
10 – 20 years

Average contract fixed  
interest rate
2016 
%
–
5.18%
5.18%

2017 
%
1.70%
2.14%
2.09%

Notional principal amount
2016 
£m
– 
38.1
38.1

2017 
£m
50.0
384.4
434.4

2017 
£m
(1.1)
(19.6)
(20.7)

Fair value
2016 
£m
–
(10.3)
(10.3)

(ii) Energy swaps
The group has entered into a series of energy swaps under which it has agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and market 
prices of electricity at six-monthly intervals up to March 2020.

Details of energy swaps that have been accounted for as cash flow hedges are summarised below:

Period to maturity
Less than 1 year
1 – 2 years
2 – 5 years

Average contract price
2016 
£/MWh
49.8
43.6
48.5
47.6

2017 
£/MWh
43.6
48.5
48.6
 47.4

Notional contracted amount
2016 
MWh
21,960
66,272
227,221
315,453

2017 
MWh
66,272
205,296
21,955
293,523

2017 
£m
(0.2)
(0.5)
(0.1)
(0.8)

Fair value
2016 
£m
(0.4)
(0.8)
(2.0)
(3.2)

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017173

38 Share based payments
The group operates a number of share based remuneration schemes for employees. During the year, the group recognised total 
expenses of £6.2 million (2016: £5.2 million) related to equity settled share based payment transactions.

The weighted average share price during the period was £22.98 (2016: £21.44).

At 31 March 2017, there were no options exercisable (2016: none) under any of the share based remuneration schemes.

a) Long Term Incentive Plans (‘LTIPs’)
Under the LTIPs, conditional awards of shares may be made to executive directors and senior staff. Awards are subject to performance 
conditions and continued employment throughout the vesting period. Awards have been previously made on different bases to Severn 
Trent Plc and Severn Trent Water employees (the ‘LTIP’) and to Severn Trent Services employees (the ‘Services LTIP’). 

Awards made under the LTIP
The 2013 and 2014 LTIP awards were subject to Severn Trent Water’s achievement of Return on Regulatory Capital Value in excess of 
the level included in the Severn Trent Water AMP5 business plan over a three year vesting period. The 2015 LTIP awards onwards are 
subject to Severn Trent Water’s achievement of Return on Regulated Equity in excess of the level included in the Severn Trent Water 
AMP6 business plan over a three year vesting period. It has been assumed that performance against the LTIP non-market conditions 
will be 100% (2016: 100%).

Awards made under the Services LTIP
Awards are subject to achievement of turnover and profit targets over the three year period from the financial year that the awards were 
granted. It has been assumed that performance against the Services LTIP will be 0% (2016: 0%).

Awards outstanding
Details of changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year are set out below:

Opening at 1 April 2015
Granted during the year
Vested during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at 1 April 2016
Granted during the year
Vested during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at 31 March 2017

Details of LTIP and Services LTIP awards outstanding at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant
July 2012
July 2013
July 2014
July 2015
July 2016

Number of awards
Services  
LTIP
64,524
–
–
(30,660)
33,864
–
–
(33,864)
–

LTIP
433,118
244,396
(135,954)
(65,682)
475,878
195,415
(132,697)
(21,122)
517,474

Normal Date of Vesting

Number of awards
2016

2017

2016
2017
2018
2019

–
153,724
168,335
195,415
517,474

170,648
170,759
168,335
–
509,742

Details of the basis of the LTIP schemes are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 96 to 119.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
174

38 Share based payments continued

b) Employee Sharesave Scheme
Under the terms of the Sharesave Scheme, the board may grant the right to purchase ordinary shares in the company to those 
employees who have entered into an HMRC approved Save As You Earn contract for a period of three or five years.

Options outstanding
Details of changes in the number of options outstanding during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at 1 April 2015
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Cancelled during the year
Exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at 1 April 2016
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Cancelled during the year
Exercised during the year
Lapsed during the year
Outstanding at 31 March 2017

Sharesave options outstanding at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant
January 2011
January 2012
January 2013
January 2014
January 2015
January 2016
January 2017

Number of 
share  
options
3,019,131
746,446
(111,180)
(65,462)
(712,615)
(17,709)
2,858,611
868,766
(71,133)
(92,095)
(449,301)
(8,241)
3,106,607

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price
1,321p
1,724p
1,409p
1,486p
1,031p
1,210p
1,492p
1,663p
1,579p
1,636p
1,226p
1,396p
1,572p

Number of awards
2016
97,855
91,194
451,766
521,944
950,908
744,944
–
2,858,611

2017
–
88,346
112,860
489,937
883,839
668,413
863,212
3,106,607

Normal date of exercise
2016
2017
2016 or 2018
2017 or 2019
2018 or 2020
2019 or 2021
2020 or 2022

Option price
1,137p
1,177p
1,241p
1,331p
1,584p
1,724p
1,663p

c) Share Matching Plan (‘SMP’)
Under the SMP members of STEC receive matching share awards over those shares which have been acquired under the deferred share 
component of the annual bonus scheme. Matching shares may be awarded at a maximum ratio of one matching share for every deferred 
share and are subject to a three-year vesting period. No matching shares have been awarded in the current year.

Matching shares are subject to total shareholder return over three years measured relative to the companies ranked 51 – 150 by market 
capitalisation in the FTSE Index (excluding investment trusts). 

The number of shares subject to an award will increase to reflect dividends paid through the performance period on the basis of such 
notional dividends being reinvested at the then prevailing share price. Awards will normally vest as soon as the Remuneration Committee 
determines that the performance conditions have been met provided that the participant remains in employment at the end of the 
performance period.

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201738 Share based payments continued

c) Share Matching Plan (‘SMP’) continued
Details of changes in the number of awards outstanding during the year are set out below:

Outstanding at 1 April 2015
Cancelled during the year
Outstanding at 1 April 2016
Cancelled during the year
Vested during the year
Outstanding at 31 March 2017

175

Number of 
awards
50,670
(23,057)
27,613
(24,682)
(2,931)
–

Details of share matching awards outstanding at 31 March were as follows:

Date of grant
May 2013

Normal Date of Vesting
May 2016

Number of awards
2016
27,613

2017
–

d) Fair value calculations
The fair values of the share awards made and share options granted during the year were calculated using the Black Scholes method. 
The principal assumptions and data are set out below:

Share price at grant date (pence)
Option life (years)
Vesting period (years)
Expected volatility (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Risk free rate (%)
Fair value per share (pence)

 LTIP 

2,236 
 3 
 3 
18.2
3.7
n/a
2,224 

2017
 SAYE  
 5 year  
scheme 
2,222 
51/2
 5 
18.2
3.7
0.5
429 

 3 year  
scheme 
2,222 
31/2
 3 
18.2
3.7
0.1
407 

 LTIP 

2,167 
 3 
 3 
18.2
3.7
n/a
1,938 

2016
 SAYE
 5 year  
scheme 
2,151 
51/2
 5 
18.2
3.7
1.3
362 

 3 year  
scheme 
2,151 
31/2
 3 
18.2
3.7
0.8
363 

Expected volatility is measured over the three years prior to the date of grant of the awards or share options. Volatility has been calculated 
based on historical share price movements.

The risk free rate is derived from yields at the grant date of gilts of similar duration to the awards or share options.

The dividend yield is calculated using the expected dividend for the year divided by the share price at the date of grant. 

39 Acquisitions
On 15 February 2017, Severn Trent Water Limited acquired 100% of the issued ordinary share capital of Dee Valley Group plc and all of its 
subsidiaries including the regulated water company Dee Valley Water plc. This acquisition was made through a scheme of arrangement 
under which Severn Trent Water Limited paid for total consideration of £84.2 million, comprising £79.0 million in cash and £5.2 million in 
loan notes redeemable on demand.

The acquisition represents an opportunity for the group to deliver attractive returns to its shareholders through applying its successful 
operating model across an enlarged asset base, in a contiguous geographic area.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method. Goodwill of £66.0 million has been capitalised attributable to the 
anticipated future synergies and outperformance arising as a result of the acquisition.

No goodwill related to these acquisitions is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
176

39 Acquisitions continued
The residual excess over the net assets acquired has been recognised as goodwill.

Fair values on acquisition
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash deposits
Retirement benefit surplus
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Current tax
Deferred tax
Net assets acquired
Goodwill
Total consideration
Satisfied by:
Cash
Loan notes issued

Net cash flows arising on acquisition:
Cash consideration
Cash and cash deposits acquired

Dee Valley Group plc for the period since acquisition to 31 March 2017:
Revenue
Loss before tax
Severn Trent Water group combined for the year ended 31 March 2017 if acquisition happened on 1 April 2016:
Revenue
Profit before tax

£m

126.5
0.4
16.2
1.3
9.8
(87.9)
(16.1)
(19.8)
0.3
(12.5)
18.2
66.0
84.2

79.0
5.2
84.2

(79.0)
1.3
(77.7)

2.2
(0.4)

1,841.4
336.9

The fair values included above are based on management’s best estimates of the values as at 15 February 2017 based on all available 
data that has been received since that date. Given the proximity to the year end, full detailed fair value exercises have not been completed 
on all assets and liabilities acquired. Therefore, the amounts recognised for these assets and liabilities are provisional. 

As outlined by IFRS 3, management has until the earliest of the date at which all information required is received or one year from the 
acquisition date in order to satisfy the measurement period criteria.

See note 17 for the reconciliation of goodwill recognised for the group.

Acquisition related costs amounting to £3.1 million were recognised as an expense in the income statement. No other acquisition costs 
were recognised.

40 Discontinued operations

Water Plus joint venture 
On 1 March 2016 the group announced its intention, subject to approval from the Competition and Markets Authority (‘CMA’), to enter 
into a joint venture with United Utilities PLC to compete in the non-household water and waste water retail markets in England and 
Scotland. On 3 May 2016 the CMA announced approval of the joint venture. On this date the group determined that completion of the 
proposed transaction became highly probable and the non-household retail business was classified as a disposal group and discontinued 
operation with effect from this date. On 31 May 2016 the group transferred Severn Trent Water’s non-household retail business to Severn 
Trent Select Limited and on 1 June it exchanged the entire share capital of Severn Trent Select Limited for 50% of the share capital of 
Water Plus.

Water Purification disposal
On 23 January 2015 the board approved a process to dispose of the group’s Water Purification business which formed part of the 
Business Services segment. 

On 12 May 2015 the group entered into a binding agreement to sell the business to Industrie De Nora S.p.A. The sale was completed 
on 2 July 2015. These operations were classified as discontinued. The results of discontinued operations are disclosed separately in the 
income statement. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017 
 
40 Discontinued operations continued

Water Purification disposal continued
The results of the discontinued operations were as follows:

Turnover
Total operating costs
(Loss)/profit before tax
Attributable tax credit/(expense)
Gain/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations
Profit/(loss) for the year
Attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interests

Non-household 
retail 
(2 months) 
£m
66.0
(67.3)
(1.3)
0.3 
14.6
13.6

13.6
–
13.6

Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations are as follows:

Non-household 
retail 
(1 year) 
£m
397.9
(378.5)
19.4
(3.9)
–
15.5

Water 
Purification 
(3 months) 
£m
29.7
(27.6)
2.1
(0.1)
(2.7)
(0.7)

15.5
–
15.5

(0.6)
(0.1)
(0.7)

2017

Total 
£m
66.0
(67.3)
(1.3)
0.3 
14.6
13.6

13.6
–
13.6

2017

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

The net assets of the business at the date of disposal were:

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
m
235.0
236.0

Result 
£m
13.6
13.6

Per share 
amount 
pence
5.8
5.8

Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares 
m
236.1
237.2

Result 
£m
14.9
14.9

Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and bank balances
Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Intercompany borrowings
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interest

The net gain on disposals is calculated as follows:

Consideration
Net assets attributable to owners of the company
Disposal costs
Provisions arising on disposal
Net gain on disposal before foreign exchange losses
Foreign exchange losses recycled from reserves
Net gain/(loss) on disposal

177

2016

Total 
£m
427.6
(406.1)
21.5
(4.0)
(2.7)
14.8

14.9
(0.1)
14.8

2016

Per share 
amount 
pence
6.3
6.3

Water 
Purification 
£m
1.8
6.5
3.6
0.1
14.6
59.9
11.0
(36.1)
(0.2)
(18.1)
(1.5)
41.6

Non-household 
retail 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
0.6
3.5
(0.6)
–
–
–
3.5

3.5
–
3.5

27.9
13.7
41.6

Non-household 
retail 
£m
25.5 
(3.6)
(7.3)
–
14.6
–
14.6 

Water 
Purification 
£m
42.8 
(27.9)
(4.8)
(1.1)
9.0
(11.7)
(2.7)

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017178

40 Discontinued operations continued

Water Purification disposal continued
The net cash flows arising from the disposal groups were as follows:

Net cash flows attributable to:
 – operating activities
 – investing activities
 – financing activities

The net cash flows arising from disposals were:

Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents
Settlement of intercompany loans
Disposal costs paid in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and bank balances disposed of

Non-household 
retail 
(2 months) 
£m

2.9
–
(3.5)
(0.6)

2017

Total 
£m

2.9
–
(3.5)
(0.6)

Non-household 
retail 
(1 year) 
£m

Water 
Purification 
(3 months) 
£m

15.5
–
–
15.5

(0.5)
(11.6)
(6.4)
(18.5)

2016

Total 
£m

15.0
(11.6)
(6.4)
(3.0)

Non-household 
retail 
£m
–
–
(7.3)
(3.5)
(10.8)

Water 
Purification 
£m
42.8
18.1
(4.2)
(11.0)
45.7

41 Disposals
The group disposed of the Operating Services business in Italy on 23 February 2017 to Acea S.p.A. for proceeds of €9.4 million 
(£7.9 million), resulting in a gain on disposal of £2.0 million, after disposing of £7.9 million of net assets and incurring £1.6 million 
associated disposal costs. 

The resulting gain on the disposal is presented in the income statement as an exceptional item. The disposal is not separately disclosed 
as a discontinued operation, as it did not represent a major line of business.

The net assets of the business at the date of disposal were:

Net assets disposed of:
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and bank balances
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Attributable to:
Owners of the company
Non-controlling interest

2017 
£m

2.0
1.4
1.2
4.2
7.5
11.3
1.5
(15.0)
(3.9)
(2.3)
7.9

7.1
0.8
7.9

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201741 Disposals continued
The net gain on disposal is calculated as follows:

Consideration
Net assets attributable to owners of the company
Disposal costs
Net loss on disposal before foreign exchange gains
Foreign exchange gains recycled from reserves
Net gain on disposal

The net cash flows arising from disposal in the year were:

Net cash flow arising from disposals:
Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents
Settlement of intercompany loans
Disposal costs paid in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and bank balances disposed of

42 Cash flow statement

a) Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows

Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations
Profit before interest and tax from discontinued operations
Profit before interest and tax
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Pension service credit
Defined benefit pension scheme administration costs
Defined benefit pension scheme contributions
(Gain)/loss on sale of disposal group
Share based payments charge
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Gain on disposal of businesses
Deferred income credit
Provisions charged to the income statement
Utilisation of provisions for liabilities and charges
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase in inventory
Decrease/(increase) in amounts receivable
(Decrease)/increase in amounts payable
Cash generated from operations
Tax received
Tax paid
Net cash generated from operating activities

179

2017 
£m
7.9
(7.1)
(1.6)
(0.8)
2.8
2.0

2017 
£m

0.3
7.6
(1.6)
(1.5)
4.8

2016 
(restated) 
£m
504.4
18.8
523.2
294.2
22.0
(0.7)
2.3
(27.8)
2.7
5.2
(0.9)
–
(10.5)
5.9
(10.7)
804.9
(2.8)
(24.1)
19.5
797.5
11.5
(44.9)
764.1

2017 
£m
543.7
13.6 
557.3 
308.8 
19.3 
(17.3)
3.3 
(33.2)
(14.6)
6.2 
(5.1)
(2.6)
(13.9)
16.5
(10.5)
814.2 
(1.3)
60.3 
(22.2)
851.0 
20.6 
(42.4)
829.2 

b) Non-cash transactions
No additions to property, plant and equipment during the year were financed by new finance leases (2016: nil). Assets transferred 
from developers and under the Private Drains and Sewers legislation at no cost were recognised at their fair value of £51.4 million 
(2016: £24.8 million). 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017180

42 Cash flow statement continued

c) Exceptional cash flows
The following cash flows arose from items classified as exceptional in the income statement:

Restructuring costs
Costs of Pension Exchange Arrangement
Disposal of subsidiary

d) Reconciliation of movement in cash and cash equivalents to movement in net debt

2017 
£m
–
(0.7)
4.8
4.1

2016 
£m
(4.0)
–
–
(4.0)

As at 1 April 2016
Cash flow
Fair value adjustments
RPI uplift on index-linked debt
Acquisition of Dee Valley Water debt
Foreign exchange
Other non-cash movements
As at 31 March 2017

43 Contingent liabilities

Net cash 
and cash 
equivalents 
£m
55.2 
(14.7)
– 
– 
– 
4.1 
– 
44.6 

Bank  
loans  
£m
(1,249.8)
176.2 
– 
(2.8)
– 
– 
3.1 
(1,073.3)

Other  
loans  
£m
(3,539.7)
(398.0)
(16.3)
(27.5)
(87.9)
(15.4)
(5.2)
(4,090.0)

Finance  
leases 
£m
(117.2)
1.5 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(115.7)

Cross 
currency 
swaps  
£m
28.1 
– 
15.1 
– 
– 
– 
0.2 
43.4 

Loans due 
from joint 
ventures  
£m
– 
109.0 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(0.4)
108.6 

Net debt 
£m
(4,823.4)
(126.0)
(1.2)
(30.3)
(87.9)
(11.3)
(2.3)
(5,082.4)

Bonds and guarantees
Group undertakings have entered into bonds and guarantees in the normal course of business. No liability is expected to arise in respect 
of either bonds or guarantees. 

44 Service concession arrangements
The group’s contract to provide water and waste water services to the Ministry of Defence (‘MoD’) is a service concession arrangement 
under the definition set out in IFRIC 12. The group acts as the service provider under the MoD Project Aquatrine Package C – a 25 year 
contract spanning 1,295 sites across England covering the Eastern sea border and from Lancashire in the North West to West Sussex on 
the South Coast.

Under the contract the group maintains and upgrades the MoD infrastructure assets and provides operating services for water and 
waste water. Both the operating services and maintenance and upgrade services are charged under a volumetric tariff, along with 
standard charges, which are adjusted with inflation as agreed in the contract.

Since the group has an unconditional right to receive cash in exchange for the maintenance and upgrade services, the amounts receivable 
are recognised as a financial asset within prepayments and accrued income. At 31 March 2017 the amounts receivable were £27.7 million 
(2016: £25.7 million).

There have been no significant changes to the arrangement during the year. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 201745 Financial and other commitments

a) Investment expenditure commitments

Contracted for but not authorised in the financial statements

181

2017 
£m
221.0

2016 
£m
142.6

In addition to these contractual commitments, Severn Trent Water Limited has longer term expenditure plans which include investments 
to achieve improvements in performance mandated by the Director General of Water Services (Ofwat) and to provide for growth in 
demand for water and waste water services. 

b) Leasing commitments
At the balance sheet date the group had outstanding operating commitments for future minimum operating lease payments under 
non-cancellable operating lease, which fall due as follows:

Within 1 year
1 – 5 years
After more than 5 years

2017 
£m
3.2
7.6
7.0
17.8

2016 
£m
2.3
6.4
7.2
15.9

Operating lease payments represent rentals by the group for certain of its office property, plant and equipment. 

46 Post balance sheet events

Dividends
Following the year end the board of directors has proposed a final dividend of 48.9 pence per share. Further details of this are shown in 
note 15.

47 Related party transactions
Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
included in this note. Trading transactions between the group and its joint ventures are disclosed below:

Sale of services
Net interest income
Trade and other receivables due from related parties
Amounts due to related parties
Loans receivable from joint ventures

Water Plus 
2017 
£m 
317.5 
1.3
37.6
(8.8)
109.0

The related parties are associates and joint ventures in which the group has a participating interest. The retirement benefit schemes 
operated by the group are considered to be related parties. Details of transactions and balances with the retirement benefit schemes are 
disclosed in note 29.

Remuneration of key management personnel
Key management personnel comprise the members of STEC during the year.

The remuneration of the directors is included within the amounts disclosed below. Further information about the remuneration of 
individual directors is provided in the audited part of the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 96 to 119.

Short term employee benefits
Post employment benefits
Share based payments

2017  
£m
7.2 
–
3.1
10.3

2016 
 £m
6.0 
0.1 
2.7 
8.8 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
182

48 Subsidiary undertakings
Details of all subsidiary undertakings as at 31 March 2017 are given below. Details of the joint venture are set out in note 20. All subsidiary 
undertakings have been included in the consolidation.

Owned directly by Severn Trent Plc
Severn Trent Investment Holdings Limited

Country of operation 
and incorporation
United Kingdom

Percentage of  
share capital held
100%

Class of share 
capital held
Ordinary 

The following subsidiary undertakings all operate and are incorporated in the United Kingdom. The percentage of share capital held is 
100% and the class of share capital held is ordinary.

All subsidiary undertakings
Aqua Deva Limited
Biogas Generation Limited
Charles Haswell and Partners Limited
Chester Water Limited
City Analytical Services Limited
Debeo Debt Recovery Limited
Dee Valley Group Limited
Dee Valley plc
Dee Valley Services Limited
Dee Valley Water (Holdings) Limited
Dee Valley Water plc
East Worcester Water Limited
Energy Supplies UK Limited
Etwall Land Limited
Gunthorpe Fields Limited
Midlands Land Portfolio Limited
North Wales Gas Limited
Northern Gas Supplies Limited
Severn Trent (W&S) Limited
Severn Trent Corporate Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Data Portal Limited
Severn Trent Draycote Limited
Severn Trent Enterprises Limited
Severn Trent Finance Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Finance Limited
Severn Trent Financing and Investments Limited
Severn Trent Funding Limited
Severn Trent General Partnership Limited
Severn Trent Green Power Limited
Severn Trent Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Home Services Limited

All subsidiary undertakings
Derwent Insurance Limited
Lyra Insurance Guernsey Limited
Procis Software Limited
Severn Trent (Del.) Inc
Severn Trent Africa (Pty) Ltd
Severn Trent Carsington Limited
Severn Trent Environmental Services, Inc
Severn Trent Holdings SA
Severn Trent Luxembourg Overseas Holdings S.à r.l.
Severn Trent Response Limited
Severn Trent Services, Inc
ST Delta Limited

Severn Trent LCP Limited
Severn Trent Leasing Limited
Severn Trent MIS Trustees Limited
Severn Trent Metering Services Limited
Severn Trent Overseas Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Pension Scheme Trustees Limited
Severn Trent PIF Trustees Limited
Severn Trent Power Generation Limited
Severn Trent Property Solutions Limited
Severn Trent QUEST Limited
Severn Trent Reservoirs Limited
Severn Trent Retail and Utility Services Limited
Severn Trent Services (Water and Sewerage) Limited
Severn Trent Services Defence Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Services Defence Limited
Severn Trent Services Finance Limited
Severn Trent Services Holdings Limited
Severn Trent Services International (Overseas Holdings) Limited
Severn Trent Services International Limited
Severn Trent Services Operations UK Limited
Severn Trent Services Purification Limited
Severn Trent SSPS Trustees Limited
Severn Trent Systems Limited
Severn Trent Trimpley Limited
Severn Trent US Funding Management Limited
Severn Trent Utilities Finance Plc
Severn Trent Utility Services Limited
Severn Trent Water Limited
Severn Trent Wind Power Limited
UKTalks Limited
Wrexham Water plc

Country of operation 
and incorporation
Gibraltar
Guernsey
United Kingdom
United States
South Africa
United Kingdom
United States
Belgium
Luxembourg
Ireland
United States
United Kingdom

Percentage of  
share capital held
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
60%
100%
100%

Class of share  
capital held
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
A and B Ordinary 
Common Stock 
Ordinary 
A and B Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary 
Common 
A and B Ordinary 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017Notes to the group financial statements continuedFor the year ended 31 March 2017183

48 Subsidiary undertakings continued
Unless stated below, the registered office of the aforementioned entities is Severn Trent Centre, 2 St John’s Street, Coventry, CV1 2LZ, 
United Kingdom.

Company
Aqua Deva Limited
Chester Water Limited
Dee Valley Group Limited
Dee Valley plc
Dee Valley Services Limited
Dee Valley Water (Holdings) Limited
Dee Valley Water plc
Derwent Insurance Limited
Energy Supplies UK Limited
Lyra Insurance Guernsey Limited
North Wales Gas Limited
Northern Gas Supplies Limited
Severn Trent (Del.) Inc
Severn Trent Africa (Pty) Ltd
Severn Trent Environmental Services, Inc
Severn Trent General Partnership Limited
Severn Trent Holdings SA
Severn Trent Luxembourg Overseas Holdings S.à r.l.
Severn Trent Response Limited
Severn Trent Services, Inc
Wrexham Water plc

Registered office
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
6A Queensway, PO Box 64, Gibraltar
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
St Martin’s House, Le Bordage, St Peter Port, GY1 4AU, Guernsey
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH
220 Gibraltar Road, Horsham PA 19044, United States
2 Elgin Road, Sunninghill, Johannesburg, South Africa
220 Gibraltar Road, Horsham PA 19044, United States
50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh, EH3 9WJ
Rond Point Schuman 6 box 5, 1040 Brussels, Belgium
7A, rue Robert Stümper, L-2557, Luxembourg
6th Floor, 2 Grand Canal Square, Dublin 2, Ireland
220 Gibraltar Road, Horsham PA 19044, United States
Packsaddle, Wrexham Road, Rhostyllen, Wrexham, LL14 4EH

Subsidiary audit exemptions
Severn Trent Plc has issued guarantees over the liabilities of the following companies at 31 March 2017 under section 479C of Companies 
Act 2006 and these entities are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of section 
479A of the Act.

Charles Haswell and Partners Limited
City Analytical Services Limited
East Worcester Water Limited 
Gunthorpe Fields Limited 
Severn Trent (W&S) Limited 
Severn Trent Carsington Limited 
Severn Trent Corporate Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent Data Portal Limited 
Severn Trent Draycote Limited
Severn Trent Finance Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent Finance Limited 
Severn Trent Financing and Investments Limited 
Severn Trent General Partnership Limited
Severn Trent Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent Investment Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent LCP Limited
Severn Trent Metering Services Limited
Severn Trent Overseas Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent Power Generation Limited 
Severn Trent Reservoirs Limited
Severn Trent Services Holdings Limited 
Severn Trent Services International (Overseas Holdings) Limited 
Severn Trent Services International Limited
Severn Trent Services Purification Limited 
Severn Trent Services UK Limited
Severn Trent Systems Limited 
Severn Trent Utility Services Limited 

Company number
2416605
2050581
2757948
4240764
3995023
7570384
4395566
8181048
7681784
6044159
6294618
6312635
SC416614
5656363
7560050
7943556
2569703
2455508
2651131
3115315
4395572
3125131
2387816
2409826
8120387
2394552
4125386

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017184

Company statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 March 2017

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement:

Deferred tax arising on change of rate

Items that may be reclassified to the income statement:

Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement
Deferred tax on transfer to the income statement

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year

2017 
£m
173.0

(0.1)
(0.1)

–
–
–
(0.1)
172.9

2016 
£m
292.1

(0.2)
(0.2)

1.2
(0.2)
1.0
0.8
292.9

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 March 2017

At 1 April 2015
Profit for the year
Amounts on cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement
Deferred tax on transfer to the income statement
Deferred tax arising from rate change
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share options and LTIPs
 – proceeds from shares issued
 – value of employees’ services
 – own shares purchased
Share buy back
Share cancellation
Dividends paid
At 31 March 2016
Profit for the year
Deferred tax arising from rate change
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share options and LTIPs
 – proceeds from shares issued
 – value of employees’ services
Dividends paid
At 31 March 2017

Share  
capital 
£m
233.7
–
–
–
–
–

0.7
–
–
–
(0.1)
–
234.3
–
–
–

0.4
–
–
234.7

Share 
premium 
£m
100.2
–
–
–
–
–

Other 
reserves 
£m
159.6
–
1.2
(0.2)
–
1.0

6.6
–
–
–
–
–
106.8
–
–
–

5.7
–
–
112.5

–
–
–
–
0.1
–
160.7
–
–
–

–
–
–
160.7

Retained 
earnings 
£m
2,895.5
292.1
–
–
(0.2)
291.9

–
5.2
(0.6)
(10.0)
–
(197.0)
2,985.0
173.0
(0.1)
172.9

–
6.2
(190.4)
2,973.7

185

Total 
£m
3,389.0
292.1
1.2
(0.2)
(0.2)
292.9

7.3
5.2
(0.6)
(10.0)
–
(197.0)
3,486.8
173.0
(0.1)
172.9

6.1
6.2
(190.4)
3,481.6

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
186

Company balance sheet
For the year ended 31 March 2017

Non-current assets
Intangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Deferred tax asset
Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Derivative financial instruments

Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions for liabilities and charges

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

The profit for the year is £173.0 million (2016: £292.1 million).

Signed on behalf of the Board who approved the accounts on 22 May 2017.

Andrew Duff 
Chairman 

James Bowling
Chief Financial Officer

Company number: 02366619 

Notes

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

1
2
3
4
5

5

6

7
8

6
7
8

9
10
11

0.3
0.3
3,325.1
0.1
1.0
3,326.8

493.6
21.4
–
515.0
3,841.8

(5.6)
–
(265.2)
(2.4)
(273.2)

(82.3)
(3.0)
(1.7)
(87.0)
(360.2)
3,481.6

234.7
112.5
160.7
2,973.7
3,481.6

0.4
0.3
3,318.8
0.7
492.7
3,812.9

19.7
43.5
0.7
63.9
3,876.8

(7.7)
(0.7)
(199.4)
–
(207.8)

(80.7)
(101.5)
–
(182.2)
(390.0)
3,486.8

234.3
106.8
160.7
2,985.0
3,486.8

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
Notes to the parent company financial statements
For the year ended 31 March 2017

1 Intangible fixed assets

Cost
At 1 April 2015
Additions
As at 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017
Amortisation
At 1 April 2015 and 1 April 2016
Amortisation for the year
At 31 March 2017
Net book value
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

2 Tangible fixed assets

Cost
At 1 April 2015
At 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017
Depreciation
At 1 April 2015
At 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2017
Net book value
At 31 March 2017
At 31 March 2016

3 Investments in subsidiaries

At 1 April 2016
Additions
At 31 March 2017

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Office  
fixtures and 
equipment 
£m

0.1
0.1

–
–

0.1
0.1

0.6
0.6

(0.4)
(0.4)

0.2
0.2

Details of principal subsidiaries of the company are given in note 48 to the group financial statements.

4 Deferred tax

At 1 April 2015
Charge to income
Credit/(charge) to income arising from rate change
Charge to equity
Charge to equity arising from rate change
At 1 April 2016
Charge to income
Credit to income arising from rate change
Charge to equity arising from rate change
At 31 March 2017

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
£m
0.1
–
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

Fair value 
of financial 
instruments 
£m
1.2
(0.8)
0.1
(0.2)
(0.2)
0.1
–
0.1
(0.1)
0.1

Other 
£m
0.6
–
(0.1)
–
–
0.5
(0.6)
–
–
(0.1)

187

Purchased 
software 
£m

0.9
0.2
1.1

(0.7)
(0.1)
(0.8)

0.3
0.4

Total 
£m

0.7
0.7

(0.4)
(0.4)

0.3
0.3

£m
3,318.8
6.3
3,325.1

Total 
£m
1.9
(0.8)
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
0.7
(0.6)
0.1
(0.1)
0.1

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017188

Notes to the parent company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2017

5 Trade and other receivables

Current assets
Other amounts receivable
Prepayments
Amounts owed by group undertakings under loan agreements
Amounts owed by group undertakings

Non-current assets
Amounts owed by group undertakings under loan agreements

6 Borrowings

Current liabilities
Bank overdrafts
Non-current liabilities
Other loans

2017 
£m

3.0
0.5
467.7
22.4
493.6

1.0
494.6

2017 
£m

5.6

82.3
87.9

2016 
£m

0.8
3.1
–
15.8
19.7

492.7
512.4

2016 
£m

7.7

80.7
88.4

Non-current borrowings comprises the company’s RPI linked retail bond issued in July 2012. The bond carries a coupon of 1.3% on the 
principal amount which is uplifted by RPI. The bond is repayable in July 2022.

At the balance sheet date the company had £100 million (2016: £100 million) undrawn borrowings facilities. 

7 Trade and other payables

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Accruals
Amounts due to group undertakings

Non-current liabilities
Amounts due to group undertakings

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

0.2
0.1
2.8
1.1
261.0
265.2

3.0
268.2

–
0.1
6.2
2.0
191.1
199.4

101.5
300.9

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 20178 Provisions

At 1 April 2016
Charged to income statement
Utilisation of provision
At 31 March 2017

Included in:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

189

Other  
£m
– 
5.2 
(1.1)
4.1 

2016  
£m

–
–
–

2017  
£m

2.4
1.7
4.1

Other provisions include provisions for dilapidations and commercial disputes. The associated outflows are estimated to arise over a 
period up to five years from the balance sheet date. 

9 Share capital

Total issued and fully paid share capital
239,793,915 ordinary shares of 9717/19p (2016: 239,344,614)

Changes in share capital were as follows:

Ordinary shares of 9717/19p
At 1 April 2015
Shares issued under the Employee Sharesave Scheme
Shares repurchased and cancelled
At 1 April 2016
Shares issued under the Employee Sharesave Scheme
At 31 March 2017

2017 
£m

2016 
£m

234.7

234.3

Number

£m

238,683,513
712,615
(51,514)
239,344,614
449,301
239,793,915

233.7
0.7
(0.1)
234.3
0.4
234.7

2016 
£m
100.2
6.6
106.8

Total 
£m
159.6
1.0
0.1
160.7
160.7

During the year ended 31 March 2016, the company repurchased 4,274,576 shares under its share buy back programme. Of these 
repurchased shares, 51,514 were cancelled and the remaining 4,223,062 are held as treasury shares at 31 March 2017.

10 Share premium

At 1 April
Share premium arising on issue of shares for Employee Sharesave Scheme
At 31 March

11 Other reserves

At 1 April 2015
Total comprehensive income for the year
Purchase of own shares
At 1 April 2016
At 31 March 2017

2017 
£m
106.8
5.7
112.5

Hedging 
reserve 
£m
2.6
1.0
–
3.6
3.6

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m
157.0
–
0.1
157.1
157.1

The capital redemption reserve arose on the redemption of B shares. The movement in the prior year arose from the repurchase and 
cancellation of own shares.

The hedging reserve arises from gains or losses on interest rate swaps taken directly to equity under the hedge accounting provisions of 
IAS 39 and the transition rules of IFRS 1. 

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017190

Notes to the parent company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2017

12 Share based payments
For details of employee share schemes and options granted over the shares of the company, see note 38 of the group financial 
statements. Details of options exercised and awards vesting during the year and of the weighted average share price of the company 
during the year are also disclosed in that note. 

13 Pensions

Defined benefit schemes
The group operates defined benefit pension schemes, of which some employees of the company are members. There is no contractual 
agreement for charging the net defined benefit cost of these schemes between the companies that participate in the schemes. As a 
result, the net defined benefit cost of the scheme is recognised in the financial statements of the sponsoring employer, Severn Trent 
Water Limited. The scheme closed to future accrual on 31 March 2015. The cost of contributions to the group schemes amount to nil 
(2016: nil). There were no amounts outstanding for contributions to the defined benefit schemes (2016: nil).

Information about the plans as a whole is disclosed in note 29 to the group financial statements.

14 Related party transactions
The retirement benefit schemes operated by the company are considered to be related parties. Details of transactions and balances with 
the retirement benefit schemes are disclosed in note 13. 

The company has given guarantees in favour of Water Plus Limited in respect of the joint venture’s liabilities to wholesalers in the 
Open Water market and its loan from Severn Trent Water Limited. The guarantee in respect of liabilities to wholesalers is capped at 
£18.5 million and the guarantee for the Severn Trent Water loan is for the amount due.

15 Contingent liabilities

a) Bonds and guarantees
The company has entered into bonds and guarantees in the normal course of business. No liabilities are expected to arise in respect of 
either the bonds or guarantees.

b) Bank offset arrangements
The banking arrangements of the company operate on a pooled basis with certain of its subsidiary undertakings. Under these 
arrangements participating companies guarantee each others’ overdrawn balances to the extent of their credit balances, which can be 
offset against balances of participating companies. As at 31 March 2017, the company had no contingent liabilities (2016: nil). 

16 Post balance sheet events
Following the year end the board of directors has proposed a final dividend of 48.90 pence per share. 

17 Dividends
For details of the dividends paid in the years ended 31 March 2017 and 31 March 2016 see note 15 in the group financial statements. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017191

2017 

£m
1,819.2
525.1
18.6

(204.0)
(1.8)
(1.8)
336.1
(36.9)
(22.4)
52.2
329.0
13.6
342.6

2016 
(restated)1
£m
1,753.7
503.4
1.0

(209.3)
7.7
0.1
302.9
(51.3)
(13.7)
78.6
316.5
14.8
331.3

2015  

2014  

2013  

£m
1,801.3
540.3
(18.7)

(240.0)
(133.5)
0.1
148.2
(37.8)
5.1
–
115.5
4.7
120.2

£m
1,756.7
523.8
(15.2)

(247.9)
58.0
0.2
318.9
(55.8)
(21.5)
230.2
471.8
–
471.8

£m
1,831.6
495.4
(5.8)

(244.3)
(45.3)
0.2
200.2
(27.9)
8.2
38.4
218.9
–
218.9

8,315.7

7,810.8

7,620.0

7,418.3

6,906.1

(916.8)
(161.1)
(574.6)
(657.5)
–
6,005.7

234.7
688.6
923.3
–
5,082.4
6,005.7

140.1
122.4
81.5
1.5
84.6%
23.82

5,813
1,789

(798.4)
(166.3)
(309.5)
(694.7)
–
5,841.9

234.3
783.1
1,017.4
1.1
4,823.4
5,841.9

133.5
102.1
80.7
1.3
82.6%
21.73

5,236
2,122

(799.0)
(177.7)
(468.9)
(725.4)
72.6
5,521.6

233.7
521.9
755.6
13.4
4,752.6
5,521.6

48.3
107.2
84.9
1.3
86.1%
20.59

5,532
1,910

(631.1)
(197.1)
(348.3)
(758.5)
–
5,483.3

233.9
789.4
1,023.3
12.5
4,447.5
5,483.3

198.5
92.5
80.4
1.2
81.1%
18.23

5,634
1,914

(273.8)
(279.8)
(383.7)
(827.5)
–
5,141.3

233.3
599.9
833.2
10.8
4,297.3
5,141.3

90.9
92.6
75.8
1.3
83.6%
17.12

5,458
2,763

Five year summary

Continuing operations
Turnover 
Profit before interest, tax and exceptional items 
Net exceptional items before tax 
Net interest payable before (losses)/gains on financial instruments 
and exceptional finance costs 
(Losses)/gains on financial instruments 
Results of associates and joint ventures 
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation 
Current taxation on profit on ordinary activities 
Deferred taxation 
Exceptional tax 
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation 
Results from discontinued operations 
Profit for the period 
Net assets employed 
Fixed assets 
Other net liabilities excluding net debt, retirement benefit obligation, 
provisions and deferred tax 
Derivative financial instruments2
Net retirement benefit obligation 
Provisions for liabilities and charges and deferred tax 
Net assets held for sale 

Financed by 
Called up share capital 
Reserves 
Total shareholders’ funds 
Non-controlling interests 
Net debt3

Statistics 
Earnings per share (continuing) – pence 
Underlying basic adjusted earnings per share – pence 
Dividends per share (excluding special dividend) – pence 
Dividend cover (before exceptional items and deferred tax) 
Gearing4
Ordinary share price at 31 March – pounds
Average number of employees 
 – Severn Trent Water 
 – Other 

1 Restated as set out in note 2 to the group financial statements.

2 Excludes instruments hedging foreign currency debt.

3 Includes instruments hedging foreign currency debt.

4 Gearing has been calculated as net debt divided by the sum of equity and net debt.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
192

Information for shareholders

Severn Trent shareholder helpline
The Company’s registrar is Equiniti. 
Equiniti’s main responsibilities include 
maintaining the shareholder register and 
making dividend payments.

Electronic communications
By registering to receive shareholder 
documentation from Severn Trent Plc 
electronically shareholders can benefit 
from being able to:

If you have any queries relating to your 
Severn Trent Plc shareholding you should 
contact Equiniti.

Registrar contact details:

Online: www.shareview.co.uk from here, 
you will be able to securely email Equiniti 
with your query.

Telephone: 0371 384 2967*

Overseas enquiries: +44 121 415 7044

Text phone: 0371 384 2255*

By post: Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer 
Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA

Corporate website
Shareholders are encouraged to visit 
our website www.severntrent.com 
which provides:

• Company news and information;
• links to our operational businesses’ 

websites;
• details of our 

governance arrangements;

• details of our strategy;
• details of the Group’s business models 

and business plan; and

• the Company’s approach to 

operating responsibly.

There is also a dedicated investors’ section 
on the website which contains up to date 
information for shareholders including:

• comprehensive share price information;
• financial results;
• a history of dividend payment dates and 

amounts; and

• access to current and historical 

shareholder documents such as the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

• view the Annual Report and Accounts on 

the day it is published;

• receive an email alert when shareholder 

documents are available;

• cast their AGM vote electronically; and
• manage their shareholding quickly and 
securely online, through Shareview.

Electronic shareholder communications 
also enable the Company to reduce its 
impact on the environment and benefit 
from savings associated with reduced 
printing and mailing costs.

For further information and to register for 
electronic shareholder communications 
visit www.shareview.co.uk.

Dividend payments

Bank mandates
Dividends can be paid automatically into 
your bank or building society account.

The benefits of doing this are that you will:

• receive cleared funds in your bank 

account on the payment date;

• avoid postal delays; and
• remove the risk of your cheques getting 

lost in the post.

To take advantage of this service or for 
further details contact Equiniti or visit 
www.shareview.co.uk.

Dividend reinvestment plan (‘DRIP’)
The DRIP gives shareholders the option 
of using their dividend payments to buy 
more Severn Trent Plc shares instead 
of receiving cash. If you would like to 
participate in the DRIP, please request a 
dividend reinvestment plan mandate from 
Equiniti Financial Services Limited.

Telephone: 0371 384 2268*

Telephone number from outside the UK: 
+44 121 415 7173

Buying and selling shares in the UK
If you wish to buy or sell certificated 
Severn Trent Plc shares, you may need 
to use a stockbroker or high street 
bank which trades on the London Stock 
Exchange. There are also many telephone 
and online services available to you. 
If you are selling, you will need to present 
your share certificate at the time of sale. 
Details of low cost dealing services may 
be obtained from www.shareview.co.uk or 
0345 603 7037**.

Share price information
Shareholders can find share price 
information on our website and in most 
national newspapers. For a real time 
buying or selling price, you should contact 
a stockbroker.

Shareholder security
Fraudsters use persuasive and high 
pressure tactics to lure investors into 
scams. They may offer to sell shares that 
turn out to be worthless or non-existent, 
or to buy shares at an inflated price in 
return for an upfront payment. While high 
profits are promised, if you buy or sell 
shares in this way you will probably lose 
your money. 

How to avoid share fraud:

• Keep in mind that firms authorised by 
the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) 
are unlikely to contact you out of the 
blue with an offer to buy or sell shares. 
• Do not get into a conversation, note the 
name of the person and firm contacting 
you and then end the call. 

• Check the Financial Services Register 
at www.fca.org.uk to see if the person 
and firm contacting you is authorised by 
the FCA. 

• Beware of fraudsters claiming to 

be from an authorised firm, copying 
its website or giving you false 
contact details.

• Use the firm’s contact details listed on 
the Register if you want to call it back. 

• Call the FCA on 0800 111 6768 if the 

firm does not have contact details on 
the Register or you are told they are out 
of date. 

Severn Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017193

• Search the list of unauthorised firms to 

avoid at www.fca.org.uk/scams.

If you have any enquiries regarding Severn Trent ADRs please contact The Bank of New 
York Mellon.

• Consider that if you buy or sell shares 
from an unauthorised firm you will 
not have access to the Financial 
Ombudsman Service or Financial 
Services Compensation Scheme. 
• Think about getting independent 

financial and professional advice before 
you hand over any money.

• Remember, if it sounds too good to be 

true, it probably is.

If you are approached by fraudsters 
please tell the FCA using the share fraud 
reporting form at www.fca.org.uk/scams, 
where you can find out more about 
investment scams. 

You can also call the FCA Consumer 
Helpline on 0800 111 6768. 

If you have already paid money to share 
fraudsters you should contact Action 
Fraud on 0300 123 2040.

Unsolicited mail
The Company is legally obliged to make 
its share register available to the general 
public. Consequently some shareholders 
may receive unsolicited mail. If you wish 
to limit the amount of unsolicited mail you 
receive please contact:

The Mailing Preference Service (‘MPS’), 
Freepost 29 LON20771, London W1E 0ZT

Alternatively, register online at 
www.mpsonline.org.uk or call the MPS 
Registration line on 0845 703 4599.

American Depositary 
Receipts (‘ADRs’)
Severn Trent has a sponsored Level 1 
American Depositary Receipt (‘ADR’) 
programme, for which The Bank of New 
York Mellon acts as Depositary. 

The Level 1 ADR programme trades on 
OTCQX which is the premier tier of the 
US over the counter (‘OTC’) market under 
the symbol STRNY (it is not listed on a US 
stock exchange). Each ADR represents 1 
Severn Trent Ordinary Share.

By post: BNY Mellon Shareowners Services, PO Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-
3170, US

By telephone:  
If calling from within the US: (888) 269 2377 (toll-free)

If calling from outside the US: +1 201 680 6825

By email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com

Website: www.mybnymdr.com
* Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm Monday to Friday (excluding public holidays in England and Wales).

** Lines are open Monday to Friday, 8:00am to 4:30pm for dealing, and until 6:00pm for enquiries.

Financial calendar
Ex dividend date – final dividend
Record date to be eligible for the final dividend
AGM
Interim management statement – Q1 year ending 31 March 2018
Final dividend payment date
Interim results announcement – year ending 31 March 2018
Ex dividend date – interim dividend
Record date to be eligible for the interim dividend
Interim dividend payment date

All dates are indicative and may be subject to change.

15 June 2017
16 June 2017
19 July 2017
19 July 2017
21 July 2017
23 November 2017
30 November 2017
1 December 2017
5 January 2018

Design and production by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

This report has been printed on Galerie Satin, a paper which is 
certified by the Forest Stewardship Council®. The paper is made at a 
mill with ISO 14001 Environmental Management System accreditation. 

Printed by CPI Colour using vegetable oil based inks, CPI is a 
CarbonNeutral® printer, certified to ISO 14001 Environmental 
Management System and registered to EMAS, the Eco Management 
and Audit Scheme.

Strategic reportGovernanceGroup financial statementsCompany financial statementsOther informationSevern Trent Plc Annual Report and Accounts 2017S

e

v

e

r

n

T

r

e

n

t

P

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

7

Severn Trent Plc 
Registered office: 
Severn Trent Centre 
2 St John’s Street 
Coventry CV1 2LZ

Tel: 02477 715000 
www.severntrent.com

Registered in England and Wales 
Registration number: 2366619